Tf business management 2017

TAYLOR & FRANCIS

Business and Management 2017 New and Forthcoming Titles

www.taylorandfrancis.com

Welcome

THE EASY WAY TO ORDER

Taylor and Francis publishes a wide range of books in Business and Management which provide professionals and organizations with cutting-edge resources to succeed and achieve their goals. Our publications include accessible introductions, supplementary readings and cutting-edge research and are written for students, instructors and researchers.

We welcome your feedback on our publishing programme, so please do not hesitate to get in touch – whether you want to read, write, review, adapt or buy, we want to hear from you, so please visit our website below or please contact your local sales representative for more information.

Book orders should be addressed to the Taylor & Francis Customer Services Department at Bookpoint, or the appropriate overseas offices.

Alternatively, you can call or email the contacts provided below.

Contacts UK and Rest of World: Bookpoint Ltd Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400524 Email: book.orders@tandf.co.uk

USA:

Taylor & Francis Tel: 800-634-7064 Email: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

Asia:

Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +65 6508 2888 Email: sales@tandf.com.sg

www.taylorandfrancis.com

China:

Taylor & Francis China Tel: +86 10 58452881 Email: cynthia.ji@tandfchina.com

India:

eBooks We have over 50,000 eBooks available across the Humanities, Social Sciences, Behavioural Sciences, Built Environment, STM and Law, from leading Imprints, including Routledge, Focal Press and Psychology Press. These eBooks are available for both individual and institutional purchase.

INDIVIDUALS Our eBooks are available from Amazon, Apple iBookstore, Google eBooks, Ebooks.com, Kobo, Barnes & Noble, Waterstones, Mobipocket, VitalSource, and CourseSmart.

LIBRARIES AND INSTITUTIONS Subscribe to or purchase a wide range of eBook packages or pick and mix your own from our complete collection (a minimum number of titles applies). FREE TRIALS are available. For more information, please visit www.tandfebooks.com or contact your local sales team.

eUpdates Register your email at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Partnership Opportunities at Routledge At Routledge we always look for innovative ways to support and collaborate with our readers and the organizations they represent.

If you or your organization would like to discuss partnership opportunities, from reciprocal marketing activities to commercial enterprises, please do get in touch on partnerships@routledge.com.

Considering Books for Course Use? This symbol shows books that are available as complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption.

To obtain your copy visit the URL listed beneath the title in the catalog and select your choice of print or electronic copy.

Visit www.routledge.com or in the US you can call 1-800-634-7064.

This symbol shows books that are available as electronic inspection copies only.

Trade Customers' Representatives, Agents and Distribution For a complete list, visit: www.routledge.com/representatives .

Prices, publication dates and content are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice.

Taylor & Francis India Tel: +91 (0) 11 43155100 Email: inquiry@tandfindia.com

Contents BUSINESS, MANAGEMENT & ACCOUNTING

MANUFACTURING & INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES

Accounting & Finance .................................................. 2

Manufacturing & Industrial Engineering ............. 123

Aviation .......................................................................... 8

Supply Chain Management/Logistics .................. 124

Business & Management History ............................. 17 Business Ethics, Governance & Responsibility ...... 20

GENERAL REFERENCE

Business Management .............................................. 26

General ....................................................................... 127

Entrepreneurship ....................................................... 28 General Management ................................................ 34 Health & Safety ........................................................... 37 Healthcare Administration & Policy ........................ 40 Healthcare Financial Management & Leadership ................................................................... 41 Healthcare Management .......................................... 42 Healthcare Process Improvement ........................... 48 Human Resource Management ............................... 51 Leadership & Strategy ............................................... 59 Marketing ..................................................................... 67 Operations, Information & Project Management ............................................................... 78 Organizational Studies .............................................. 91 Public & Non-Profit Management ........................... 97 Research Methods .................................................... 102 Strategic Management & International Business ...................................................................... 104 Technology & Innovation Management .............. 112 LEAN & SIX SIGMA Lean Basics ................................................................. 114 Lean Methods & Implementation ......................... 115 Office & Administrative Processes ........................ 117 Organizational Culture ............................................ 118 Product Development ............................................. 119 Productivity Improvement ..................................... 120 Quality & Six Sigma .................................................. 121 Value Stream Management .................................... 122

Index ........................................................................... 129

2

ACCOUNTING & FINANCE Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Philosophy of Management Accounting

Accounting for Financial Instruments

A Pragmatic Constructivist Approach

A Guide to Valuation and Risk Management

Edited by Hanne Nørreklit, Aarhus University, Denmark Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting

Emanuel Camilleri, University of Malta, Malta

A Philosophy of Management Accounting – A Pragmatic Constructivist Approach is an innovative new work that introduces a paradigm for functioning practice and develops methods and concepts for managing and observing that practice. It is aimed at people who do research on or work actively with developing management and accounting.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 229 x 152: 280pp Hb: 978-1-138-93009-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68073-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138930094

Accounting for Financial Instruments is about the accounting and regulatory framework associated with the acquisition and disposal of financial instruments; how to determine their value; how to manage the risk connected with them; and ultimately compile a business valuation report. The objective of the book is to provide a fundamental knowledge base for those who are interested in managing financial instruments (investments) or studying banking and finance or those who wish to make financial services, particularly banking and finance, their chosen career. Accounting for Financial Instruments is highly applicable to professional accountants and auditors and students alike.

Routledge Market: Finance February 2017: 234x156: 412pp Hb: 978-1-138-23757-5: £105.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23759-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-29943-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138237575

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Accounting and Social Theory

Accounting, Technology and Society

An introduction

A Social Science Perspective on Accounting Information Systems Lisa Jack, University of Portsmouth, UK

George Mickhail, University of Wollongong, Australia

In this concise book, Lisa Jack demonstrates the power of social theory in expanding the value of accounting research. The book includes advice on research problems as well as guidance on fertile areas for new research. The tools, techniques and developments covered by the author help readers to see social research in accounting as the study of the use, misuse and abuse of accounting communications by people and the effects that this has on social relationships. Stories of accounting in war, agriculture and food, gender, health and other areas illustrate the ways in which the threads of accounting run through society.

This book enables students to understand, measure and evaluate the role of technology in accounting and how that affects the wider world. With coverage of key technologies such as mobile and wireless, cloud computing, robotics and nanotechnology, the author demonstrates how organizations leverage disruptive technologies in order to create value.

Benefitting from an admirably broad scope, this text will provide advanced students of accounting a thorough understanding of the role of technology in their field whilst students in other disciplines will see the importance of accounting in understanding contemporary society.

Routledge Market: Accounting October 2016: 216x138: 144pp Hb: 978-1-138-10070-1: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-10071-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65752-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138100701

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-95890-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-66097-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138958906

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Accounting Education

Analysing Financial Statements for Non-Specialists

A Cognitive Load Theory Perspective Seedwell Tanaka Muyako Sithole, University of Western Sydney, Australia and Indra Abeysekera, S P Jain School of Global Management, Sydney Campus, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting This book provides a comprehensive and critical overview on learning accounting. It illustrates that when learners need to mentally integrate two or more distinct items of information, it places unnecessary demands on cognitive load.

The book discusses the cognitive load theory which assumes that the task of mental integration increases the load on already limited working memory, and it does so to such an extent that learning may be severely impeded. The book also investigates how students could deal with cognitive overload when learning introductory accounting using three instructional design formats: the split-attention format, the integrated format, and the self-managed format.

Routledge Market: Accounting January 2017: 234x156: 138pp Hb: 978-1-138-28630-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-26852-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138286306

Jim O'Hare, University of Leicester, UK With updated examples to reflect the current business environment, including new material on the ethical considerations, and a wider array of business examples, from retail to services and banks, O’Hare continues to demist financial statements for non-specialists, covering the topic in an accessible way and assuming no prior training or study in accounting.

Offering a range of extra resources, including end of chapter questions, topics for further discussion and brimming with real-world examples, this concise new edition provides a comprehensive resource that will be welcomed by lecturers and instructors charged with delivering classes on financial statements.

Routledge Market: Accounting / Finance October 2016: 216x138: 140pp Hb: 978-1-138-64152-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64153-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63043-4 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-62472-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138641525

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

ACCOUNTING & FINANCE 4th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Auditing

Capital Flows, Financial Markets and Banking Crises

Assurance and Risk W. Robert Knechel, University of Florida, USA and Steven E. Salterio Auditing: Assurance and risk focuses on auditing as a judgment process, arming students with a thorough understanding of why auditing theory looks the way it does and how the audit plays out in reality. Students will be well equipped, not only to be effective auditors, but to undertand how to tackle the challenges and issues they will face as professionals.

Routledge Market: Accounting October 2016: 254 x 178: 696pp Hb: 978-1-138-69277-0: £190.00 Pb: 978-1-138-69279-4: £94.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53173-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138692770

Chia-Ying Chang, Nagoya City University, Japan Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking This book uses a theoretical model to analyse the links between capital flows and the stability of banking by incorporating various forms of financial markets. The book also illustrates with the current evidence to discuss the effectiveness of capital controls as well as what might be done to prevent future banking crises.

Routledge Market: Economics May 2017: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-74955-8: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-46941-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415749558

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Auditing Teams

Corporate Behavior and Sustainability

Dynamics and Efficiency

Doing Well by Being Good

Mara Cameran, University of Bocconi, Italy, Angela Kate Pettinicchio and Angelo Detillo, University of Bocconi, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting This book provides new research insights into the relevance and dynamics of auditing teams and their impact on auditing quality, and specifically responds to the recent claim from regulators that auditing team characteristics are the source of wide variations in quality. By leveraging different perspectives - auditing, management accounting, organization and psychology - to investigate auditing teams and basing on evidence collected from the professional world., this book will provide a unique insight into the role of auditing teams on audit quality. It will be of great interest to scholars and advanced students in auditing, as well as to practitioners and regulators in the field.

Edited by Güler Aras and Coral Ingley Series: Finance, Governance and Sustainability Companies can no longer expect to engage in dubious or unethical corporate behaviour without risking their reputation and damaging, perhaps irrevocably, their market position.

Irresponsible corporate behavior not only deprives shareholders of long term returns but also ultimately imposes a cost on society as a whole. Sustainable business is about ensuring that entities contribute toward positive social, environmental, and economic outcomes. Bad business behaviour is costly for stakeholders, for markets, for society, and the economy alike.

Routledge Market: Business & Management June 2017: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-68270-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-54495-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138682702

Gower Market: Finance October 2016: 246x174: 266pp Hb: 978-1-472-45769-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-57426-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315574264

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Bank Regulation

Cost Accounting in Government

Effects on Strategy, Financial Accounting and Management Control

Theory and Applications

Edited by Anna-Karin Stockenstrand, Uppsala University, Sweden and Fredrik Nilsson, Uppsala University, Sweden Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting Bank Regulation: Effects on Strategy, Financial Accounting and Management Control seeks to discuss and problematize how regulation is affecting bank strategies as well as their financial accounting and management control systems.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 229 x 152: 368pp Hb: 978-1-138-68050-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56389-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680500

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by Zachary Mohr, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting Aimed at academics, researchers and policy makers in the fields of Account, Public Administration and Government Studies, Cost Accounting in Government: Theory and Applications seeks to address the practical and theoretical gap in government cost accounting research with case studies of different public agencies that are using cost accounting for different purposes.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 229 x 152: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-12339-7: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64889-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138123397

New in Paperback

Companion Website

3

4

ACCOUNTING & FINANCE TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Financial Accounting

Islam and Sustainable Development

A Concepts-Based Introduction

New Worldviews

David Kolitz Financial accounting is a key building block to understanding accounting more generally. This textbook helps students to understand the concepts that underpin the application of accounting theory to help solve accounting problems. This international edition includes extracts from financial statements, definitions of key terms and exam examples, along with real life examples to support class work. Unlike other textbooks, the author provides analysis of why accountants do what they do and not just how.

This is an essential read for all accountancy and financing students and researchers.

Routledge Market: Accounting December 2016: 246x174: 622pp Hb: 978-1-138-84496-4: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84497-1: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-72844-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138844964

Odeh Rashed Al-Jayyousi Series: Transformation and Innovation In Islam and Sustainable Development, Odeh Al-Jayyousi addresses the social, human and economic dimensions of sustainability from an Islamic perspective. Islam is sometimes viewed as a challenge, threat and risk to the West, but here we are reminded that the celebration of cultural diversity is a key component in Islamic values. Promoting common understanding between East and West, this American-educated, Middle Eastern-based author offers something broader and deeper than conventional Western ways of thinking about sustainability and presents new insights inspired by Islamic worldviews. Drawing on his roles as both academic researcher and senior development practitioner, Professor Al-Jayyousi applies his deep understanding of Islamic values to contemporary environmental, financial and social conflicts and crises and defines a framework for sustainability embracing local, regional and global perspectives.

Gower Market: Islamic Finance November 2016: 244 x 172: 216pp Hb: 978-1-409-42901-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27892-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58994-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138278929

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Gold and International Finance

Management Accounting Research in Practice

The Gold Market under the Internationalization of RMB in Hong Kong

Petri Suomala and Jouni Lyly-Yrjänäinen, Tampere University of Technology, Finland Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting

Haywood Cheung Series: Routledge Advances in Risk Management This is a good reference for those interested in the comprehensive view of gold and its importance in the world economies.The book looks at the history of hold as a financial instrument and describes the history of the Chinese Gold & Silver Exchange Society (CGSES), its current organizational structure and membership registration system. The book also includes the development and growth of the gold market in Hong Kong and the role played by CGSES in the growth of the Chinese gold market.

Routledge Market: Business January 2017: 234x156: 92pp Hb: 978-1-138-80795-2: £90.00 eBook: 978-1-315-75082-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138807952

Aimed at primarily researchers, academics and students in the fields of research methodology, management accounting and interventionist research, this book provides methodological guidance on how to execute research projects with interventionist elements, aiming at strong theory contribution with broader societal impacts. Focusing on research in accounting and management, this book also provides interesting insights to scholars and doctoral students in other fields of management research.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-23104-7: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-31616-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138231047

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Industrial Poverty

Managing Financial Institutions

Yesterday Sweden, Today Europe, Tomorrow America

Markets and Sustainable Finance

Sven R. Larson Conventional wisdom says that Europe’s crisis is a financial crisis.

But is this really the case? In Industrial Poverty, economist Sven R. Larson, challenges this view and suggests instead that Europe is in a state of permanent economic decline. The crisis, says Larson, is in fact a welfare-state crisis. Over decades, government has grown too big for the private sector to pay for; when the recession hit in 2008 most European economies could no longer bear the burden of the welfare state. Raging deficits, accelerating unemployment and harsh austerity policies hurled the continent into more than a regular recession. Europe is entering a new economic state: industrial poverty. Using Sweden in the 1990s as an example, Larson shows how a welfare-state crisis combined with the wrong kind of austerity policies replaces prosperity with industrial poverty.

Routledge December 2016: 244 x 172 Hb: 978-1-472-43932-1: £73.99 Pb: 978-0-415-78965-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58842-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415789653

Elizabeth S. Cooperman, University of Colorado Denver, USA Managing Financial Institutions: A sustainability approach goes beyond traditional financial institutions textbooks. While most focus on mathematical models for risk management, and the technical aspects of measuring and managing risk, Cooperman focuses on real management issues and the challenges that managers of financial institutions face.

Without neglecting the basics, the book includes material on social unrest, climate change, resource challenges, rapid new innovations, and disruptive technologies – all of which change how financial institutions operate. Streamlined and accessible, this book will appeal to students of financial institutions and markets, risk management, and banking.

Routledge Market: Financial Institutions December 2016: 254 x 203: 478pp Hb: 978-1-138-90003-5: £170.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90002-8: £59.99 eBook: 978-1-315-70753-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138900028

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

ACCOUNTING & FINANCE Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Price Management in Financial Services

The Role of the Management Accountant

Smart Strategies for Growth

Local Variations and Global Influences

Georg Wuebker, Jens Baumgarten and Martin Koderisch The financial services industry is undergoing a period of dramatic change. Deregulation has created an ultra-competitive marketplace and recent challenges like the worldwide subprime crisis, SEPA and Basel II have only intensified the need for financial services providers to shift their focus to customer centric Smart Profit Growth strategies. Price Management in Financial Services shows how to utilize the modern techniques of value-based pricing to design professional pricing processes that go beyond the industry's current norm of purely risk and cost based pricing. The authors provide insight into strategic pricing concepts such as market segmentation, product bundling, multi-channel pricing and non-linear pricing and give an overview of advanced price optimization methods. The book serves as a step-by-step guide to long term profitable growth through professional pricing by familiarizing the reader with the concepts of price-response function management and price elasticity.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-566-08821-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25571-5: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255715

Edited by Lukas Goretzki, University of Innsbruck, Austria and Erik Strauss, Witten/Herdecke University, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting From bean counter to business partner, international research has failed to define the precise role and purpose of the management accountant. Research has focused on the heterogeneity of their roles while little is known about the local contexts in which these roles are performed. This book bridges this research gap by combining key country-specific insights with exploration of important global developments such as sustainability, the financial crisis, outsourcing, that will influence management accountants in the future. It will further the agenda for future research which will be of great interest to scholars and advanced students in management accounting throughout the world.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-94135-9: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67373-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138941359

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The History and Tradition of Accounting in Italy

The Routledge Companion to Accounting and Risk

Edited by David Alexander, University of Birmingham, UK, Roberto Di Pietra, University of Siena, Italy, Stefano Adamo, University of Salento and Roberta Fasiello Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting The Italian accounting tradition of Economia Aziendale remains largely unknown outside Italy. Yet despite the advent of International Accounting Standards, this approach is still very much studied and debated in Italy. More significantly, its tradition of rigorous thinking and analysis offers lessons which are highly relevant to the major unresolved issues of international accounting regulation, measurement and reporting. Scholars and advanced students of international accounting regulation, as well as accounting history will find this an invaluable guide to a vibrant, scholarly tradition.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-138-67150-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-61697-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138671508

Edited by Margaret Woods, Aston University, UK and Philip Linsley, University of York, UK Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting Accounting for risk has taken on dramatically increasing importance since the onset of the global financial crisis. This comprehensive volume provides an overview of the entire field.

Key themes such as corporate governance, trust, pensions, uncertainty and Islamic finance are covered by a global array of contributing scholars. Supported by a series of new case studies which help to bring together theory and practice this volume provides essential reading for students, scholars and practitioners charged with accounting for risk in the business world.

Routledge Market: Accounting April 2017: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-86012-4: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71675-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138860124

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Pricing Guys

The Routledge Companion to Behavioral Research in Accounting

A Guide to the Price Reporting Agencies Owain Johnson, Dubai Mercantile Exchange, United Arab Emirates Every time we fill up our cars, we are unknowingly the end-user of multiple PRA benchmarks.

Who are the PRAs and how did they come to play such a key role in the global commodities markets?

This book explains the importance of PRAs to the global commodities industry, highlighting why PRAs affect every consumer around the world; it introduces the individual PRAs – their history and the current state of play in the industry and looks at the challenges that the PRA industry is facing now and in the future, in particular how regulation might impact on the PRAs. Routledge Market: Business and Finance June 2017 Hb: 978-1-138-72155-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-72156-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-19427-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138721555

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by Theresa Libby, University of Waterloo, Canada and Linda Thorne, York University, Canada Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting Behavioral research cascades the social sciences, and has flourished in the field of accounting in recent decades. As such, new avenues of research have begun to emerge, yet there has been no attempt to comprehensively gather and analyse this for resaerchers and students.

This far-reaching and reliable collection provides a definitive resource, including the theoretical underpinnings of the field, the technological and statistical considerations and even on how to present the subsequent research.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-89066-4: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71012-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138890664

New in Paperback

Companion Website

5

6

ACCOUNTING & FINANCE Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge Companion to Critical Accounting

The Routledge Companion to Qualitative Accounting Research Methods

Edited by Robin Roslender, University of Dundee, UK Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting Covering the entire field of Critical Accounting, including theory, ethics, history, development and sustainability, this companion gathers and analyses the various critical perspectives and presents the key debates in the field, providing a comprehensive overview of this increasingly important area, whilst also enabling further discussion and research. IT concludes by considering what the next three decades might hold for this growing discipline.

With an International array of established and respected contributors, this Routledge Companion is a vital resource for students and researchers across the world.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-02525-7: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-77520-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138025257

Edited by Zahirul Hoque, La Trobe University, Australia, Lee D. Parker, RMIT University, Australia, Mark A. Covaleski, University of Wisconsin-Madison, USA and Kathryn Haynes, Newcastle University, UK Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting Selecting from the wide range of research methodologies remains a dilemma for all scholars, not least those looking to study the world of accounting. Covering a broad spectrum of qualitative research methodologies, including emerging techniques, this exhaustive compilation provides an essential guide to the methodological choice and execution of qualitative research approaches in the field of accounting.

With contributions from experts and rising stars in the field, this volume will be essential reading for anyone looking to undertake research in the accounting field.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 246x174: 544pp Hb: 978-1-138-93967-7: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67479-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138939677

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge Companion to Intellectual Capital

The Routledge Companion to Tax Avoidance Research

Edited by James Guthrie, Macquarie University, Australia, John Dumay, Macquarie University, Australia, Federica Ricceri, University of Padova, Italy and Christian Nielsen, Aalborg University, Denmark Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting

Edited by Yulia Epifantseva and Nigar Hashimzade, Durham University, UK Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting

The Routledge Companion to Intellectual Capital offers a comprehensive overview of a field that has seen many new developments in research in recent years. Edited by leading scholars and with contributions from top researchers and practitioners from around the world, this volume provides an overview of Intellectual Capital (IC) in theory and in practice.

It addresses the role of IC inside and between organisations and institutions and how these contribute to the IC of nations, regions and clusters. Cutting across the variety of perspectives on the subject, it will be of interest to scholars who want to understand IC from a variety of perspectives, as well as students who are seeking an authoritative source for particular aspects of IC and the knowledge management.

This collection provides a comprehensive guide to students and academics on the subjects of tax avoidance from an interdisciplinary perspective, covering the history, law, ethics, economical and societal issues surrounding this complex subject. Contributions include a truly international selection of authors from the UK, USA, Canada, Australasia, South America, Middle East, and continental Europe with well-known experts and rising stars of the field.

With coverage of global issues such as the politics of tax avoidance and regional perspectives from established and emerging economies, the contributors cover the entire terrain of this important topic.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 246x174: 544pp Hb: 978-1-138-22821-4: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-39310-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138228214

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-94134-2: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67374-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138941342

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge Companion to Performance Management and Control

The Social Function of Accountancy

Edited by Elaine Harris, University of Roehampton, UK Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting With a global mix of world-renowned researchers, this comprehensive publication crosses disciplinary boundaries to present the state of the art in performance management and control research. Covering a vast range of topics in business and accounting this will be a vital resource for all scholars and students with an interest in business and management.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-91354-7: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-69137-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138913547

John Flower Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting The Social Function of Accountancy argues that accountancy, as currently organized and practised, is failing society, both in Britain and in the world as a whole. Examining the current problems afflicting the world: financial crises and instability, global warming, degradation of the environment, growing inequality, this book asks the question - what contribution does accountancy make to the solution of these problems?

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-64524-0: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-62826-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138645240

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

ACCOUNTING & FINANCE Dummy text to keep placeholder

Unlocking Intellectual Capital John Dumay, University of Sydney, Australia and Maria Serena Chiucchi, Università Politecnica delle Marche, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in Accounting Intellectual Capital (IC) has become synonymous with the Knowledge Economy, whereby the intangible resources of organisations are linked to the development of value. However, take up has been problematic, causing some pundits to question if it’s simply 'locked' in theory. This book seeks to 'unlock' IC by offering a practical understanding of the IC paradigm since its inception, and takes a critical and performative examination of IC research and practices, whilst offering practical examples of how to implement it successfully. Viewed from both an academic and practioner perspective, this book is useful for students and wanting to apply IC effectively.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-71933-9: £100.00 eBook: 978-1-315-86748-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415719339

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Volatility Surface and Term Structure High-profit Options Trading Strategies Kin Keung Lai, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Jerome Yen, Tung Wah College, Hong Kong, Shifei Zhou, City University of Hong Kong and Hao Wang, City University of Hong Kong Series: Routledge Advances in Risk Management The book enhances proper understanding and the manipulating of the Greek risk indicators of options and hence helps investors to measure and manage risk. The book is divided into two parts: it first introduces innovations and improvement on financial models for prediction and then illustrates how to undertake investment risk management and option strategies design for risk hedging. It will be of use to senior undergraduate students, postgraduates, or professional readers in options.

Routledge Market: Business December 2016: 234x156: 100pp Hb: 978-0-415-82620-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91626-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-73201-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138916265

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Welfare, Inequality, and Resource Depletion A Reassessment of Brazilian Economic Growth Mariano Torras Series: Alternative Voices in Contemporary Economics This book breaks new ground by accounting for the welfare implications of both severe inequality and environmental degradation and developing a sustainable development indicator that incorporates changes over time in each of these dimensions. The model is applied to data from Brazil spanning the 1965 -1998 period. The book's findings cast significant doubt on the proposition that rapid economic growth in Brazil has resulted in comparable welfare gains. The evidence presented more generally illustrates the often unsustainable nature of rapid GDP growth phases, as well as the general unreliability of GDP growth as an indicator of well-being improvement. The specific policy implication is that Brazil should discontinue - or at least severely curtail - the regressive and resource intensive economic policies it has followed in recent decades in the interest of welfare improvement not only for the poorer groups in society, but for future generations of Brazilians as well.

Routledge November 2016: 208pp Hb: 978-0-754-63153-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26418-2: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138264182

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

7

8

AVIATION TEXTBOOK Dummy text to keep placeholder

Advances in Aviation Psychology, Volume 2

Air Transport Management An international perspective Edited by Lucy Budd, Loughborough University, UK and Stephen Ison, Univeristy of Loughborough, UK

Using Scientific Methods to Address Practical Human Factors Needs

With a clearly structured topic-based approach, this textbook presents readers with the key issues in air transport management, including: aviation law and regulation, economics, finance, airport and airline management, environmental considerations, human resource management and marketing. Air Transport Management: An International Perspective provides in-depth instruction for undergraduate and postgraduate students studying aviation and business management related degrees.

It also offers support to industry practitioners seeking to expand

Michael A. Vidulich and Pamela S. Tsang This book is the second in a series of volumes to be published in conjunction with the biennial International Symposium on Aviation Psychology (ISAP). The aim of each volume is not only to report the latest findings in aviation psychology but also to suggest new directions for advancing the field. More than simply a collection of selected proceeding papers, authors expand on their work following the benefit of interactions at the symposium.

Routledge Market: Aviation May 2017: 234x156: 228pp Hb: 978-1-472-48141-2: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56571-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472481412

their knowledge base.

Routledge Market: Business and Economics, Aviation November 2016: 246x189: 366pp Hb: 978-1-472-45103-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-472-45106-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56635-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315566351

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Air Rage

Aircraft Surveillance Systems

The Underestimated Safety Risk Angela Dahlberg This book introduces a new Human Factors concept that includes the air passenger as an integral part of the aviation system. It develops a revised Reason Model on Human Error that applies its principles to the prevention of passenger misconduct, with a focus on organizational issues affecting the interface between the air passenger and the airlines. It also builds a synergistic model addressing the traditional conflict between safety and service objectives. Incorporating a diffusion of air traveller tension, a Passenger Risk Management Model leads to a strategic approach for reducing incidents of Air Rage.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-754-61325-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25673-6: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138256736

Radar Limitations and the Advent of the Automatic Dependent Surveillance Broadcast Busyairah Syd Ali The Communication, Navigation and Surveillance (CNS) systems provide air traffic controllers with the information necessary to ensure the specified separation between aircraft and efficient management of airspace, as well as assistance to flight crew for safe navigation.

However, the radar systems that support air traffic management (ATM), and in particular air traffic control (ATC), are at their operational limit. This is particularly acute in the provision of the ATC services in low altitude, remote and oceanic areas. Limitations in the current surveillance systems include unavailability of services in oceanic and remote areas, limited services during extreme weather conditions, and outdated equipment with limited availability of spare parts to support system operation. These limitations have resulted in fatal accidents. This book addresses the limitations of radar to support ATC in various operational environments.

Routledge October 2017: 234x156: 150pp Hb: 978-1-472-47797-2: £105.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472477972

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Air Traffic Control: Human Performance Factors

Aircrew Security

Anne R. Isaac and Bert Ruitenberg From the Foreword by Captain Daniel Maurino, ICAO: '...Air Traffic Control...will remain a technology-intensive system. People (controllers) must harmoniously interact with technology to contribute to achieve the aviation system’s goals of safe and efficient transportation of passengers and cargo...This book...considers human error and human factors from a contemporary and operational perspective and discusses the parts as well as the whole...I hope you enjoy reading it as much as I did.' The motivation for writing this book comes from the author’s long standing belief that the needs of Air Traffic Service personnel are inadequately represented in the aviation literature.

There are few references to air traffic control in many of the books written for pilots and about pilots and this is also observed at the main international conferences.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 392pp Hb: 978-0-291-39854-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25517-3: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255173

A Practical Guide Clois Williams and Steven Waltrip The events of 11 September 2001 changed the world, and in particular the aviation community, forever. Since then, the terrorist threat continues to dominate international air travel and pose a real and present danger to airline passengers and aircrew across the globe. In line with this, expectations of renewed commitments to aircrew security training increased, however the practical reality of the standard of information and effective training often fell short. This book aims to help redress this problem. Intended to help flight crews' deal with the new complexities they face in the skies, it is designed to inform and enlighten crewmembers on the issues posed by air rage and terrorist activities, using techniques for conflict resolution, assessment of threat, mental and physical preparation and post-incident considerations.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 512pp Hb: 978-0-754-64076-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25894-5: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138258945

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

AVIATION 2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Airline Choices for the Future

Airport Finance and Investment in the Global Economy

From Alliances to Mergers Kostas Iatrou, Kostas Iatrou, Mauro Oretti and Mauro Oretti Airline Choices for the Future: From Alliances to Mergers offers an up-to-date assessment of the industry as it stands today, delivering a comprehensive insight into how the world of airline alliances is changing, and how the merger phenomenon is likely to fit into the new scenario. This second edition is fully revised to mark the major changes the industry has experienced since it was first published in 2007, with new material dealing directly with air cargo, the EU-US Open Skies agreement and environmental impacts, for example, plus significantly expanded sections on cross-border and cross-regional mergers and acquisitions.

Routledge Market: Aviation May 2017: 234x156: 275pp Hb: 978-1-409-42616-5: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781409426165

Anne Graham, University of Westminster, UK and Peter Morrell Airport Finance and Investment in the Global Economy bridges the gap between much academic research on airports published in recent years - lacking much managerial relevance - and real world airport financial management. This is achieved by featuring expert analysis of contemporary issues specific to airport finance and funding strategies, illustrated by worked examples from a wide range of different countries to enhance understanding and create a global perspective.

Routledge Market: Aviation October 2016: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-472-44020-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56649-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315566498

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Airline Operations

Airport Marketing

A Practical Guide

Strategies to Cope with the New Millennium Environment

Edited by Peter J Bruce, Yi Gao and John M C King

David Jarach

This book offers a comprehensive overview of the essence and nature of airline operations in terms of an operational and regulatory framework, the myriad of planning activities leading up to the current day, and the nature of intense activity that typifies both normal and disruptive airline operations. The text is highly structured, offering four sections. The first section, Planning for Product and Customers, outlines the importance of the regulatory framework underpinning airline operations, and then explores the means by which airlines structure themselves, their network, business model, and management and marketing strategies in order to attract and retain their customer base. The second section, Planning for Operations, draws attention to the operational environment, explaining the framework of the air traffic system, and the complex interrelated planning processes instigated by operational departments within airlines such as Scheduling, Crewing, Maintenance & Operations Control.

Routledge September 2017: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-472-47817-7: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472478177

Airport Marketing examines the management vision of airport marketing in the post-September 11th environment, presenting in-depth analysis of current airport management practices for both aviation and non-aviation-related activities. The 'aviation-related activities' section covers how an airport as a company develops its own marketing relationship with carriers and, in a broader sense, with all actors within the air transport pipeline, with the aim of increasing the number of intermediate clients consistent with its chosen positioning. The 'non-aviation-related' section, by contrast, focuses on how best-in-class airports have been developing new powers of attraction to customers in their regions, well beyond the simple concept of airport retailing, by use of the so-called 'commercial airport' model. Finally, the impact of September 11th is shown in terms of increased security measures and the future of the aviation industry as a whole.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 154pp Hb: 978-0-754-64085-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27805-9: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138278059

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Airline Operations and Management

Attitude or Latitude?

A management textbook

Australian Aviation Safety

Gerald N. Cook and Bruce Billig Airline Operations and Management: A Management Textbook is a survey of the airline industry, mostly from a managerial perspective. It integrates and applies the fundamentals of several management disciplines, particularly economics, operations, marketing and finance, in developing the overview of the industry. The focus is on tactical, rather than strategic, management that is specialized or unique to the airline industry.

Routledge Market: Aviation February 2017: 234x156: 364pp Hb: 978-1-138-23752-0: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23753-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-29959-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138237520

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Graham R. Braithwaite Series: Studies in Aviation Psychology and Human Factors Australia has an enviable record for airline safety - No one has ever died in an accident involving a commercial jet aircraft in Australia. The reasons behind this have been the source of much speculation and theories tend to focus on issues related to the natural environment and even luck. However, with human error being present in arguably 100% of aircraft accidents, it seems reasonable that a good safety record is at least partly the consequence of human intervention. This text uses Australian aviation as a case study of a safe system to explore the interactions between the natural, operational and human environments. Based on doctoral research including a major survey of pilot and air traffic controller perceptions, the book is unusual in that it looks at positive examples in safety rather than taking the traditional reactive approach to safety deficiencies.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 311pp Hb: 978-0-754-61709-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26389-5: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263895

New in Paperback

Companion Website

9

10

AVIATION Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Aviation Human Factors and SMS

Aviation Marketing

The Contribution of a Generation

Ryan Leick and Keith J. Mason

Daniel E. Maurino

Aviation Marketing provides a foundation of marketing theory in the context of recent aviation marketing literature, specifically designed to serve as a textbook in an academic environment. It is founded in established and new marketing theory supported by practical applications of the theory to the air transportation industry. While aviation management and strategy texts have become reasonably abundant in number, the marketing of aviation services remains largely under-represented in print. This is partially due to its interdisciplinary nature and the number of authors working in the area is limited. For Leick and Mason, the application of marketing concepts to the airline industry and the difficulties that occur due to the services (and in parts the industrial) nature of the business is one of intellectual interest and commercial practicalities. Both have worked over the years to take marketing concepts and see how well they can be applied in the business.

The last twenty-five years are arguably the period when the most significant change took place in international civil aviation as a whole. Progress in the post-WWII Fifties, the introduction of the jet engine in the Sixties, and the early technology in the Seventies effectively and efficiently supported safety and the service delivery needs of a slow-growing and largely static system. However, from the Eighties onwards, aviation changed from a craft-based and relatively small service to a massive transportation system that has become an essential component of the fabric of contemporary society. This book builds upon the need to preserve international civil aviation's corporate memory about facts and people, in the face of ever-constant and often radical change, and the de-personalization of aviation.

This is achieved by providing a roadmap of key institutional and operational events that, since the mid-Eighties, have shaped aviation safety thinking into the present-day paradigm.

Routledge August 2017: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-409-43291-3: £105.00 Pb: 978-1-409-43292-0: £30.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781409432913

Routledge September 2017: 246x174: 330pp Hb: 978-1-472-45114-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-472-45117-0: £30.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472451149

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Aviation Information Management

Aviation Resource Management

From Documents to Data

Volume 2 - Proceedings of the Fourth Australian Aviation Psychology Symposium

Barbara G. Kanki and Thomas L. Seamster Operational information management is at a crossroads as it sheds the remaining vestiges of its paper-based processes and moves through the uncharted domain of electronic data processes. The final outcome is not yet in full focus, but real progress has been made in the transition to electronic documents providing the aviation industry with a clear direction.

This book looks at a combination of industry initiatives and airline successes that point to the next steps that operators can take as they transition to fully integrated information management systems. Although the route has not been fully identified, it is evident that a key to successful long-term efficient information management is industry-wide cooperation. The chapters are authored by a range of experts in operational information management, and collectively, they outline ways that operators can improve efficiency across flight, ground and maintenance operations.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-754-61966-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25828-0: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138258280

Andrew R. Lowe and Brent J. Hayward This two volume set presents the reader with new strategies for the contributions of psychology and Human Factors to the safe and effective functioning of aviation organizations and systems.

The volumes comprise the edited contributions to the Fourth Australian Aviation Psychology Symposium. The chapters within are orientated towards presenting and developing practical solutions for the current and future challenges facing the aviation industry. Each volume covers areas of vital and enduring importance within today’s complex aviation system. Volume 2 covers Selection, Training, Human-Machine Interface, Air Traffic Control, Maintenance and Situational Awareness.

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-1-840-14974-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25515-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26183-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255159

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Aviation Investment

Aviation Social Science: Research Methods in Practice

Economic Appraisal for Airports, Air Traffic Management, Airlines and Aeronautics Doramas Jorge-Calderón Aviation Investment uniquely addresses investment appraisal methods across the key industries that make up the aviation sector, including the airports, air traffic management, airline and aircraft manufacturing - or aeronautic - industries. It is a practice-oriented book where methods are presented through realistic case studies. The emphasis is on economic appraisal, or cost-benefit analysis, in order to determine the viability of projects not only for private investors but for society as a whole.

Financial (cash flow) appraisal is illustrated alongside economic appraisal, as the latter builds on the former, but also to show how economic appraisal enhances standard financial appraisal to determine the long-term sustainability of any investment.

Aviation is a capital-intensive sector that is growing rapidly, with world traffic expected to double over the next 15 years or so.

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 258pp Hb: 978-1-472-42130-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27020-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56854-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138270206

Mark W. Wiggins and Catherine Stevens Series: Studies in Aviation Psychology and Human Factors This book is a guide that addressees social science research issues within the aviation industry. Studies involving human factors, personality, training systems evaluation, decision-making, crew resource management and situation awareness are used to illustrate not only the process, but also the outcomes that can emerge from social science research. The book describes the principles involved in conceptualising a research problem, obtaining management support, developing an appropriate timeframe, obtaining ethics approval and collecting and managing data. It also provides useful guidelines concerning the publication of research in magazines, academic journals and conference presentations. The topics are illustrated with aviation examples and the principles are deliberately broad. This book will be a useful guide for both novice and experienced researchers, especially pilots, air traffic controllers, maintenance personnel, aviation management, aviation researchers & safety personnel.

Routledge December 2016: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-840-14966-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25048-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26182-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138250482

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

AVIATION Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Aviation Training

Clipped Wings

Learners, Instruction and Organization

Corporate social and environmental responsibility in the airline industry

Ross A.Telfer and Phillip J. Moore

Deborah Ancell

The book is in three parts, which consider training from the perspective of the learner, the instructor and the organization.

Its intended readership includes civil and military training and senior pilots, flying instructors, check pilots, CRM facilitators, Human Factors and safety departments, and aviation and educational psychologists as well as those in operations and air traffic management and regulatory authorities.

Within the developed world, airlines have responded to the advice of advocates for corporate social and environmental responsibility to use the intertwined CSER dimensions of economics, society and environment to guide their business activities. Clipped Wings is a treatise for business professionals featuring academic research as well as industry anecdotes. It is written for airlines (including their owners, employees, passengers and suppliers), airports, trade associations, policy makers, students, consultants, CSERplus specialists and anyone who is concerned about the future of competitive airlines.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 408pp Hb: 978-0-291-39837-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25480-0: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138254800

Routledge Market: Aviation October 2016: 234x156: 428pp Hb: 978-1-472-47773-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-1-315-57243-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315572437

3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Buying the Big Jets

Cockpit Displays: Test and Evaluation

Fleet Planning for Airlines

Richard L. Newman and Kevin W. Greeley

Paul Clark

Cockpit Displays is an in-depth examination of the design rationales, test philosophy and test procedures for cockpit systems. Whilst its main emphasis is on cockpit displays, it also includes an important discussion of flight management systems and mission computers. Areas covered include: the cockpit design process, test techniques for flight displays and equipment, and situation awareness testing. Comparing civil and military requirements, it is an important analysis of the lessons learned from test and evaluation and will be of interest to cockpit systems design engineering staff at major airframe manufacturers, procurement executives and program managers at military aircraft program offices and flight test engineers and

Selecting the right aircraft for an airline operation is a vastly complex process, involving a multitude of skills and considerable knowledge of the business. Buying The Big Jets has been published since 2001 to provide expert guidance to all those involved in aircraft selection strategies. This Third Edition brings the picture fully up to date, representing the latest developments in aircraft products and best practice in airline fleet planning techniques. It features a new section that covers the current and future aircraft programme strategies from both the airframe and engine manufacturer points of view.

Routledge Market: Aviation June 2017: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-472-45873-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-74982-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57066-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472458735

test pilots.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 291pp Hb: 978-0-754-61549-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25809-9: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138258099

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Cleared for Take-Off

Cognition and Safety

Structure and Strategy in the Low Fare Airline Business

An Integrated Approach to Systems Design and Assessment

Thomas C. Lawton Series: Ashgate Studies in Aviation Economics and Management Competition in air transport has been transformed by industry liberalization initiatives, resulting in the emergence of a wide array of new airline start-ups. Restrictions on low fares have been removed, uniform control requirements have been established, and legislation has facilitated the proliferation of low-fare carriers and competition. The new breed of independent low-fare airlines (LFAs) use market freedoms to shake up the industry's competitive dynamics and offer the customer the alternative of low prices and basic service. A successful low fare business model requires a ruthless and relentless focus on cost cutting and increased operational productivity, combined with an ability to generate and maintain a cash surplus and a cautious but steady fleet and route network expansion. The mastery of these techniques has made Southwest and Ryanair industry leaders, but others such as EasyJet also have a proven record of profitability and market growth.

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 234pp Hb: 978-0-754-61269-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27306-1: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138273061

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Oliver Sträter Safety suffers from the variety of methods and models that are used to assess human performance. For example, operation is concerned primarily with human error, while design deals with aligning the system to workload or situational awareness, and the gap between the two disassociates safety assessment from design. As a result, system design creates constraints for the operator working at the sharp-end, which will inevitably lead to human error. Accidents and incidents across all industries have demonstrated the safety significance of this gap. Cognition and Safety provides an integrated view of cognitive human issues to better enhance safety. It combines operational with design-related concepts of cognitive performance to provide an approach for safely managing cognitive issues throughout the lifecycle of a system, from operational to senior management levels. The book will be of direct interest to operational managers, designers, training specialists & safety managers.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-754-64325-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26671-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26000-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138266711

New in Paperback

Companion Website

11

12

AVIATION Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Delivering Excellent Service Quality in Aviation

Drones in Society

A Practical Guide for Internal and External Service Providers

Exploring the strange new world of unmanned aircraft

Mario Kossmann A practical and realistic guide for both external and internal service providers in an aviation context to implementing an effective way to control the service quality as perceived by their customers, Delivering Excellent Service Quality in Aviation is essential for those service providers that are not yet systematically managing their service quality. Offering a step-by-step and easy to understand framework, it also enables those service providers that are already proactively managing their service quality to build new techniques into current practice for maximum effect. By using this guide, decision-making as well as budget and capacity planning can be optimized and justified to any stakeholders in the service operation. Customer satisfaction can be improved considerably over time and, thereby, profits (or budget allocation for internal service providers).

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-754-64725-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26256-0: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138262560

Ron Bartsch, UAS International, Australia, James Coyne and Katherine Gray Drones in Society takes the uninitiated on a journey to understand the history of drones, the present day and potential future in order to demystify the media hype. Written in an accessible style, it will appeal to a broad range of interested readerships, among them students, safety regulators, government employees, airspace regulators, insurance brokers and underwriters, risk managers, lawyers, privacy groups and the RPAS industry generally. In a world first, this book is a light and interesting read; being both relatable and memorable while discussing complex matters of privacy, international law and the challenges ahead for us all.

Routledge Market: Aviation December 2016: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-22157-4: £65.00 eBook: 978-1-315-40965-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138221574

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Developing the Future Aviation System

Ethical Issues in Aviation

Edited by Rod Baldwin The major changes taking place in technology have some of the greatest effect in the world of aviation. Yet, in an industry which started with the concept of 'open skies', each sector has traditionally developed on its own and adjusted to developments in other areas as and when required. The need for integration is particularly important as the skies become increasingly crowded. More intense commercialization dramatically increases the interlocking between technological developments and the size of the financial investments required. For maximum efficiency the aviation system thus has to develop as an integrated whole with a greater awareness of events in other sectors. This book is intended to meet this requirement by addressing the breadth and depth of the aviation system and looking at some areas where significant advances are happening. While following the processes of development, the reader will see where the results might lead in the new century.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-291-39843-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26313-0: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263130

Edited by Elizabeth Hoppe Applied ethics has been gaining wide attention in a variety of curriculums, and there is growing awareness of the need for ethical training in general. Well-publicized ethical problems such as the Challenger disaster, the Ford Pinto case and the collapse of corporations such as Enron have highlighted the need to rethink the role of ethics in the workplace. The concept of applied ethics originated in medicine with a groundbreaking book published in 1979. Business ethics books began to appear in the 1980s, with engineering ethics following in the 1990s.

This volume now opens up a new area of applied ethics, comprehensively addressing the ethical issues confronting the civil aviation industry. Aviation is unique in two major ways: firstly it has a long history of government regulations, and secondly its primary focus is the safety of its passengers and crew.

Routledge May 2016: 234x156: 314pp Hb: 978-1-409-41786-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-1-315-58027-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315580272

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Drones

European Air Traffic Management

Safety Risk Management for the Next Evolution of Flight Harrison G. Wolf, University of Southern California, USA This book is an everything included approach to understanding drones, creating an organization around using unmanned aircraft, and outlining the process of safety to protect that program. It is the first of a kind safety focused text book for unmanned aircraft operations, providing the reader with a required understanding of hazard identification, risk analysis, mitigation, and promotion. It enables the reader to speak the same language as any civil aviation authority, and gives the toolset to create a safety risk management program for unmanned aircraft.

Routledge Market: Aviation April 2017: 234x156: 178pp Hb: 978-1-138-20355-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-47141-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138203556

Principles, Practice and Research Edited by Andrew Cook European Air Traffic Management: Principles, Practice and Research is a single source of reference on the key subject areas of air traffic management in Europe. It brings together material that was previously unobtainable, hidden within technical documents or dispersed across disparate sources. With a broad cross-section of contributors from across the industry and academia, the book offers an effective treatment of the key issues in current, and developing, European ATM. It explains the principles of air traffic management and its practical workings, bridging the academic and operational worlds to give an insight into this evolving field, with a number of fresh perspectives brought to the text. On-going research and developments are closely integrated into the themes, demonstrating the likely directions of future ATM in Europe and the challenges it will face.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 279pp Hb: 978-0-754-67295-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25576-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-25603-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255760

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

13 13

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Flying Faceplaceholder of Criminalization Dummy in textthe to keep The Safety Implications of Aviation Professionals for Flying in the Face ofProsecuting Criminalization Dummy text to keep placeholder

Humantext Factors in Air Traffic Management AVIATION 13 Dummy to keepImpacts placeholder Mark Rodgers and Barry Kirwan Human Factors Impacts in Air Traffic Management Dummy text to keep placeholder

Accidents The Safety Implications of Prosecuting Aviation Professionals for Sofia Michaelides-Mateou and Andreas Mateou Flying Accidentsin the Face of Criminalization Two parallel investigations take place after every aviation The Safety Implications ofMichaelides-Mateou Prosecuting Aviation Professionals for Sofia and Andreas Mateou accident: one technical, one judicial.

The former must be Accidents Two parallelwith investigations take place after every aviation conducted the sole intention of making safety

accident: one technical, one judicial.

The former mustaccidents. be Sofia Michaelides-Mateou andrecurrence Andreas Mateou recommendations to prevent the of similar conducted the sole intention ofhas making safety The investigation, however, theevery intention of Twojudicial parallelwith investigations take place after aviation recommendations to prevent the recurrence of and similar accidents. identifying those parties that been at former fault to apportion accident: one technical, one have judicial.

The must be The judicial with investigation, however, the intention of blameworthiness forsole criminal and civil liability.

Consequently, conducted the intention ofhas making safety identifying parties that have beenparties at fault and to apportion this results those in a predicament for have been recommendations to prevent thethose recurrence ofthat similar accidents. blameworthiness forplayed criminal andin civil Consequently, identified asinvestigation, having a role theliability. accident, a dilemma The judicial however, has the intention of this resultsnot in supplying a predicament for those parties that been between information aimed at enhancing safety identifying those parties that have been at fault and have to apportion identified as having a role in the accident, a hand, dilemma and preventing future accidents on the other blameworthiness forplayed criminal andand, civil liability.

Consequently, between information aimed at enhancing safety supplying such information which may possibly be have used against this resultsnot in supplying a predicament for those parties that been and preventing future accidents and, onaccident, the other them in subsequent criminal prosecution.

The played situation is compounded by inconsistent identified as having a role in the a hand, dilemma supplying such information which may possibly be used against approaches between different legal not systems; aviation professionals may find themselves between supplying information aimed at enhancing safety them in subsequent criminal Thenot situation is compounded byalso inconsistent faced with criminal charges inprosecution. one country but in another, andon they be unsure and preventing future accidents and, themay other hand, approaches between different legal systems; aviation professionals may find themselves as to whethe supplying such information which may possibly be used against faced with criminal charges inprosecution. one country but in another, and they may be unsure Routledge them in ssubsequent criminal prosecution.

Thenot situation is compounded byalso inconsistent ubsequent criminal as to whethe November 2016: 234x156: 234pp legal systems; aviation professionals may find themselves approaches between different Routledge Hb: 978-1-409-40767-6: £95.00 Routledge faced with2016: criminal charges in one country but not in another, and they may also be unsure November 234x156: 234pp Pb: 978-1-138-27870-7: £34.99 November 2016: 234x156: 234pp as to whethe Hb: 978-1-409-40767-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-58255-9 Hb: 978-1-409-40767-6: £95.00 Pb: £34.99information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138278707 Routledge *Pb: For978-1-138-27870-7: full contents and more 978-1-138-27870-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58255-9 November 2016: 234x156: 234pp eBook: 978-1-315-58255-9 *Hb: For978-1-409-40767-6: full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138278707 £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138278707 Pb: 978-1-138-27870-7: £34.99 Dummy text to keep placeholder eBook: 978-1-315-58255-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138278707

In research and application of Human Factors in Air Traffic Mark Rodgers(ATM) and systems Barry Kirwan Management design, development and In researchthere and application of Human Factors in Airthe Traffic operation, remains a lack of clarity regarding range Management (ATM) systems design, development Mark Rodgers of and Barry Kirwan and integration activities associated with the needand for greater operation, remains lack of clarity regarding the range attention issues such asa human error, interface design and In researchtothere and application of Human Factors in Air Traffic and integration of activities associated with the need for teamwork, especially in systems withdevelopment increased levels ofgreater Management (ATM) systems design, and attention issues suchseeks asa human error,this interface design and automation.

Thisremains book to of redress situation byrange operation,tothere lack clarity regarding the teamwork, especially in systems with increased levelsfor of presenting caseof studies of human factors ingreater which and integration activities associated withapplications the need automation.

This book seeks toinredress situation by inand there is demonstrable terms ofinterface improvement attention to issues suchsuccess as human error,this design presenting case studies of human factors applications in which operational systems.

Individual examples are used to outline teamwork, especially in systems with increased levels of there is demonstrable success terms this ofwhat improvement how each human factors study it entailed, automation.

This book seeks toinevolved, redress situation by inhow operational systems.

Individual examples are used outline it was resourced and how results contributed toto operational presenting case studies ofthe human factors applications in which each humanmethods, factors study what itresource entailed,inhow performance. Case studieshow include training human error,ofteam there is demonstrable success inevolved, terms improvement it was resourced and how the results contributed to operational management, situation assessment, terminal automation replacement systems, operational systems.

Individual examples are usedcollaborative to outline performance. Case include training human error, team decision-making tostudies improve theeach effectiveness of traffic-flow management and the role how humanmethods, factors study evolved, what itresource entailed, howof management, terminaland automation systems,tocollaborative human factorssituation in ATM. assessment, it was resourced how thereplacement results contributed operational decision-making tostudies improve the effectiveness of traffic-flow and the role of Routledge performance. Case include training methods, humanmanagement error, team resource human factors in ATM. assessment, November 2016:situation 234x156: 584pp management, terminal automation replacement systems, collaborative Hb: 978-0-754-63502-4: £105.00 Routledge decision-making to improve the effectiveness of traffic-flow management and the role of Pb: 978-1-138-26431-1: £34.99 November 2016: 234x156: 584pp human inand ATM. * For full factors contents more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138264311

Human Factors Impacts in Air Traffic Management

Hb: 978-0-754-63502-4: £105.00 Routledge Pb: 978-1-138-26431-1: £34.99 2016: 234x156: 584pp *November For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138264311 Hb: 978-0-754-63502-4: £105.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26431-1: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138264311

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Flying Close to the Sun Dummy Too text to keep placeholder The Success and Failureto of the Airlines Flying Too Close theNew-Entrant Sun Dummy text to keep placeholder

Human Performance in General Aviation Dummy text to keep placeholder Edited by David O'Hare Human Performance in General Aviation Dummy text to keep placeholder

Series: Studies Flying Too Close toAshgate the Gudmundsson Sun in Aviation Economics and Management Sveinn Vidar

performance in general aviation. Each chapter has been written Human Performance in General Aviation Thissomeone is the first available editedofcollection of chapters on human by with knowledge both the research literature and

This is the first available edited collection of chapters on human

Sveinn Vidar Gudmundsson

The Success and Failure of the New-Entrant Airlines

Sinceof deregulation in the United States, most jet operating The Success and Failure the New-Entrant Airlines Series: Ashgate Studies in Aviation Economics and Management

new-entrant carriers have failed. Theories on competition had Sveinn Vidar Since put deregulation thereality United States, most jetdifferent operating been to theGudmundsson testinand turned out to be to the new-entrant carriers have failed.

Theories on and competition had Series: Ashgate Studies in Aviation Economics Management vision.

To begin with many new-entrant airlines were successful, beenwere put to testtoinand turned out to be to the but notthe able create sustainable strategies to survive as Since deregulation thereality United States, most jetdifferent operating vision.

To begin withadjusted many new-entrant airlines were successful, incumbent carriers to theTheories new operating environment. new-entrant carriers have failed. on competition had but not able create sustainable strategies to survive as This book explains the complex issues out that the almost beenwere put to the testto and reality turned toled betodifferent to the incumbent carriers adjusted to thenew-entrant new operating environment. total ratewith of the 'firstnew-entrant wave' The vision.failure To begin many airlines airlines. were successful, This booknot explains thecreate complex issuespredicament that led to the almostas background toable the to pre-nineties failure is survive examined but were sustainable strategies to total failure rate aofgood the 'first wave' new-entrant airlines.

The in order to give overview theoperating characteristics of incumbent carriers adjusted to theof new environment. background to the pre-nineties is examined new-entrant airlines and of the failure environment which they This book explains the complex issuespredicament that ledinto the almost to give overview of the characteristics of operate. Attention is givenin toorder the new-entrants’ management in order total failure rate aofgood thestrategies 'first wave'and new-entrant airlines.

The to new-entrant airlines andsuccessful of the failure environment in which they explore past deficiencies and to pave the waypre-nineties for newpredicament strategies.

The author background to the is examined operate.

Attention is given the new-entrants’ management in order covers the new-entrants’ structure and thenaidentifies criticaland factors through distress/failure intoorder to give goodstrategies overview of the characteristics of to explore past deficiencies and to pave the way for new strategies.

The author prediction models.

His approach new-entrant airlines andsuccessful of the environment in which they covers the new-entrants’ structure and then identifies criticaland factors through distress/failure Routledge operate.

Attention is given to the new-entrants’ strategies management in order to prediction models.

November 2016: 234x156: 280pp explore past deficiencies and to pave the way for successful new strategies. The author Hb: 978-1-840-14366-9: £95.00 Routledge covers the new-entrants’ structure and then identifies critical factors through distress/failure Pb: 978-1-138-26731-2: £34.99 November 2016: 234x156: 280pp prediction models. His approach eBook: 978-1-315-25518-7 Hb: 978-1-840-14366-9: £95.00 Routledge *Pb: For978-1-138-26731-2: full contents and more £34.99information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138267312 November 2016: 234x156: 280pp eBook: 978-1-315-25518-7 £95.00 *Hb: For978-1-840-14366-9: full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138267312 Pb: 978-1-138-26731-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-25518-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138267312

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Human Factors for Civil Flight Deck Design Human FactorsEdited for Civil Deck Design

by Don Flight Harris Dummy text to keep placeholder

Edited by Don Harris Human error is now the main cause of aircraft accidents.

Human FactorsHowever, for Civil Flight Deck Human error is now the the main cause ofDesign aircraft accidents. in many cases pilot simply falls into a trap that has

14 14

AVIATION AVIATION

However, inDon many cases intoflight a trap thatThis has been him/her by the pilot poorsimply designfalls of the deck.

Editedleft byfor Harris been lefterror for him/her by the poor design of theaccidents. flight deck.

This book addresses the human factors issues pertinent to the design Human is now the main cause of aircraft book addresses the human issues pertinent thethat design of modern decks.

Comprising of invited chapters from However, inflight many cases thefactors pilot simply falls into ato trap has of modern decks. invited chapters from internationally recognised inofhuman factors flight been left forflight him/her byComprising theexperts poor design of the flightand deck.

This internationally recognised inworld human flight deck contributions span the of factors industry, book design, addresses the human experts factors issues pertinent to and the design deck design, contributions span theof world of industry, government research and academia.

The book of modern flight decks.establishments Comprising invited chapters from government research establishments and Theacross book brings together the practical experience ofacademia. professionals internationally recognised experts in human factors and flight brings together theand practical experience ofdisciplines professionals across the factors flightspan deck design to provide deckhuman design, contributions the world of industry, human factors andestablishments flight deck design provide athe single, all-encompassing volume. government research anddisciplines academia.to The book abrings single,together all-encompassing volume.

Divided into two mainacross parts, the practical experience of professionals Routledge part one of the book examines: the benefits of human November 2016: 234x156: 344pp the human factors and flight deck design disciplines to provide engineering; flight deck design process; head down display design; head-up display Hb: 978-0-754-61380-0: £95.00 a single, all-encompassing volume.

Divided into two maindesign; parts, auditory warning systems; flightone control control inceptors andof aircraft handling Pb: 978-1-138-26377-2: £34.99part of thesystems, book examines: the benefits human qualities; flight deck automation; and visit: human-computer interaction on the display fligh design; * For full contents and more information, www.routledge.com/9781138263772 engineering; flight deck design process; head down display design; head-up

AVIATION AVIATION

Routledgewarning systems; flight control systems, control inceptors and aircraft handling auditory November 2016: 234x156: 344pp flight deck and visit: human-computer interaction on the fligh *qualities; For full contents and automation; more information, www.routledge.com/9781138263772 Hb: 978-0-754-61380-0: £95.00 Routledge Pb: 978-1-138-26377-2: £34.99 November 2016: 234x156: 344pp Complimentary Exam Hb: 978-0-754-61380-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26377-2: £34.99

Copy

e-Inspection

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by David O'Hare

performance in general aviation.

Each chapter hasChapters been written Edited

by David O'Hare the operational background of general aviation. are by with knowledge ofcollection both of theknowledge research literature and designed the edited current state inon areas Thissomeone is the to firstsurvey available of chapters human the operational background aviation.

Chapters are critical to general aviation andoftogeneral spell chapter out bothhas the operational performance in general aviation.

Each been written designed to survey the current state of in areasfor implications of this knowledge directions needed by someone with knowledge of and boththe theknowledge research literature and critical to generalbackground aviation andoftogeneral spell out both the operational future research.

Topics covered include strategies for flightare the operational aviation.

Chapters implications of this knowledge and the directions needed for instruction; development of state computer-based training; stress designed tothe survey the current of knowledge in areas future research.

Topics covered strategies flightof and decision making; skill development; the involvement critical to general aviation and toinclude spell out both thefor operational instruction; the of and computer-based training; stress general aviation pilots in incidents and factors implications of development this knowledge theaccidents; directionshuman needed for and decision making; skill development; the involvement of implications of GPS use and the include future ofstrategies aircraft design and future research.

Topics covered for flight general aviation pilots in incidents and accidents; human factors development in general aviation.

The book provides an of authoritative outline of currently instruction; the development computer-based training; stress implications of GPS use and theand future ofthe aircraft design and applicable human factors knowledge for general aviation a valuable guide to future and decision making; skill development; involvement of development inItgeneral The book provides an authoritative outline of currently developments. featuresaviation. ageneral foreword by Dr Stan Roscoe. aviation pilots in incidents and accidents; human factors applicable human factors knowledge for general aviation and a valuable guide to future Routledge implications of GPS use and the future of aircraft design and developments.

Itgeneral features a foreword Dr Stan Roscoe.

November 2016:in234x156: 344pp development aviation.

Theby book provides an authoritative outline of currently Hb: 978-0-291-39852-9: £95.00 Routledge applicable human factors knowledge for general aviation and a valuable guide to future Pb: 978-1-138-25608-8: £34.99 November 2016: 234x156: 344pp developments. features a foreword visit:

by Drwww.routledge.com/9781138256088 Stan Roscoe. *Hb: For978-0-291-39852-9: full contentsItand more information, £95.00 Routledge Pb: 978-1-138-25608-8: £34.99 November 2016: 234x156: 344pp * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138256088 Hb: 978-0-291-39852-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25608-8: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138256088

Dummy text to keep placeholder

International Air placeholder Carrier Liability Dummy text to keep Safety and Security International Air Carrier Liability Dummy text to keep placeholder

David Hodgkinson, University of Western Australia, Australia

Safety and Security and Rebecca Johnston, Adjunct Lecturer, Faculty of Law, International Air Carrier Liability

David Hodgkinson, University of Western Australia, Australia University of Notre Dame Australia

Rebecca Johnston, Adjunct Lecturer, Faculty of Law, Safety and Security and International Air Carrier Liability brings together essential treaties

University of Notre Dame Australia David Hodgkinson, University ofon Western Australia, and airline-to-airline agreements air carrier liability,Australia safety International Carrier Liability brings together essential and security, RebeccaAir Johnston, Adjunct Lecturer, Faculty oftreaties Law, and and supplements these with expert commentary airline-to-airline agreements on air carrier liability, safety University ofThe Notre Dame Australia and analysis. examination considers the general regulatory

with these issues.

and security, and supplements these with expert commentary framework ofAir international civilbrings aviation (including the Chicago International Carrier Liability together essential treaties and Therelated examination considers the general regulatory Convention and documents) how the liability regime and analysis. airline-to-airline agreements onand air carrier liability, safety framework of international civil aviation (including the Chicago fits within that framework.

The authors aim to provide a reference and security, and supplements these with expert commentary Convention documents) and how thestudents liability regime aid legal and practitioners as well as academics, andfor analysis.

Therelated examination considers the general regulatory fits within that framework. authors aim(including to providethe a reference (undergraduate and post The graduate) and government officials framework of international civil aviation Chicago aid for legal practitioners as well academics, regarding treaties, domestic lawsasand documents concerned Convention and related documents) and how thestudents liability regime (undergraduate and post The graduate) officials fits within that framework. authorsand aimgovernment to provide a reference regarding treaties, domestic lawsasand documents concerned aid for legal practitioners as well academics, students

Routledge with these issues.

Market: Aviation (undergraduate and post graduate) and government officials November Routledge 2016: 234x156: 384pp regarding treaties, domestic laws and documents concerned Hb: Market: Aviation with978-1-138-20049-4: these issues. £95.00 November 2016: 234x156: 384pp eBook: 978-1-315-51433-8 eBook: 978-1-315-51433-8 Routledge 978-1-138-20049-4: £95.00 **Hb: For contents For full fullAviation contents and and more more information, information, visit: visit: www.routledge.com/9781138200494 www.routledge.com/9781138200494 Market: in384pp Paperback Companion Website November 2016:New 234x156: Hb: 978-1-138-20049-4: £95.00

New in Paperback

Companion Website

New in Paperback

Companion Website

14

AVIATION 3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Introduction to Air Transport Economics

Pilot Judgment and Crew Resource Management Richard S. Jensen

From Theory to Applications Bijan Vasigh, Ken Fleming and Thomas Tacker Introduction to Air Transport Economics: From Theory to Applications uniquely merges the institutional and technical aspects of the aviation industry with their theoretical economic underpinnings. In one comprehensive textbook it applies economic theory to all aspects of the aviation industry, bringing together the numerous and informative articles and institutional developments that have characterized the field of airline economics in the last two decades as well as adding a number of areas original to an aviation text. Its integrative approach offers a fresh point of view that finds favor with many students of aviation. The book offers a self-contained theory and applications-oriented text for any individual intent on entering the aviation industry as a practicing professional in the management area.

Routledge Market: Aviation October 2017: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-1-138-23773-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23775-9: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-29907-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138237735

This is the first comprehensive book on pilot judgment. It provides a clear understanding of pilot judgment emphasizing how it can be applied to improving safety in aviation. The author brings together a rich store of personal flying experiences combined with a strong base of personal academic research to support the concepts presented. The book gives not only a strong emphasis to the application of judgment to aviation but also lays particular stress on the principles needed in how to learn, teach and evaluate judgment. For pilots, the main benefits to be gained from the book will be a foundation of knowledge and teaching to enable them to make better, safer decisions.

For flight instructors, it teaches how to teach and evaluate judgment in flight students. In addition to pilots and flight instructors, the readership obviously includes aviation classroom instructors, scientists doing aviation-related research and aviation safety specialists.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-291-39804-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26310-9: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263109

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Managing Strategic Airline Alliances

Pilot Mental Health Assessment and Support

Birgit Kleymann and Hannu Seristö Series: Ashgate Studies in Aviation Economics and Management Strategic airline alliances are an important topic in airline management today, stimulated by poor access of international airlines to large domestic markets such as the USA and EU and the increasing importance of network scope. Outright mergers of international airlines have proved to be difficult for political, cultural and legal reasons, making alliances the best available form to strengthen strategic positions and streamline networks.

However, there are a number of difficulties associated with an alliance such as long-term stability, political climate, cultural conflict and how much capital alliance partners should sink into the integration. The main purpose of the book is to convey in an accessible form to a wide audience, the results of recent academic research on strategic airline alliances. The authors systematically cover: policy, regulation and consumer issues; management, marketing and strategic issues; the mechanics of airline alliances.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-754-61327-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26375-8: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263758

A practitioner's guide Edited by Robert Bor, Carina Eriksen, Margaret Oakes and Peter Scragg Pilot Mental Health Assessment and Support presents an authoritative, comprehensive and practical guide to modern, evidence-based practice in the field of mental-health assessment, treatment and care. It features contributions from experts in the field drawn from several countries, professions and representing a range of aviation-related organisations, displaying a range of different skills and methods that can be used for the clinical assessment of pilots and in relation to specific mental-health problems and syndromes.

Routledge Market: Aviation December 2016: 234x156: 406pp Hb: 978-1-138-22203-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-40194-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138222038

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Marketing in the International Aerospace Industry

Staffing the ATM System

Wesley E. Spreen

The Selection of Air Traffic Controllers

The aerospace industry has a unique business culture and business practices. It is also subject to unique regulatory requirements and financing conventions. Aerospace products are unlike anything else. Pricing arrangements are arcane, and large-scale cooperative alliances among industry players are commonplace. The market is dichotomized into parts, civil and military, of approximately equal value, and is further divided into dozens of major product segments. The complexity of the aerospace market is commensurate with its size. It is a leading exporter among industrialized nations, employing millions of highly-skilled workers and serving as a technology incubator, while developing nations target the aerospace industry for development within their own economies. Yet, in spite of the importance and uniqueness of the aerospace industry, there has been no serious comprehensive guidance about how the industry's markets function.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-754-64975-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26466-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-24968-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138264663

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Hinnerk Eißfeldt and Mike C. Heil Issues of personnel development in air traffic control (ATC) have become a major topic in aviation recruitment and training.

Proper selection and training methods are needed in order to reach a high level of efficiency and reliability in ATC. Pilots were considered the most prominent group in aviation for a long time, but with the development of flight guidance technologies came a second operational occupation in aviation: the air traffic controller (ATCO). This volume provides a state-of-the-art overview of controller selection from an impressive collection of international specialists in research and practice. It will prove a valuable and key insight into the demands of air traffic controller selection through its comprehensive and enlightening examination of the current practice in the USA and Europe for the job-analysis requirements of future air traffic management (ATM) systems.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-754-61197-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25473-2: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138254732

New in Paperback

Companion Website

AVIATION Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Tapping Diverse Talent in Aviation

The Global Navigation Satellite System

Culture, Gender, and Diversity

Navigating into the New Millennium

Edited by Mary Ann Turney Series: Studies in Aviation Psychology and Human Factors It has seldom been more critical for the aviation industry to evaluate the future employee talent pool. Projected skills shortages, new security concerns, and the cost of training have generated a pressing need for aviation training professionals to find and develop new and diverse talent - capable of safe, informed and accurate communication. This intelligent and topical new book provides succinct and authoritative research-based information to assist decision-makers plan the changes required to training facilities, materials and methods, and in the reinforcement and assessment of the training environment itself. It will spark considerable interest among airline management personnel, collegiate flight training programs, military training contractors, and governmental agencies and serve as a text for collegiate aviation programs and as a valuable knowledge base reference for practitioners. Including comprehensive data on future world workforce composition and demographic projections.

15

Alessandra A.L. Andrade The book constitutes a valuable guide to the implementation of the CNS/ATM system towards ensuring safe, efficient and orderly evolution of international air transport. It uses a pragmatic approach in addressing the major legal, institutional, technical, political and economic aspects underlying the Global Navigation Satellite System, which is expected to play a fundamental role in aviation safety and air navigation world-wide. The book also examines, through well-reasoned analysis and research, the various controversial and relevant issues which will dominate the system in the years to come.

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-754-61825-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27233-0: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138272330

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-754-63525-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25859-4: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138258594

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Airline Industry and the Impact of Deregulation

The Impact of EU Law on the Regulation of International Air Transportation

George Williams In the fast-changing theatre of air transportation, the strategic development of airlines and the operating economics of scheduled airline services have been transformed, following the profound impact of US deregulation. The lessons gleaned from the US experience, including effective ways of constraining rivals, have quickly been adopted by carriers facing the opening up to competition of their own local markets. In addition, in response to the hunt by the successful US survivors for further international traffic, carriers have been forced to emulate certain tactics adopted by these megacarriers, virtually irrespective of their own government’s regulatory stance. The economics of the sector, particularly with regard to revenue generation, has resulted in increased market concentration. In the longer term, prospects for competition remain unclear, given the likely existence of only a small number of similarly endowed, globally alligned megacarriers.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-291-39824-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26311-6: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263116

Martin Bartlik On 5 November 2002, the European Court of Justice delivered its 'open-skies' judgment, a landmark decision which may be the beginning of a new era in the regulation of international air law. The consequences of this judgment may not only affect the European Union and its Member States; this book shows how it could change the future regulation of international aviation worldwide. The first part of this book describes the difficulties arising from the fact that the competence for the regulation of air transportation in Europe is divided between the EU and the Member States. This division of power will also affect the conclusion of air-service agreements made with countries outside of Europe. In the second part of the book, the author examines a subject that was not part of the 'open-skies' judgment, but which he believes will become a problematic consequence: the distribution of air-traffic rights within the European Union.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 290pp Hb: 978-0-754-64951-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26464-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-23907-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138264649

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Economics and Political Economy of African Air Transport

The Low Cost Carrier Worldwide

Edited by Kenneth Button, George Mason University, USA, Gianmaria Martini, University of Bergamo, Italy and Davide Scotti, University of Bergamo, Italy

Low Cost Carriers (LCCs) have become an integral part of today's air transport and tourism industries. Originating in the United States, the low-cost concept has subsequently been adopted by airlines on all continents. LCCs in Europe and North America, and to some extent in Asia, have already been well covered by academic literature. However, scientific publications on the topic of LCCs in Africa, Latin America, the Middle East, Australia and New Zealand are scarce. This volume provides the first comprehensive overview of developments, the legal framework and the current situation of the low-cost carrier phenomenon across the globe. It contains a dozen chapters, each dedicated to a region, all written by highly experienced and renowned experts from around the world. The Low Cost Carrier Worldwide is written primarily for upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students, as well as researchers and practitioners within the fields of aviation, transport and tourism.

Written by a ‘who’s who’ of aviation consultants and policy makers, this book fills an emerging void in the literature regarding aviation markets. It focuses on issues in Africa, the least developed of these markets but one that is of increasing interest to the aviation community.

This volume focus explicitly on the economic and political dimensions of the subject, although with relevance in many cases to the strategic planning of management of airlines, amongst other concerns. Topics discussed include external and internal market efficiencies, air service agreement liberalization, safety and security, LCC and other business models, airport economics, and aviation and tourism.

Routledge Market: Aviation December 2016: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-20360-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-47129-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138203600

Michael Lück and Sven Gross

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 262pp Hb: 978-1-409-43268-5: £67.99 Pb: 978-1-138-24770-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55591-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138247703

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

16

AVIATION Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Sustainability of Air Transportation A Quantitative Analysis and Assessment Milan Janic This book presents, for the first time, a comprehensive analysis and assessment of the sustainability of the contemporary civil air transport system, examining its three main components: airports, air traffic control, and airlines. It offers an in-depth examination and quantitative insight into the system's current and prospective structure and operations, as well as the related effects and impacts. The sustainability of the air transport system is considered along a global trajectory of growing effects and diminishing and/or stagnating impacts on society and environment under conditions of continuous growth. In doing so, the author examines the situations of users of the system (passengers and freight shippers), air transport operators (airports, air traffic control and airlines), aerospace manufacturers, local and national communities, policymakers and the general public.

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 376pp Hb: 978-0-754-64967-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26273-7: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138262737

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Training Design in Aviation Norman MacLeod Well structured training, based on sound theoretical principles, can transform the system in which high performance is essential and in turn, the organisation. Yet the strategic role of cost-effective training provision is often less well understood than it might be in all branches of aviation - whether civil or regional, general, business or military. This book analyzes the cycle of training design from the identification of requirement through to measurement of effectiveness. Key issues in training design and management are illustrated with examples and learning is consolidated through case studies. The book provides advice, tools, procedures and examples of best practice - both recent and well-established - to assist aviation training personnel who aim to guarantee cost-effective training. The approach is highly practical, but does not avoid covering the theory when needed.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 163pp Hb: 978-0-291-39844-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27527-0: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138275270

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT HISTORY

17

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A History of Management Thought

Industrial Development, Technology Transfer, and Global Competition

Morgen Witzel, University of Exeter, UK This book charts the evolution of management as an intellectual discipline, from ancient times to the present day. Contemporary management challenges, including sustainability, technology and data, and legitmacy are analysed through an historical lens and with the benefit of new case studies. Essential reading as a core textbook in management history, the book is also valuable supplementary reading across the humanities and social sciences.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x174: 388pp Hb: 978-1-138-91162-8: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91163-5: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69251-7 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-60057-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138911628

A history of the Japanese watch industry since 1850 Pierre-Yves Donze, Osaka University, Japan Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies The phenomena of Japan emerging as one of the most competitive industrial nations in the 20th century and the general shift of competitiveness to East Asia since the 1980s have been widely studied by many scholars from different fields of the social sciences. Drawing on sources from Japanese, Swiss, and American archives, this book tackles a wide range of actors and sheds light on the various processes that enabled Japanese watch companies to transfer technology and expand commercially starting in the second half of the 19th century.

Routledge Market: Business October 2016: 234x156: 242pp Hb: 978-1-138-65069-5: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-62354-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138650695

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Business Analytics

Industries and Global Competition

Dinabandhu Bag

A History of Business Beyond Borders

This book provides a first-hand account of business analytics and its implementation, an account of the brief theoretical framework underpinning each component of business analytics and gives a complete insightful understanding of developing and implementing analytical solution.

Edited by Bram Bouwens, Utrecht University, Netherlands, Pierre-Yves Donzé, Osaka University, Japan and Takafumi Kurosawa, Kyoto University, Japan Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History

Routledge Market: Business October 2016: 234x156: 230pp Hb: 978-1-138-91611-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91612-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46469-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138916111

Industries and Global Competition examines how and why the specificities of certain industries and firms determined their choice of location and competitiveness. This volume identifies the major drivers of this process and explains why some firms and industries moved to other parts of world while others did not.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 264pp Hb: 978-1-138-68052-4: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56390-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680524

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Foundations of Scenario Planning

Japanese Management

The Story of Pierre Wack

International perspectives

Thomas J Chermack, Colorado State University, USA Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History

Hitoshi Iwashita, Cardiff University, United Kingdom Series: Routledge Frontiers of Business Management

Pierre Wack was head of scenario planning at Royal Dutch / Shell Oil in London for over ten years. He was a pioneer of what we know today as scenario planning. This new volume will cover his life timeline and attach it to the development of his thinking about scenario planning over the course of his career.

This book extends the understanding of the constellations of logics in Japanese management practices in Asia and the West.

By adopting comparative ethnographic case studies, it explores cultural meanings of ‘family’, corporation, market and religion logics in each subsidiary’s site: Thailand, Taiwan, Belgium and the US. Researchers, academics and practitioners in the fields of global management and international business management would find this text particularly insightful.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 229 x 152: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-19019-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64123-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138190191

Routledge Market: Business November 2016: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-68066-1: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-30827-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680661

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

18

BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT HISTORY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Multinational Enterprise and Transnational Regions

The Impact of the First World War on International Business

A Transnational Business History of Energy Transition in the Rhine Region, 1945-1973 Marten Boon, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History Multinational Enterprise and Transnational Regions offers an innovative transnational approach to the study of the history of economic regions. The historiography of the economic development of the Rhine region, a transnational economic region loosely comprising the cities and areas in the Rhine basin, has traditionally focused on the local and national histories of its constituent parts.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-21012-7: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-45597-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138210127

Edited by Andrew Smith, Doctor of Organisation and Management at the University of Liverpool Management School, Kevin D Tennent, York Management School, The University of York, UK and Simon Mollan, Head of the International Business and Strategy Group at the University of York Management School Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History The Impact of the First World War on International Business is the first book to focus on the impact of the WW1 on international business. It will explore the experiences of firms in Britain, France, Germany, Japan, China, and the United States covering a wide range of industries including financial services, mining, manufacturing, foodstuffs, and shipping.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2016: 229 x 152: 274pp Hb: 978-1-138-93003-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68075-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138930032

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Evolution of Japanese Business

The Making of Women Trade Unionists

New directions, breaks, and emerging practices Edited by Tsutomu Nakano, Aoyama Gakuin University, Japan Series: Routledge Frontiers of Business Management

Gill Kirton Series: Gender and Organizational Theory

Routledge Market: Business June 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-67336-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56089-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138673366

In what will be essential reading for all industrial relations scholars, Gill Kirton considers the social construction of women's trade union participation in the context of male dominated trade unions. Exploring the making and progress of women's trade union careers, this book locates the issues within the context of their experiences of three interlocking social institutions - the union, work and family. The book examines how and why women embark on trade union careers, the social processes which shape women's gender and union identities and the combined influences of union/work/family contexts on the trajectory of women's union careers. Additionally, the book offers a historical overview of the development of women's trade union education and separate organizing, with original analysis and historical data.

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Human Turn in Management Thought

The Rise and Fall of the Italian Film Industry

The Evolution of Japanese Business illustrates the significant changes that have been taking place in Japanese business by focusing on "emerging industries" in the relatively neglected service and "creative" sectors, and to put those changes in historical perspective by providing an overview of business development since World War II. The book would be of great interest to researchers, academics and practitioners in fields of global management, international management, and Asian capitalism.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-754-64569-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27661-1: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138276611

Sverre Raffnsøe, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History

Marina Nicoli Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History

The Human Turn in Management Thought will be of relevance to academics and researchers with an interest in the history of management theory and practice, and business history.

Likewise it should interest practitioners and theorists of contemporary management practices and related sub-disciplines.

Italian cinema triumphed globally in the 1960, but by the end of the 1980s the Italian film industry was all but dead. This book traces the rise of the industry from its origins in the 19 th century to its worldwide success in the 1960s, and its rapid decline in the subsequent decades. It does so by looking at cinema as an institution – subject to the interplay between the spheres of art, business, and politics at the national and international level.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 229 x 152: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-23103-0: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-31632-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138231030

Routledge Market: Business and Management December 2016: 229 x 152: 236pp Hb: 978-1-138-79005-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-76446-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138790056

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT HISTORY

19

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge Companion to Business History Edited by John F. Wilson, Newcastle University Business School, UK, Steven Toms, University of Leeds, UK, Abe de Jong, Erasmus University, the Netherlands and Emily Buchnea, Newcastle University, UK Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting The Routledge Companion to Business History is the authoritative, international source on business history. Compiled by leading scholars in the field, it offers both researchers and students an introduction and overview of current scholarship in this expanding discipline. With its wealth of international contributions, it explores how business history interacts with other fields, theoretically and methodologically. It charts the origins and development of business history and its global role, from Latin America and Africa, to North America and Europe. Scholars will fine The Routledge Companion to Business History an invaluable and uniquely comprehensive resource.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x174: 394pp Hb: 978-0-415-85556-3: ÂŁ150.00 eBook: 978-0-203-73603-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780203736036

Dummy text to keep placeholder

World Market Transformation Inside the German Fur Capital Leipzig 1870 and 1939 Robrecht Declercq, European University Institute, It Series: Routledge International Studies in Business History World Market Transformation examines the robustness of district firms within the highly volatile international fur business. This book examines how firm embeddedness not only served to overcome challenges related to industrialisation, but also strengthened the abilities of cluster firms to deal with changing world market circumstances.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 229 x 152: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-66725-9: ÂŁ105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-61900-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138667259

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

20

BUSINESS ETHICS, GOVERNANCE & RESPONSIBILITY 2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

A Social Critique of Corporate Reporting

Corporate Fraud Michael J. Comer

Semiotics and Web-based Integrated Reporting David Crowther In the critically acclaimed first edition of A Social Critique of Corporate Reporting, David Crowther examines the perceived dialectic around traditional and environmental corporate reporting to show it to be a false dialectic. In this updated edition, the conflict between financial performance representing the needs of investors, and other dimensions of performance representing those of other stakeholders, is re-examined. Wider issues relating to company and corporate reporting, particularly in light of the growth in web-based reporting are also considered.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 254pp Hb: 978-1-409-44188-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27171-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56518-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138271715

Fact: Barings was an excellent company, with professional managers. Their careers were devastated by fraud. How many other managers are now in the same position without knowing it? Fact: The average company loses between 2 per cent and 5 per cent of its turnover as a result of dishonesty. When Mike Comer’s book first appeared it quickly established itself worldwide as the standard work in its field. This third edition is a radical revision reflecting the world of EDI, electronic commerce, derivatives, computerization, empowerment, downsizing and other recent developments. Ironically, many of these have exposed companies to an alarming range of new risks. With the help of real-life case histories the author identifies the main types of fraud, the circumstances in which they occur and the telltale signs that give them away. He examines internal control systems and the attitudes and practices that allow fraud to flourish.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 704pp Hb: 978-0-566-07810-1: £131.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26319-2: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263192

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Business Ethics in the Middle East

Corporate Governance

Yusuf Sidani

Values, Ethics and Leadership

Business Ethics in the Middle East is the first textbook to cover business ethics with this regional focus. It opens with a primer on the Middle Eastern context and goes on to address ethical decision-making and different approaches to business ethics. Building on this theoretical base, the text then considers business ethics at the individual, functional and organizational levels; and follows with chapters looking at the Gulf Cooperation Council and global comparisons.

Every chapter is brought to life using examples from the Middle East, and the book’s companion website offers PowerPoint slides, test questions, an English-Arabic glossary, and short case studies.

This textbookwill be essential reading for students of business ethics in the Middle East, and will also be valuable for students and researchers across business ethics, Islamic Studies, religion and philosophy.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-22293-9: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-22294-6: £36.99 eBook: 978-1-315-40646-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138222939

Edited by Lawrence E. Mitchell The study of corporate governance is a relatively modern development, with significant attention devoted to the subject only during the last fifty years. The introductory essay describes the intellectual history of the field and analyses the material selected for the volume. The selected papers constitute the best and most representative studies of the subjects covered, ensuring that this volume offers a rounded view of the contemporary state of the dominant issues in corporate governance.

Gower October 2009: 590pp Hb: 978-0-754-62839-2: £210.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780754628392

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Corporate Foresight

Corporate Governance in Developing and Emerging Markets

Anticipating the Future Alberto F. De Toni, Univeristy of Udine, Italy, Roberto Siagri, Eurotech Spa, Italy and Cinzia Battistella, Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Italy

Edited by Franklin N. Ngwu, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK, Onyeka K Osuji, University of Exeter, UK and Frank H. Stephen

This book illustrates how to anticipate the future using more than the traditional predictive models (forecasting) based on the forward projection of past experiences, and moving into more advanced methods of anticipation logic (foresight) to build probable scenarios based on weak signals, emerging trends, coexisting presents and potential paths of evolution.

Throughout the world, the Anglo-American model of corporate governance tends to prevail – but no two countries are identical.

Governance outcomes in developing and emerging economies often deviate from what theory predicts, due to a wide range of factors. Using insights from new institutional economics, Corporate Governance in Developing and Emerging Markets investigates different models of corporate governance; explores the realities of corporate governance in ten nations, including the BRICS and MINT countries; and then considers corporate governance reform.

This interdisciplinary textbook will be valuable to students of corporate governance across business, economics and law.

Routledge Market: Corporate Strategy March 2017: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-22098-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-41157-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138220980

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 234x156: 342pp Hb: 978-1-138-95585-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-66602-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138955851

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

BUSINESS ETHICS, GOVERNANCE & RESPONSIBILITY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Corporate Governance Regulation

CSR, Sustainability, and Leadership

The changing roles and responsibilities of boards of directors Alice Klettner, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary Corporate Governance This book, a valuable resource for students, practitioners and policy-makers, explores the effectiveness of corporate governance codes both in terms of their content and mechanism. Using interview evidence from company directors and officers, as well as published evidence of companies’ corporate governance systems, it discusses the theories behind corporate governance and its regulation. This book works on the assumption that, to be effective, regulation should facilitate and encourage good board performance as well as deter poor practices.

Routledge Market: Business & Management/Law December 2016: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-90999-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-69364-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138909991

Edited by Gabriel Eweje, Massey University, New Zealand and Ralph Bathurst, Massey University, New Zealand Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies With the acceptance of CSR and Sustainability as important business performance indicators, it is timely now to assess the impact that leadership has on the development of these processes. CSR, Sustainability, and Leadership seeks to explore the integration of these three elements through an examination of concerns and trends in contemporary organisations.

Routledge Market: Business & Management February 2017: 229 x 152: 264pp Hb: 978-1-138-69585-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-52597-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138695856

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Corporate Social Responsibility and the Global Food Supply Chain

Demystifying Communications Risk

An Ethical and Regulatory Perspective on Green Food Hillary J. Shaw, London School of Commerce, UK and Julia Shaw, De Montfort University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society @text Utilising the framework of the Quadruple Bottom Line, and by gathering empirical evidence from a range of organisations – including governmental agencies, NGOs and charities, trade unions, retailers and retailing associations – Future Food Philosophies will identify where gaps in CSR initiatives exist and whether these lacunae could best be filled by ‘soft law’ (CSR) or ‘hard law’.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-93553-2: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67733-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935532

A Guide to Revenue Risk Management in the Communications Sector Mark Johnson The rapid pace and increasing convergence of internet, phone and other communications technologies has created extraordinary opportunities for business but the complexity of these new service mixes creates parallel opportunities for fraud and revenue leakage. Companies seeking to use communications technology as a delivery or payment platform for digital services are particularly at risk. They need to understand both their strategic and operational risks as well as those affecting their stakeholders - partners and customers.

Effective risk management is as much about awareness, culture, training and organization as it is about technology. Mark Johnson's practical guide, Demystifying Communications Risk, highlights cases from a wide range of geographies and cultures and is designed to raise awareness of the multi-faceted and often complex forms that operational revenue risks take in the communications sector.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 270pp Hb: 978-1-409-42941-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27893-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57649-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138278936

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Cosmopolitan Business Ethics

Digital Identity Management

Towards a Global Philosophy of Management

Technological, Business and Social Implications

Jacob Dahl Rendtorff Series: Finance, Governance and Sustainability This book proposes a decision-making model for Cosmopolitan business ethics as the foundation of management and leadership in dealing with the complexities of globalisation.

The case-studies will address the efforts of businesses to work with global and cosmopolitan business ethics at the levels of maintaining corporate integrity. Both the theoretical argument and case-studies presented in the book are supplemented with interviews with notable business ethicists, philosophers of management, business managers and public policy-makers.

Gower Market: Business Ethics June 2017: 246x174: 227pp Hb: 978-1-472-44708-1: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472447081

21

Edited by David Birch For almost every organization in the future, both public and private sector, identity management presents both significant opportunities and risks. Successfully managed, it will allow everyone to access products and services that are tailored to their needs and their behaviours. But successful management implies that organizations will have overcome the significant obstacles of security, individual human rights and social concern that could cause the whole process to become mired. Digital Identity Management, based on the work of the annual Digital Identity Forum in London, provides a wide perspective on the subject and explores the current technology available for identity management, its applications within business, and its significance in wider debates about identity, society and the law. This is an essential introduction for organizations seeking to use identity to get closer to customers & for those in government at all levels wrestling with online delivery of targeted services.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 280pp Hb: 978-0-566-08679-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27268-2: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138272682

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

22

BUSINESS ETHICS, GOVERNANCE & RESPONSIBILITY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Digital Social Responsibility

Equality, Diversity and Opportunity Management

The Role of Digital in Communicating and Managing Corporate Social Responsibility

Costs, Strategies and Leadership

Adam Lindgreen, Joelle Vanhamme and Rebecca Watkins

Equality, Diversity and Opportunity Management presents a comprehensive analysis of the processes of governance, leadership, policy and strategy formulation, decision-making, practical and financial management, and real-world implementation of the Equality, Diversity, Opportunity, and Discrimination (or anti-Discrimination) Agenda. The leadership, cost, and management of the Agenda for Equality, Diversity, Opportunity, and Discrimination (or anti-Discrimination) is discussed in three mandatory areas: ¢ Employment and the Workplace ¢ Service Provision and customer service ¢ Neighbourhood and Community Management The necessary choice of these three key areas of application reflects a typical focus of government policy, legislation, and case law for the UK, Europe, North America, Australia, New Zealand, and in many other countries that implement active Human Rights Agendas.

Digital Social Responsibility provides a systematic, interdisciplinary examination of CSR communication through digital platforms. It offers an essential definition and up-to-date picture of the field of CSR communication and emphasizes: the role and use of CSR communication through digital platforms; outlines key CSR communications tactics including social and environmental reporting, internationally recognized CSR frameworks, and different means to involve stakeholders in two-way communication processes through digital platforms; and examines the effectiveness of CSR communication through digital platforms. Drawing upon marketing, management, and communication disciplines, amongst other, the anthology examines how organizations construct, implement, and use CSR through digital platforms in order to achieve their goals. Digital platforms and social media have revolutionized the relationships between organizations, employees and stakeholders.

Routledge October 2017: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-1-472-48416-1: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472484161

Tony Morden

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 422pp Hb: 978-1-409-43278-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27263-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58016-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138272637

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Drafting Directors' Service Agreements

Estimating Risk

And Other Senior Contracts

A Management Approach

Gillian S. Howard

Andy Garlick

Increasing governance requirements and shareholder scrutiny is bringing the role, responsibilities and liabilities of directors and senior managers into sharper focus than ever before. Gillian Howard's Director's Service Agreements and Other Senior Contracts is a no-nonsense legal guide to the law in this area. The book covers the structure and wording that should be used for key areas such as remuneration, benefits, restrictive covenants, fiduciary duties along with disciplinary and grievance procedures. The book is a definitive guide for ensuring any Service Agreement or contractual document is intelligible, says what it means, covers as many eventualities as possible, is not so vague as to be deemed void for uncertainty and is fair and balanced. A CD ROM of legal precedents accompanies the text.

Andy Garlick's book explores the role of quantitative techniques in modern risk management. It describes a broad range of modelling techniques, all illustrated by business-relevant examples. The role of the models in decision making is also discussed, with particular emphasis on what the risk premium - the price people charge for accepting risk - is and should be.

In order to provide a self contained account the underpinning material from probability and decision theory is also included, so that the book will provide a handy reference guide for all practitioners.

Routledge March 2017: 246x174: 180pp Pack - Book and CD: 978-1-409-44075-8: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781409440758

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 260pp Hb: 978-0-566-08776-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27267-5: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138272675

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Emerging Risks

Heads or Tails

A Strategic Management Guide

Financial Disaster, Risk Management and Survival Strategy in the World of Extreme Risk

Anne Barr and Catherine Antoinette Raimbault For boards and executives, high-quality and transparent information is critical to allow effective decision-making.

Emerging risks are increasingly challenging issues, both in terms of threats and growth opportunities; not least since the science pertaining to these risks tends to be contested. Emerging Risks: A Strategic Management Guide restores the constructive dialogue between the business professional and the expert/scientist community, essential if companies are to anticipate, plan ahead and exploit leading-edge ideas. It provides insights into some of the major emerging risks of the 21st century and then guides organizations on how to approach and manage those risks proactively in the wake of new regulation, governance and enterprise-wide risk management. The topics covered include: nanotechnologies, covering the industrial revolution of the 21st Century; new information and communication technologies (NICT) & discussing the infrastructure of the future.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 274pp Hb: 978-1-409-44593-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27178-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57919-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138271784

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Evgueni Ivantsov Heads or Tails answers the central question, post-global financial crisis: what changes should financial institutions undergo in order to be able to provide reliable protection against systemic and extreme risks? This book describes practical solutions for building a robust risk management framework to help address the tail risk during different stages of its development. The proposed solutions enable you to mitigate extreme risk events in general, even if the event stems from ’unknown unknowns’.

While the context of Dr Ivantsov’s writing is financial services, the book contains an important message for specialists from any industries traditionally exposed to the extreme risks.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 324pp Hb: 978-1-409-46073-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27264-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58627-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138272644

New in Paperback

Companion Website

BUSINESS ETHICS, GOVERNANCE & RESPONSIBILITY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Integrity in Business and Management

Management and the Sustainability Paradox

Cases and Theory

David Wasieleski, Duquesne University, USA and Paul Shrivastava, Concordia University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

Edited by Marc Orlitzky Series: Routledge Studies in Business Ethics Aimed at researchers and academics in the fields of business ethics, corporate social responsibility and corporate governance alike, Integrity in Business and Management: Cases and Theory looks to explicate and critique prior models of managerial integrity in economics, moral philosophy/business ethics, organization theory, psychology, and sociology. It draws on in-depth interviews and seven case studies to propose a comprehensive multilevel model of managerial integrity in practice.

Routledge Market: Business Ethics July 2017: 229 x 152 Hb: 978-1-138-80877-5: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-75047-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138808775

23

Management and the Sustainability Paradox is examines the issue that there appears to be an inherent paradox between what some businesses view as "a need for progress" and " a concern for sustainability".

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-20478-2: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-46877-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138204782

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

International Corporate Governance

Measuring and Controlling Sustainability

A Comparative Approach

Adam Lindgreen, Bernhard Hirsch, Christine Vallaster and Dr. Shumaila Yousofzai

Thomas Clarke, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia This new edition of the popular International Corporate Governance offers a comprehensive guide to understanding corporate governance as a discipline, while incorporating new case studies and material that takes account of the implications of the global financial crisis.

While the popular structure has been retained, this cutting-edge new edition has been enhanced with case studies including Lehman Brothers, RBS and Volkswagen. New textbook features include student questions and a new and impressive companion website, making this an ideal textbook for students of corporate governance at any level.

Sustainable business actions often relate to addressing new responses to societal challenges, which affect social interactions and have implications for a wide range of stakeholders.

Civil society, business, and the public sector have different structural logics, and it is thus different measures and controls of success. The field of measuring and controlling sustainability is in the making. The overall objective of this research anthology is to provide a comprehensive collection of cutting-edge theories and research that further the development and advancement of measuring and controlling sustainable efforts in theory and managerial practice.

Routledge Market: Business October 2017: 246x174: 282pp Hb: 978-1-138-22463-6: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138224636

Routledge Market: Business & Management, Accounting April 2017: 246x189: 616pp Hb: 978-0-415-58646-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58645-0: £36.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74999-0 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-32310-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415586450

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Jainism and Ethical Finance

Mechanism Design and International Risk Regulation Institutions

A Timeless Business Model Atul K. Shah, University College, Suffolk, UK and Aidan Rankin The recent financial crisis has lead to a process of re-evaluation and the role of financial institutions and their connection to - or disconnection from – the wider economy and society. This debate has generally failed to consider alternatives to western political and economic ideologies.

Researchers and students interested in the ethics of finance, accounting and economics and the need to rebalance global finance to meet human and ecological well-being, will find ‘Jainism and Ethical Finance’ a scholarly and illuminating evaluation of Jain Dharma.. In the light of current concerns about financial and banking systems, this book provides a timely alternative perspective.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 234x156: 186pp Hb: 978-1-138-64886-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-62617-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648869

Theories and Models for Financial Markets Michael C. Nwogugu In Mechanism Design and International Risk Regulation Institutions, Mike Nwogugu explains that ’Risk Management Institutions’ in this context refers not just to organizations, but also to methods, assets/liabilities, mathematical computations, government interventions and regulations that pertain to global risk management. The author suggests that in order to foster economic growth, international risk regulation should transcend the current emphasis on organizations and assets/liabilities because despite international coordination and new laws enacted in various countries during 2007-2012, risk regulation remains highly ineffective in many countries.

Routledge Market: Business June 2017: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-1-409-45698-8: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781409456988

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

24

BUSINESS ETHICS, GOVERNANCE & RESPONSIBILITY 4th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Organizational Change for Corporate Sustainability

Social and Solidarity Economy

Suzanne Benn, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia, Dexter Dunphy, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia and Andrew Griffiths, University of Queensland, Australia

The World’s Economy with a Social Face

Bringing together global issues of ecological sustainability, strategic human resource management, organizational change, corporate social responsibility, leadership and community renewal, this new edition of the book further develops its unified approach to corporate sustainability and its plan of action to bring about corporate change. It integrates new research and brings illustrative case studies up to date to reflect how new approaches affect change and leadership. For the first time, a new positive model of a future sustainable world is included - strengthened by references to the global financial crisis, burgeoning world population numbers and the rise of China.

With new case studies including BP's Gulf oil spill and Tokyo Electric Company's nuclear reactor disaster, this new edition will again be core reading for students and researchers of sustainability and business, organizational change and corporate social responsibility.

Sara Calvo, Middlesex University (UK), Andres Morales, co-founder of Living in Minca and Yanni Zikidis, Living in Minca Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy This book aims to provide the reader with an insight into the relevance of a section of the economy, which is often referred to as the ‘social and solidarity economy’ (SSE); and highlight some of the current issues in the field, how they are being addressed and some of their future implications.

Routledge Market: Business & Management February 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-93556-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67730-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935563

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x174: 312pp Hb: 978-1-138-66587-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-66590-3: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61962-0 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-69548-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138665873

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Partners for Good

Sovereign Credit Rating

Business, Government and the Third Sector

Questionable Methodologies

Tom Levitt After a century in which charities suspected the motives of cynical business people, and business people dismissed the contributions of amateur volunteers, the two sectors are coming together today as never before. The third sector has increased its business capacity through the experience gained from a decade of providing commissioned services to the public sector.

Society today expects employers to do more to engage with both communities and good causes and the business case for doing so can be and is being made. But business also realises that charities do conscience better than they can and so co-working is increasingly being sought. In Partners for Good, Tom Levitt points the way to successful partnerships at local, national and international levels. There is now even an agreed international standard on what constitutes the social responsibility obligations of organisations operating in all sectors, in all parts of the world, over and above international legal frameworks.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 268pp Hb: 978-1-409-43437-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27150-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59956-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138271500

Ahmed Naciri Series: Routledge Studies in Corporate Governance The current degradation of sovereign balance sheets raises concerns about how sovereign creditworthiness is measured by credit rating agencies. Developing an innovative new methodology, this book shows that the ratings by major credit rating agencies show alarming inconsistencies. Countries can find themselves battling with speculative status due to approximation and subjectivity within the process itself. Aimed at researchers and advanced students in corporate governance, accounting, public finance and regulation, this book offers an alternative and calls for more transparency about the quantitative measures used in calibrating the rating process and how sovereign ratings are validated.

Routledge Market: Business & Management January 2017: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-1-138-67854-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-55888-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138678545

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Resource Security and Corporate Governance

The Business Leader's Guide to the Low-carbon Economy

The Globalisation of China’s Natural Resources Companies Edited by Xinting Jia and Roman Tomasic, University of South Australia, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Corporate Governance Resource Security and Corporate Governance: The Globalisation of China’s Natural Resources Companies contains case studies of the global expansion of Chinese natural resources companies; it reviews the governance structures of these companies and analyses how these have affected the inter-relationship between these companies and their trading partners, governments, regulators in targeted countries and investors globally.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-68055-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56393-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680555

Larry Reynolds Rising energy prices and concerns about climate change are driving us towards a new kind of economy - a low-carbon economy. What will this low-carbon economy be like, and what does your business have to do to prosper in this new business environment? Larry Reynolds shows how successful organisations are already learning to be more energy efficient, manage their carbon footprint, adapt to climate change and become truly sustainable. As well as explaining how to future-proof your organisation against possible threats, The Business Leader’s Guide to the Low-carbon Economy, tells you how to make the most of the many opportunities that the low-carbon economy will bring, especially in growing profits from new products and services. It is your guide to creating an organisation that will thrive in the twenty-first century. While there are plenty of published books about 'going green', there are none which explain the low-carbon economy and how to thrive in it.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 234pp Hb: 978-1-409-42351-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26122-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61424-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138261228

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

BUSINESS ETHICS, GOVERNANCE & RESPONSIBILITY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Ethics of Neoliberalism

The Routledge Handbook of Global Public Policy and Administration

The Business of Making Capitalism Moral Peter Bloom, The Open University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Business Ethics The Ethics of Neoliberalism boldly proposes that neoliberalism strategically co-opts traditional ethics to ideologically and structurally strengthen capitalism. It produces "the ethical capitalist subject" who is personally responsible for making their society, workplace and even their lives "more ethical" in the face of an immoral but seemingly permanent free market.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-66724-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-61901-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138667242

The Gower Handbook of Extreme Risk Assessment, Perception and Management of Extreme Events

25

Edited by Thomas R. Klassen, York University, Canada, Denita Cepiku, University of Rome Tor Vergata, Italy and T. J. Lah, Yonsei University, South Korea Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Routledge Handbook of Global Public Policy and Administration is a comprehensive leading-edge guide for students, scholars and practitioners of public policy and administration. Public policy and administration are key aspects of modern societies that affect the daily lives of all citizens. The handbook examines current trends and reforms in public policy and administration, such as financial regulation, risk management, public health, e-government and more at the local, national and international levels. The two themes of the book are that public policy and administration have acquired an important global aspect, and that a critical role for government is the regulation of capital.

Routledge Market: Public Policy October 2016: 246x174: 428pp Hb: 978-1-138-84522-0: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71002-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138845220

Vicki Bier The Gower Handbook of Extreme Events reviews approaches for assessing and managing the risk of extreme events: environmental catastrophe; engineering failure; financial or business meltdown; nuclear or other extreme terrorism. Extreme events are not only severe, but also outside the normal range of experience of the system in question. An event that is considered extreme in one system may be normal or average in another system. Also, while extreme events are often catastrophic, this need not necessarily be the case; events that are outside the normal range of experience of a system may be considered extreme even if they are not catastrophic. Events considered to be extreme often share other characteristics in addition to low frequency and severe or catastrophic consequences, such as high degrees of dread and uncertainty, and the involuntary nature of many extreme events.

Routledge December 2016: 246x174: 325pp Hb: 978-1-472-43990-1: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472439901

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge Companion to Business Ethics Edited by Eugene Heath, Byron Kaldis and Alexei Marcoux Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting Comprising eight thematic units, this volume provides a clear and comprehensive survey of business ethics, placing the relevant themes within a larger context of economics, politics and law. It examines the major topics and emerging areas within the field, including essays on the history of business ethics, economic institutions, the 2008 financial crisis, and business ethics in different regions. Led by a well-respected editor team, the international array of contributors represent a wide variety of critical approaches, which gives the volume insight from areas such as public policy and history, in addition to business and philosophy.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 246x174: 680pp Hb: 978-1-138-78956-2: £130.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138789562

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

26

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Assessment and Diagnosis for Organization Development

Managing as a Mission

Powerful Tools and Perspectives for the OD Practitioner

Lori Heninger

Edited by William J Rothwell, Angela L.M. Stopper, UC Davis Graduate School of Management, Jennifer L. Myers, Hyung Joon Yoon, Lindsay Weissberg and Julie D. Staggs This book will address that journey. While the book is grounded in sound academic theory, its strength is its practitioner-focused methodology containing vignettes and tools that individuals can use to help guide the assessment and diagnosis efforts in their own or their client organizations.

Handbook on Values-Based Leadership and Management for Nonprofits This book is crafted from interviews with nonprofit managers and directors and the writings of martin Buber, Peter Drucker, Shalom Schwartz and others. It also includes exercises to help nonprofit managers successfully manage as mission. The book is written in an informal first-person style, utilizing humor that will allow the reader to see themselves in the examples and stories.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management September 2017: 235 x 156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-138-74539-1: £46.99 eBook: 978-1-315-18065-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138745391

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management February 2017: 254 x 178: 186pp Hb: 978-1-138-72113-5: £99.00 Pb: 978-1-138-03334-4: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-31060-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138721135

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dubai - The Epicenter of Modern Innovation

Market Research for Biotechnology

A Guide to Implementing Innovation Strategies

A Guide to Life Science Start-Ups

William R. Kennedy, Innovation Processes and Solutions Consulting, LLC, California, USA, Aaron G. Amacher, United Arab Emirates Management Consulting and Gregory C. McLaughlin, Innovation Processes and Solutions Consulting, LLC, California, USA International and global in nature, this book provides a roadmap for the successful implemenation of innovation for companies and businesses currently working in the Middle East, the UAE, and more specifically, Dubai. The discussion focuses on implementing sustained innovation success within several industry segments, while identifying past, current, and future innovation-related successes that are leading to Dubai's rise as the epicenter of innovation in the Middle East and most notably, the world. The authors have secured key interviews at the highest levels of government including Sheikh Mohammed and multiple UAE ministry officials.

Jean-Francois Denault The objective of this book is to fill this gap. It is a practical manual that gives entrepreneurs real-world advice and tools to build a solid market model. The book provides tips, models and tools entrepreneurs can use to collect, interpret and present valuable data when writing a viable business plan which is enticing, credible and realistic when they are seeking funding from venture capitalists.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management July 2017: 235 x 156: 225pp Hb: 978-1-138-71357-4: £99.00 Pb: 978-1-138-71356-7: £46.99 eBook: 978-1-315-19860-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138713574

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management February 2017: 254 x 178: 266pp Hb: 978-1-498-75809-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-498-75810-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498758093

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Impact Analytics

Marketing Organization Development

Making Every Decision Count

A How-To Guide for OD Consultants

Ryan Burge Business impact analysis is an essential component of an organization's business continuance plan. This book presents proven methodologies to help business leaders understand the impact of their decisions now and into the future. The authors share valuable methods, coupled with real cases, interviews, and other strategic insights that all business leaders can use to improve their decision-making ability. This book implements the fundamentals of operations research, cost budgeting, risk management planning, Six Sigma, and data visualization. Each chapter highlights best practices, as well as case studies from government and the private sector.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management September 2017: 254 x 178: 225pp Hb: 978-1-482-24620-9: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-482-24621-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482246209

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

William J Rothwell, Jong Gyu Park, The Pennsylvania State University, Jae Young Lee, Marie L. Saul, Patricia Macko, Jamie Campbell, Azadeh Omrani-Kermani, Michele C. Welliver, Zakiya Alsadah and Aileen Zaballero This book is about how to overcome that dilemma by finding effective marketing strategies for a different approach to consulting. This book focuses on the challenges faced by internal and external consultants in marketing and selling their services.

By distinguishing between performance consulting and Organization Development (OD) consulting, this book demonstrates why marketing and selling OD consulting services are unique. This book also delineates marketing and sales discipline to describe how these are different disciples.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management March 2017: 254 x 178: 204pp Hb: 978-1-138-72110-4: £99.00 Pb: 978-1-138-03331-3: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-31173-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138721104

New in Paperback

Companion Website

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

27

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Post-Capitalist Entrepreneurship

Sports Finance and Management

Startups for the 99%

Real Estate, Media, and the New Business of Sport, Second Edition

Boyd Cohen, EADA Business School, Barcelona, Spain

Jason A. Winfree, University of Michigan, Mark S. Rosentraub, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA and Brian M Mills, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL

This book is about understanding the implications of the post-capitalist society for our knowledge about entrepreneurship around the globe and challenges many of our underlying assumptions about how entrepreneurs form startups, with what objectives and the role, or lack thereof, for startup investors in a post-capitalist society. Furthermore, the book will have a strong focus on exploring real emerging stories and thinking about different forms of post-capitalist entrepreneurship (PCE) with chapters dedicated to subjects such as alternative currencies (local, crypto and time banking) and the emergence of Distributed Autonomous Organizations (DAOs), leveraging the blockchain. It will also explore some hybrid approaches which are on a continuum between market capitalism and PCE, such as platform coops within the sharing economy and benefit corporations (e.g. B Corporations).

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management August 2017: 235 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-71339-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-19881-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138713390

This book takes an in-depth look at the changes in the sports industry, including the interconnecting financial issues that occur when a sports team becomes part of bigger companies, the altered nature of fan loyalty influences by network and Internet footprints, dramatic changes in the design of sports venues to offer new amenities and opportunities for sponsorship that substantially expand the income earned by franchises, and league policies such as revenue sharing, luxury taxes and salary caps.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management March 2017: 235 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-498-70526-4: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-498-71437-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498705264

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Routines for Results Boulevard Consulting’s Proven Techniques for Small Businesses Ryan Burge Whether you're a small or mid-size organization, managing operations can be challenging.

This book provides greater insight into the methods, techniques, and tools that can be used against a well-proven organizational improvement framework. This book offers readers an opportunity to understand how to manage their businesses via the Baldrige framework, defines methods that they can use to improve operations, and ensures that those methods are appropriate and aligned to meet their needs. The tools in this book are proven and practical, but innovative methods developed by internal teams are even better.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management October 2017: 235 x 156: 152pp Pb: 978-1-498-72107-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-498-72108-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498721073

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Selecting and Validating Successful Innovation Projects for the Asian Marketplace Gregory C. McLaughlin, Innovation Processes and Solutions Consulting, LLC, California, USA and William R. Kennedy, Innovation Processes and Solutions Consulting, LLC, California, USA An organization that creates or sustains innovative products and processes will have a distinct competitive advantage in today's global market. Important to the innovative process is the influence of culture specific to the organization whether in the U.S., Europe or Asia.

This book describes the need for an innovative environment and business eco-system for sustained success particular to organizations doing business in Asia. Included is a 7-step validated process for choosing and approving innovation projects. The book also includes templates, exercises, and discussion questions. The authors also use numerous case studies to teach the material from an Asian perspective.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management March 2017: 254 x 178: 224pp Hb: 978-1-498-73325-0: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-498-73326-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498733250

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

28

ENTREPRENEURSHIP TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Building an Entrepreneurial Organisation Simon Mosey, University of Nottingham, UK, Hannah Noke, University of Nottingham, UK and Paul Kirkham Series: Routledge Masters in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship is often focused on understanding new ventures, but the entrepreneurial flame is required in growing organisations too. This textbook examines how organizations can become more entrepreneurial to achieve sustainable growth.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-1-138-86112-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-86113-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71608-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138861121

Critical Perspectives on Entrepreneurship Challenging Dominant Discourses Edited by Caroline Essers, Radboud University Nijmegen, the Netherlands, Pascal Dey, Unversity of St. Gallen, Switzerland, Deirdre Tedmanson, University of South Australia, Australia and Karen Verduyn, VU University Amsterdam, The Netherlands Series: Routledge Rethinking Entrepreneurship Research Entrepreneurship study has been dominated by research perspectives which perceive the subject as unquestioningly beneficial - driving venture creation, creating jobs and furthering economic growth. This volume challenges this status quo, and engages with the contradictions at the heart of entrepreneurship, focussing on alternative stories neglected by existing research.

The result is a diverse, critical collection which counters Western hegemonic thinking to reveal more radical, emancipatory perspectives. Expanding the growing voice of critical entrepreneurship studies, this book will stimulate and inspire researchers, educators, advanced students and policy-makers.

Routledge Market: Business & Management January 2017: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-138-93887-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67538-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138938878

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Corporate Entrepreneurship

Cultural Entrepreneurship

Véronique Bouchard, EMLYON Business School, France and Alain Fayolle, EMLYON Business School, France

Annette Naudin, Birmingham City University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship

Written by two entrepreneurship experts this practical book introduces corporate entrepreneurship and highlights the importance of balancing the encouragement of new venture style behaviour with managing an established firm. The inclusion of key topics such as corporate venturing and open innovation, ensures that this text is required reading for entrepreneurship students globally.

This book explores the lived experience of cultural entrepreneurship to comment on the challenges associated with cultural labour including the insecurities of managing precarious working conditions. Drawing on interviews conducted with cultural workers, it focuses on how individuals articulate their experience of entrepreneurship in the cultural and creative industries. Beyond the caricatures usually associated with entrepreneurial identities, this study encourages individuals to construct their story within a dynamic context, a space they shape as well as being shaped by it.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-81367-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81368-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74798-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138813670

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-21500-9: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-44468-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138215009

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Creating Innovative Products and Services

Empowering SME Managers in Palestine Farhad Analoui and Mohammed Al-Madhoun

The FORTH Innovation Method Gijs van Wulfen Innovation is an important managerial instrument - but many of us struggle with how to approach it. Creating Innovative Products and Services has been written for directors, managers, advisors and innovation specialists in organisations who are responsible for, or involved in, product innovation or service design, brand development, new business development or organizational development. It contains practical guidance through every stage.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 292pp Hb: 978-1-409-41754-5: £45.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26964-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57461-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138269644

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

SMEs create employment, wealth and a potential for future growth. In Palestine they can also mean survival and freedom.

In Palestine they are not a choice but a necessity for sustainable development. But by their nature SMEs are vulnerable in a business environment characterized by uncertainty. To give the managers of SMEs in Palestine a realistic chance of success they need training to enable them to meet the challenge of running their enterprises effectively. Drawing on original research undertaken within Palestine this book explores how the challenge is being met (and considers how it might be even more successfully met) by enabling and empowering the owners and managers of these pioneering businesses.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-754-64025-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27641-3: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138276413

New in Paperback

Companion Website

ENTREPRENEURSHIP 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Regional Development

Family Capitalism

An Introduction Jay Mitra, University of Essex, UK The fields of entrepreneurship, innovation and regional development are inextricably linked.

Taking insights from a wide range of disciplines such as business, sociology, economics, and geography, this unique textbook is suitable for students from different backgrounds.

With a range of new case studies and coverage of emerging themes such as smart cities, female entrepreneurship and human capital the book provides an expert aperçu of the elaborate empire of entrepreneurship.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 246x174: 348pp Hb: 978-1-138-68561-1: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68562-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54313-0 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-40515-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138685611

Best practices in ownership and leadership Edited by Gry Osnes, Succession Consult Ltd, UK Here the authors offer a perspective set apart from the more traditional depiction of the family business as being isolated, nepotistic, and fraught with succession conflicts and dramas.

They focus on the identification of strategies derived from successful family businesses and owners from geographically distinct locations that include: China, the United Kingdom, Africa, the United States of America, Colombia, Germany, Sweden and Israel and examine the driving forces in the founding, consolidation and survival over generations in ownership of a business, as well as in the renewal of entrepreneurship within and between generations.

Routledge Market: Entrepreneurship October 2016: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-21452-1: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-44420-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138214521

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

European Born Globals

Fashion Entrepreneurship

Job creation in young international businesses

The Creation of the Global Fashion Business

Edited by Irene Mandl, European Foundation for the Improvement of Living and Working Conditions, Ireland and Stefanie Ledermaier, European Foundation for the Improvement of Living and Working Conditions Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy Since the global recession, job creation is a policy priority. While it is accepted that the majority of jobs are created by small and medium-sized enterprises, not all SMEs are rapidly growing. With limited public budgets, business models that do show high job creation potential are very attractive. Born globals - firms which engage intensively in internationalisation shortly after start-up - have been identified as major engines of job creation. Through a range of international examples, this book highlights the motivations and processes, the ‘why’ and ‘how’ of job creation in born globals, essential for policy makers, researchers and management educators.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-71395-6: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138713956

29

Neri Karra, IESEG University, France This book provides the first authoritative history of the global fashion industry, from its emergence to the present day, with a focus on the entrepreneurs at the nucleus of many of the world's influential brands. It shows how successive generations of entrepreneurs built and developed the brands too, democratizing access to fashion brands and extending fashion's reach.

This book includes case studies and interviews that Neri Karra have conducted over 10 years with designers, managers, CEOs, and influential figures in fashion. It explores the emerging culture of street style and blogging, comparing that to the dawn of the nineteenth-century fashion brands and industry.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-20860-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20861-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-45877-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138208605

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Family Business

Fostering Local Entrepreneurship in a Multinational Enterprise

Carole Howorth and Nick Robinson Series: Routledge Masters in Entrepreneurship Family businesses are the most common business form in the world, ranging from the millions of small local businesses to giants such as Wal-Mart. This book showcases the crucial contribution that family businesses make to the world economy, and informs students of the existing and potential research in this area.

Drawing upon global academic research and case studies, theories of family businesses are explained and prevailing myths are tested. Features including exercises linked to case studies develop skills in applying theories in practice.

This text is essential reading for students of family business and useful additional reading for those interested in entrepreneurship more broadly.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-21746-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21747-8: £29.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138217461

Joe J. Amberg, V-ZUG AG, Switzerland and Sara L. McGaughey, Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Frontiers of Business Management Through an examination of three very different entrepreneurial initiatives in the Siemens business unit Fire Safety between 2008 and 2012, the book identifies key drivers and impediments to corporate entrepreneurship in this global organization. It thus offers a rare contribution to our growing – yet still fledgling – understanding of corporate entrepreneurship in global corporations.

Routledge Market: Business February 2017: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-138-91338-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-23070-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138913387

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

30

ENTREPRENEURSHIP Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

International Entrepreneurship in the Arts

Motivating SMEs to Cooperate and Internationalize

Lidia Varbanova, Concordia University, Canada

A Dynamic Perspective

This book focuses on teaching students, artists, and arts managers specific strategies for expanding creative ventures that are already successful domestically to an international audience. Varbanova’s accessible writing outlines a systematic theoretical framework that guides the reader from generating an innovative idea and starting up an international arts enterprise to its sustainable international growth.

George Tesar, Umeå University, Sweden and Zsuzsanna Vincze, Umeå School of Business and Economics, Umeå University, Sweden Series: Routledge Studies in Small Business

Routledge Market: Entrepreneurship October 2016: 229 x 152: 426pp Hb: 978-1-138-84434-6: £130.00 Pb: 978-1-138-84435-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73044-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138844346

This book is the first attempt to integrate results of research studies and practices as an illustration of how knowledge of small and medium-sized enterprises has evolved since the 1980s with the contributions of individual researchers and academics in Northern Europe. It will be of relevance to academics and researchers interested in working closely with small and medium-sized enterprises to meet their goals in entering international markets.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-22057-7: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-41261-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138220577

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Inter-Organizational Collaboration by Design

Multidisciplinarity

Jennifer Madden Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management

Projects for Social Change in Art and Culture

@text The book proposes a theoretical perspective for collaborators to adopt design science (a solution finding approach utilizing end-user-centered research, prototyping, and collective creativity to strengthen individuals, teams, and organizations), the language of designers, and a design attitude as an empirically informed pathway for better managing the complexities inherent in collaboration.

Luisa Santos Series: Complexity and Interdisciplinarity in Project Management

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 229 x 152: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-20481-2: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-46861-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138204812

While there are a great variety of art projects that are interested in impact, in social and political terms, which present critical points of view, ranging from articulating a message to asking for participation, nevertheless, it seems that still most art projects fail to produce social change. This then begs the question, how can art contribute to effective social change? The author asserts that the combination of art, cultural studies and project management, by means of a multidisciplinary approach will contribute to social change.

Grand-narratives attached to each disciplinary discourse are found and presented here, serving to shine the light on the complexity of thinking and implementing projects for social change.

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Knowledge Spillover-based Strategic Entrepreneurship

Researching Entrepreneurship

Routledge November 2017: 246x174: 183pp Hb: 978-1-472-48313-3: £65.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472483133

Critically Evaluating Methodology and Method

Edited by João J. Ferreira, University of Beira Interior, Portugal, Leo-Paul Dana, Montpellier Business School, France and Vanessa Ratten Series: Routledge Frontiers of Business Management This book, written by international authors, focuses on how knowledge spillovers and strategic entrepreneurship are crucial to the process of creative destruction and construction. The book aims to provide insights into and discussion on how firms combine entrepreneurial action that creates new opportunities for industries, regions and economies. This book is the first of its kind to link knowledge management perspectives to strategic entrepreneurship in order to understand the co-creation process.

Being interdisciplinary in nature, this book appeals to entrepreneurship and knowledge management scholars, students and practitioners.

Claire M. Leitch, Queen's University, Belfast, UK and Maura McAdam, Queen's University Belfast, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship Researching Entrepreneurship argues that a critically reflexive approach is required in order to capture the messy, heterogeneous and complex nature of entrepreneurship.

Accordingly, Researching Entrepreneurship challenges the researcher to take a step back in order to ask more fundamental questions prior to engaging in data collection.

Routledge July 2017: 229 x 152 Hb: 978-1-138-89083-1: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71003-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138890831

Routledge Market: Business November 2016: 234x156: 316pp Hb: 978-1-138-95074-0: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-44528-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138950740

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

ENTREPRENEURSHIP Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Small Business, Sustainability and New Product Development

Social Entrepreneurship for Development

31

A business model

Mary Haropoulou, University of Western Sydney, Australia and Clive Smallman, University of Western Sydney, Australia

Meg Brindle, Light Years IP, USA and Ron Layton, Light Years IP, USA

Using advanced analytical techniques to interrogate rich qualitative data, the book draws together established theories of decision-making and new product development, coupled with thinking about business sustainability to improve our understanding of this important area of business practice.

This book presents a fresh approach to poverty alleviation by bridging the fields of international development and social entrepreneurship. The authors present a six-step model for developing an IP business positioning strategy that allows developing country producers to position themselves better as owners of retail brands in foreign market countries.

Routledge Market: Business August 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-85505-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-18422-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138855052

Routledge Market: Social entrepreneurship February 2017: 229 x 152: 278pp Hb: 978-1-138-18177-9: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18178-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64676-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138181779

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Social Enterprise and Special Events

Sport Entrepreneurship and Innovation

Edited by Julie Olberding Series: Routledge Studies in Social Enterprise & Social Innovation

Edited by Vanessa Ratten and João J. Ferreira, University of Beira Interior, Portugal

Social Enterprise and Special Events focuses on events that are nonprofit, public and cross-sectorial in nature. Examining these types of events using relevant concepts such as social enterprise, public-private partnerships, collaborative governance, social capital, community building, diversity and advocacy.

This book features international authors discussing the role of entrepreneurship and innovation in the sports context. It focuses on topics such as the role of entrepreneurial marketing in sport, how technological innovation has changed the way sport is played and viewed, the globalization of sport as a product and service, the new types of sports that have emerged, athlete entrepreneurs and their related business endeavours and how sport influences innovation in other industries. This interdisciplinary book will be appealing to entrepreneurship, innovation and sport management scholars, students and practitioners.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2016: 229 x 152: 188pp Hb: 978-1-138-94230-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67321-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138942301

Routledge Market: Business November 2016: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-138-94173-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94174-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-39338-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138941731

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Social Entrepreneurship

Sustainable Entrepreneurship

Managing the Creation of Social Value

A Research Anthology

Constant Beugré, Delaware State University, USA

Adam Lindgreen, Christine Vallaster, François Maon and Shumaila Yousafzai

Social Entrepreneurship comprehensive, cutting edge book introduces students to the unique challenges that face social ventures. A comparison with mainstream entrepreneurship helps students understand the differences between these types of ventures, and rich global cases help students truly understand the principles.

The way organizations manage entrepreneurship has changed dramatically over the past decade. Today, organizations take account of economic issues, but they also adopt a broader perspective of their purpose including social and environmental issues (i.e. sustainability). Yet, despite its global spread, sustainable entrepreneurship remains an uncertain and poorly defined ambition with few absolutes. The sustainable issues that entrepreneurship should address easily can be interpreted as including virtually everything.

Current literature on the topic seeks to understand the effects and management of initiatives dealing with a variety of issues. However, the penetration of sustainable considerations into entrepreneurship is described as ’desire lacking reality’ thereby making the concept only a patchy success.

Routledge Market: Entrepreneurship November 2016: 254 x 178: 316pp Hb: 978-0-415-81736-3: £130.00 Pb: 978-0-415-81737-0: £49.99 eBook: 978-0-203-44260-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780203442609

Routledge July 2017: 246x174: 282pp Hb: 978-1-472-48359-1: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472483591

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

32

ENTREPRENEURSHIP Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Sustaining Cultural Development

The Habitual Entrepreneur Paul Westhead and Mike Wright, Impreial College London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship

Unified Systems and New Governance in Cultural Life Edited by Biljana Mickov and James Doyle In Sustaining Cultural Development, Biljana Mickov and James Doyle argue that effective programmes to promote greater participation in cultural life require substantial investment in research and strategic planning. Using studies from contributors throughout Europe, they look at ways to promote cultural life as the centre of the broader sustainable development of society.

These studies illustrate how combining cultural identity, cultural diversity and creativity with increased participation of citizens in cultural life improves harmonized cultural development and promotes democracy. They indicate a shift from traditional governance of the cultural sector to a new, more horizontal, approach that links cultural workers at different levels in different sectors and different locations. This book will stimulate debate amongst cultural leaders, city managers and other policy makers.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 274pp Hb: 978-1-409-45396-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27260-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61159-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138272606

Increasingly, entrepreneurship research recognizes a wide variety in entrepreneurial behaviour. One such difference is marked between experienced or habitual entrepreneurs and novices.

This book, authored by established experts in the field, introduces and explores the habitual entrepreneur phenomenon.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2016: 229 x 152: 154pp Hb: 978-1-138-23105-4: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-31612-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138231054

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Territorial Development and Action Research

The New Venture Coursebook Gerald Watts, University of Gloucestershire, UK

Innovation Through Dialogue James Karlsen and Miren Larrea Territorial Development and Action Research examines the role of action research within fields such as territorial development and innovation. Most researchers analyse these fields from the outside, developing a theoretical understanding of what should be done, but not of how to do it. Based on their own experience of territorial development processes from the inside out, James Karlsen and Miren Larrea argue that filling the gap regarding social relations in the innovation process makes it possible for researchers to engage in the processes taking place in the territory, thereby revealing how to make things work. This book will help researchers face the pressure to engage and play a useful role in the development of their host regions. It will help policy makers to continuously learn and redefine policy approaches and bring about collaboration through networks, programs and projects where researchers and practitioners in regional, local and urban development work together.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 218pp Hb: 978-1-472-40923-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27198-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61205-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138271982

The New Venture Coursebook is comprehensive in coverage and takes the reader on a step-by-step journey through the process of starting up a new business, aided by a range of pedagogical features.

Routledge Market: Business & Management January 2017: 246x174: 540pp Hb: 978-0-415-70542-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-750-66441-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-080-94041-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415705424

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Entrepreneurial Journey

The Routledge Companion to Family Business

Dimo Dimov Series: Routledge Focus on Business and Management What makes a person entrepreneurial? This book develops the building blocks of an entrepreneurial mindset to help readers to understand the entrepreneurial journey.

The author takes an entrepreneurs-eye view on the world which navigates through the diverse approaches to entrepreneurship to focus on the logic through which business opportunities and situations are approached. This focused approach provides a platform for readers to follow the entrepreneurial journey in order to transform uncertainty into opportunity.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 234x156: 108pp Hb: 978-0-415-78572-3: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-22810-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415785723

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by Franz W. Kellermanns and Frank Hoy Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting This book offers a definitive survey of a field that has seen rapid growth in research in recent years. Edited by leading scholars with contributions from the top minds in family business from around the world, this volume provides researchers and scholars with a comprehensive understanding of the state of the discipline.

Routledge Market: Family Business September 2016: 246x174: 612pp Hb: 978-1-138-91911-2: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68805-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138919112

New in Paperback

Companion Website

ENTREPRENEURSHIP Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge Companion to Global Female Entrepreneurship

Understanding Creative Business

Edited by Colette Henry, Dundalk Institute of Technology, Ireland, Teresa Nelson, Elizabth J McCandless Chair in Entrepreneurship, Simmons School of Management, USA and Kate V. Lewis, School of Management, Massey University, New Zealand Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting The literature on female entrepreneurship has witnessed significant development in the last 30 years, with the research emphasis shifting from purely descriptive explorations towards a clear effort to embed research within highly informed conceptual frameworks.

With contributions from leading and emerging researchers, the Routledge Companion to Global Female Entrepreneurship brings together the latest international research, concepts and thinking in the area. Reflecting the subject’s growing importance for researchers, academics and policy makers, this collection will be an invaluable reference resource.

Routledge Market: Business & Management May 2017: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-1-138-01518-0: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-79457-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138015180

Values, Networks and Innovation Jim Shorthose and Neil Maycroft From authors used to operating between the commercial, public and independent sectors of the mixed cultural economy, Understanding Creative Business bridges the gap between creative practice and mainstream business organisation, entrepreneurship and management. Using stories, case studies and exercises it discusses the positioning of creative practice within professional and business development, cultural policy-making and the wider cultural economy, and suggests what the broader field of business and management studies can learn from the informal structure and working practices of creative industries networks. Consideration is given to how ethical and moral value orientations animate creative practice and how they play into the wider debate about social responsibilities within business and public policy.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 358pp Hb: 978-1-409-40714-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25574-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54925-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255746

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Search for Entrepreneurship

Understanding the Born Global Firm Neri Karra, IESEG University, France Series: Routledge Focus on Business and Management

Finding More Questions Than Answers Simon Bridge Series: Routledge Focus on Business and Management Since the 1980s, governments have encouraged entrepreneurship on the understanding that entrepreneurs create small businesses which are the main source of new jobs.

Because of this, entrepreneurship became an accepted subject for academic study. Yet despite this explosion of scholarship, there is no accepted model of how entrepreneurship works or even a common definition of what it is. In this cogent and provocative text, Simon Bridge contends that the search for entrepreneurship has produced not clarity, but more questions than answers. It will be of interest to scholars and advanced students of entrepreneurship and small business, as well as policy makers.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 216x138: 124pp Hb: 978-1-138-29268-0: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-23275-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138292680

The challenges and opportunities that are presented to both small and medium-sized enterprises have changed dramatically in recent decades as the world’s economy becomes more globalised. Understanding the Born Global Firm, combines the many different theoretical perspectives on born globals that have been previously researched, providing a unified framework to connect the antecedents, types, and outcomes of entrepreneurial activities pursued by such new ventures.

This book will be invaluable to post-graduate students in the field of international business; entrepreneurship; ethnic entrepreneurs; global entrepreneurship, and international networks.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2016: 216x138: 98pp Hb: 978-1-138-21911-3: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-43617-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138219113

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development

Writing a Business Plan

Leaping Cultural and Leadership Boundaries

A Practical Guide

Edited by Michael Fortunato, Sam Houston State University, USA and Morgan Clevenger, Wilkes University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship

Ignatius Udom Ekanem Series: Routledge Focus on Business and Management

Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development explores developing entrepreneurial communities, and goes beyond theories of the firm to demonstrate how local and regional society contributes in important ways to the vitality of entrepreneurs.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 229 x 152: 296pp Hb: 978-1-138-93554-9: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67732-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935549

33

Resourcing new ventures is all important for entrepreneurs and creating a successful business plan can be make or break when it comes to attracting investment. Written by an experienced academic and consultant, this book provides a concise guide for producing the optimal business plan.

Emphasising the importance of planning for growth as well as start-up, the book helps readers to explore key areas such as profitability, market analysis and investment. This unique book provides a one-stop shop for entrepreneurs and students of entrepreneurship to hone this vital skill.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 234x156: 108pp Hb: 978-1-138-20602-1: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-46581-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138206021

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

34

GENERAL MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Crafting an Integral Enterprise

From Great to Gone

Towards a Sustainable Telecommunications Sector

Why FMCG Companies are Losing the Race for Customers Peter Lorange and Jimmi Rembiszewski

Reza Moussavian Series: Transformation and Innovation In this addition to Gower’s Transformation and Innovation series, Reza Moussavian takes the concept of an ’Integral Enterprise’, established in earlier books in the Series, and applies it to the telecommunications industry, in which he is an acknowledged thought leader.

The author points out that the telecommunications sector is in a period of transition as deregulation has changed the purpose and composition of the sector, new service providers have entered the market and the incumbents have been or are being privatised. Priorities have changed the landscape for ’conventional’ telecommunications operators. They are still needed for now, since they provide the technical backbone which enables new, innovative services to be provided, but the business challenges and risks are great and a notorious decay in customer loyalty and brand value do not seem to be the best ingredients for sustainable business.

Routledge September 2017: 246x174: 250pp Hb: 978-1-409-46310-8: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781409463108

The modern consumer is no longer attracted by single-minded, predictable and one-benefit-focused brand promises. The old-fashioned FMCG communication strategies based on television, radio and print with constant repetition have become outdated. From Great to Gone shows that what’s needed are ’Lego’ strategies, whereby the marketing and communication strategies are built up by many key facets (like building blocks) and delivered to the consumer through a mix of various touch points. Most importantly, you need to leave consumers to put all of that together themselves. There are major internal and external hurdles to transforming FMCGs successfully into FICGs - Fast Innovating Consumer Goods. It requires new brand strategies and flatter, more top-down than bottom-up, decision-making organisations and a 21st-century model for advertising agencies. Externally these companies need a new route to market through transformation of their old retail dependencies.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 174pp Hb: 978-1-472-43556-9: £50.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27939-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58336-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138279391

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Economics for Fisheries Management

Game Theory in Management

R. Quentin Grafton, James Kirkley and Dale Squires Series: Ashgate Studies in Environmental and Natural Resource Economics Many of the world's fisheries face major challenges including overfishing, overcapacity and low returns. Using recent developments in microeconomic theory and with numerous case studies and examples, this book shows how to measure efficiency, productivity, profitability, capacity of fishing fleets and how to improve fisheries management. The book will prove invaluable to researchers, students and professionals interested in understanding the problems in fisheries and how they may be overcome.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-754-63249-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25209-7: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138252097

Modelling Business Decisions and their Consequences Michael Hatfield Architects and engineers can build models to test their ideas why not managers? While the topic may seem complex, Game Theory in Management is a readable and fast-paced book; readers will come away with an entirely new perspective on the objectives, tactics, even purpose of management, and ways of evaluating the selected strategies and decisions of those within the team, inside the macro organization, and among competitors. Easily-employed tests for the validity and efficacy of management information systems are also addressed. In the areas of asset, project, and strategic management, Game Theory in Management is certain to become a game-changer.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 214pp Hb: 978-1-409-44241-7: £45.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25258-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58377-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138252585

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Economics of Rural Land-Use Change

Humour in Management and Communication

Kevin J. Boyle and Kathleen P. Bell Series: Ashgate Studies in Environmental and Natural Resource Economics Public concern over land management has never been greater.

This book provides a broad overview of the economics of rural land-use change, drawing attention to the meaningful role economic analysis can play in resolving public concern and supporting future, pro-active land management strategies in rural areas.

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-754-60983-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27237-8: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138272378

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

A Research Anthology Francois Maon, Adam Lindgreen, Joelle Vanhamme, Robert J. Angell and Juliet Memery Humour in Management and Communication is an original research anthology that explores the application, value and risk associated with humour in the context of work and business communication. Leading researchers from the fields of management, marketing and consumer behaviour explore humour as an aspect of culture and engagement, both within the organization and between the organization and its customers. The move from transactional- to relationship-based business places renewed emphasis on the cultural and social interaction of individuals, groups and organizations; within that framework, humour has a significant impact on rapport, understanding, belonging and engagement. This ground-breaking research anthology draws on material from marketing, communications, human resources and stakeholder theory to throw light on this poorly understood facet of human business behaviour.

Routledge Market: Business October 2017: 246x174: 288pp eBook: 978-1-315-27728-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315277288

New in Paperback

Companion Website

GENERAL MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Kennedy on Negotiation

Successful Communication Through NLP

Gavin Kennedy Negotiation is a vital skill for every manager. As a result, there are almost as many 'patented' techniques for negotiation as there are managers, each proclaiming to be the definitive route to success. The authors behind these techniques keep their work very much to themselves. Their fundamentally different approaches to negotiation remain in isolation from each other, as if their authors were too polite to contradict others in the field. In most cases, when you are developing your negotiation skills, this leaves you with a stark choice: pick a single technique and ignore the rest. Until now ... Kennedy on Negotiation is an authoritative and comprehensive guide to negotiation skills training and practice. Dr Kennedy uses the well-established 'Four Phases' model as the structure around which he critiques constructively the numerous competing theories and models. Gavin Kennedy's book is everything you would expect from one of the most respected writers on negotiation.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 356pp Hb: 978-0-566-07302-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26314-7: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263147

A Trainer's Guide Sally Dimmick Most professional trainers nowadays have some understanding of Neuro Linguistic Programming. They probably know that people take in information about the world through a 'preferred representational channel' and that we communicate better with people if we use their preferred channel - visual, auditory or kinaesthetic. Sally Dimmick’s book goes further. It shows how NLP principles can be applied to every aspect of training and which particular aids and methods are the most suitable for each channel. The first part of the text outlines the main concepts of NLP and explains how to identify a person’s preferred channel.

It also looks briefly at the significance of learning styles. Part II examines each representational channel in turn and relates it to the corresponding training methods and materials. The final chapter provides ways of combining the channels so as to maximize the transfer of learning. The text is enlivened throughout by anecdotes, examples and illustrations.

Routledge November 2016: 246x189: 184pp Hb: 978-0-566-07579-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26316-1: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263161

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Living in Digital Worlds

Teach to Work

Designing the Digital Public Space

How a Mentor, a Mentee, and a Project Can Close the Skills Gap in America

Naomi Jacobs and Rachel Cooper Naomi Jacobs and Rachel Cooper’s Living in Digital Worlds explores the definition of digital public space which describes how everyone, from digital natives to those who only interact minimally online, experiences, responds to and is changed by the digital world. They use the perspective of design to place digital public space in the context of humans and our relationship with technology; how culture and behaviours are influenced by it over time; the risks of the space being hijacked for commercial or other purposes; the concepts of co-creation and co-ownership of activities we engage in and things we produce; along with the value it has in enabling collaboration and interdependency.

Routledge Market: Business March 2017: 246x174: 150pp Hb: 978-1-472-45283-2: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472452832

35

Patty Alper Teach to Work is a call to action for mentors currently sitting on the sidelines. Whether you are a banker, lawyer, architect, accountant, engineer, IT specialist, or artist, you have the experience and skillset to become an ambassador of talent, grit, and transferable skills. The book provides a step-by-step guide to help professionals share their knowledge with the next generation of workers through this intergenerational experience.

Routledge Market: Business Management March 2017: 229 x 152: 176pp Hb: 978-1-629-56162-2: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-315-21161-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781629561622

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Stadium Status

The Boomerang Principle

Taking Your Business to the Big Time

Inspire Lifetime Loyalty from Your Employees

John Brubaker

Lee Caraher

John Brubaker shares his personal experiences as a successful radio personality, coach, and executive consultant, and reveals the strategies employed by country musicians, teams, and brands to build their fan base and separate themselves from the competition. He explains exactly how readers can implement these same tactics to achieve better results in their own endeavors. Stadium Status’ real-world examples demonstrate that gaining a fresh perspective and applying ideas from outside your industry are what will truly elevate your performance.

It is rare for an employee to stay with one organization for very long. In fact, "job hopping" is the new norm, especially for Millennials. In The Boomerang Principle, companies learn how to leverage this fact rather than fear it. By engendering a lifetime of loyalty from former employees, leaders can see them "return" in the form of customers, partners, clients, advocates, contractors, and even returning employees.

Routledge Market: Business Management April 2017: 229 x 152: 168pp Hb: 978-1-138-63669-9: £15.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138636699

Routledge Market: Business Management April 2017: 229 x 152: 168pp Hb: 978-1-629-56168-4: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-315-21276-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781629561684

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

36

GENERAL MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Magnetic Leader How Irresistible Leaders Attract Employees, Customers, and Profits Roberta Matuson Employees don’t work for companies; they work for people. The more irresistible you are as a leader, the more pull you have for employees to want to stay and for your customers to remain loyal. In The Magnetic Leader, Roberta Matuson asks us to consider that the quality of a company’s leadership is the most important factor in attracting and retaining high-quality employees. Matuson has spent 20 years helping organizations achieve both market leadership and dynamic growth by maximizing the talent they already have, in addition to creating a magnetic environment that attracts high-caliber new hires.

Routledge Market: Business Management March 2017: 229 x 152: 168pp Hb: 978-1-629-56165-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-315-21280-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781629561653

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Truth from the Trenches A Practical Guide to the Art of It Management Mark Settle The IT management profession is not for the faint of heart. Anyone who has worked in this sector is familiar with the unique (and borderline impossible) challenge of trying to keep up with technological innovations while operating on a too-small budget and facing constant criticism for problems outside of your control.

Routledge Market: Business Management November 2016: 229 x 152: 188pp eBook: 978-1-315-20060-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315200606

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Why Simple Wins Toolkit Lisa Bodell As a tactical ancillary to the book Why Simple Wins, this toolkit is designed with 13 tools to enable leaders and teams to move beyond the cycle of busywork and toward a culture where valuable, essential work is the norm. By learning how to eliminate redundancies, communicate with clarity, and make simplification a habit, we can recognize which activities are time-sucks and which create lasting value. Eliminating low-value work translates into individuals who feel less overwhelmed, more empowered, and able to spend each day doing things that matter.

Routledge Market: Business Management November 2016: 86pp Pb: 978-1-629-56202-5: £46.99 eBook: 978-1-315-21261-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781629562025

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HEALTH & SAFETY

37

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Definitive Guide to Behavioural Safety

Environmental Management Revision Guide

Tim Marsh

for the NEBOSH Certificate in Environmental Management

A Definitive Guide to Behavioural Safety is a one stop guide to all of the core theories and principles that upderpin behaviour based safety. All front line behaviours that lead to incidents and injury are covered by the term behavioural safety and getting to grips with the behaviours which might lead people to engage in unsafe or risky behaviour is crucial to prevention. This book is a perfect guide for any professional, whether you’re aiming to set up an ambitious and wide ranging behavioural safety programme from scratch or you’re looking to refresh or extend an existing approach.

Jonathan Backhouse, BA(Hons), DipNEBOSH, EnvDipNEBOSH, CertEd, FIfL, GradIOSH, AIEMA,

Routledge Market: Health & Safety / Behavioural Safety June 2017: 234x156: 152pp Hb: 978-1-138-29051-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64747-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62678-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138290518

The Environmental Management Revision Guide: NEBOSH Certificate in Environmental Management is the perfect revision aid for students preparing to take their NEBOSH Certificate in Environmental Management. The revision guide is fully aligned to the latest NEBOSH syllabus, providing complete coverage in bite-sized chunks, helping students to learn and memorise the key topics. As well as being a handy companion volume to Brian Waters’ NEBOSH endorsed textbook Introduction to Environmental Management, it will also serve as a useful aid memoir for those in environmental management roles.

Routledge Market: Environmental Management / Health & Safety March 2017: 186x123: 204pp Pb: 978-1-138-64912-5: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62597-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138649125

5th Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Electrical Safety and the Law

Fire Safety and Risk Management Revision Guide

John M Madden Electrical Safety and the Law describes the hazards and risks from the use of electricity, explaining with the help of case studies and accident statistics the types of accidents that occur and how they can be prevented by the use of safe installations, equipment and working practices.

Routledge Market: Safety Law / Electrical Safety February 2017: 246x174: 376pp Hb: 978-1-138-67049-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67050-1: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61762-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138670495

for the NEBOSH National Fire Certificate Jonathan Backhouse, BA(Hons), DipNEBOSH, EnvDipNEBOSH, CertEd, FIfL, GradIOSH, AIEMA, and Ed Ferrett The Fire Safety and Risk Management Revision Guide is the perfect revision aid for students preparing to take their NEBOSH National Certificate in Fire Safety and Risk Management. The revision guide is fully aligned to the latest NEBOSH syllabus, providing complete coverage in bite-sized chunks, helping students to learn and memorise key topics. It is a handy companion volume to the Fire Protection Association textbook Fire Safety and Risk Management: for the NEBOSH National Certificate in Fire Safety and Risk Management and will also serve as an aid memoir for those in fire safety roles.

Routledge Market: Fire Safety December 2016: 186x123: 236pp Hb: 978-1-138-23002-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67773-9: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55936-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138230026

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Environment, Health and Safety Governance and Leadership

Health and Safety at Work: Key Terms

The Making of High Reliability Organisations Waddah Shihab Ghanem Al Hashemi, Emirates National Oil Company group, Dubai, United Arab Emirates This book reviews the factors influencing Environment and Health and Safety (EHS) leadership and governance, showing how EHS impacts on the performance and sustainability of organisations. It draws on best practice standards developed by many leading organisations such as the UK Health and Safety Executive (HSE); the Institute of Directors (IoD); and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD).

The book provides insights and legal imperatives for practitioners and leaders to inform decision making, strategy and EHS governance, all of which have a fundamental impact on business continuity, share prices and sustainability of large organisations worldwide.

Routledge Market: Environmental Health and Safety May 2017: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-1-138-88845-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71342-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138888456

Jeremy Stranks Health and Safety at Work: Key Terms provides instant information to readers on a range of key terms used in health and safety at work. The book, produced in A-Z format, incorporates the principal legal, technical and practical terms derived from statutes, regulations, approved codes, case law and other appropriate publications.

Routledge December 2016: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-17868-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-750-65446-3: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-080-50795-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138178687

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

38

HEALTH & SAFETY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Health and Safety Communication

Preventing Corporate Accidents Robert Whittingham

A Practical Guide Forward David S. Anderson, George Mason Univesity, USA and Richard E. Miller, George Mason University, USA Health and Safety Communication: A Practical Guide Forward is an easy introduction to the principles and practice of health and safety communications, providing all you need to know to design and implement communications efforts on a wide range of health and safety topics and issues. Whether you're a student grappling with a health communications course or a professional wishing to learn how to communicate health and safety messages effectively to a range of audiences, using a variety of communications media, Health and Safety Communication is all you'll need.

Routledge Market: Health & Safety / Health Communication December 2016: 246x174: 280pp Hb: 978-1-138-64742-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64744-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62704-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138647428

The passing of the Corporate Manslaughter Bill in the UK and increasing public and investor pressure for good Corporate Governance and Corporate Social Responsibility means organizations more than ever need to ensure they do all they can to prevent major accidents. However, past experience shows that just implementing safety management systems is not enough. ; ; Corporate Accidents shows how major accidents can result from human error and defects in corporate systems. The book describes accident prevention strategies, from safety culture, safety management systems, foresight and planning to safety regulation, whistle blowing, corporate social responsibility and the learning organization. Barry Whittingham illustrates with international case studies from various industries how and why these defenses have failed in the past, and more importantly, how to strengthen the systems in place to prevent future major accidents.

Routledge December 2016: 234x156: 376pp Hb: 978-1-138-16044-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-750-68062-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-080-57029-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138160446

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Health and Safety in a Changing World

Safety-II in Practice

Edited by Robert Dingwall and Shelley Frost

Developing the Resilience Potentials

This book addresses the changing context of health and safety, setting forth a manifesto for reform which promises to frame debate within the professional and policy community for decades to come. The result of a major research programme by the Institution of Occupational Safety and Health, Health and Safety in a Changing World shows how health and safety has developed over time, how it is applied in practice and how best st to make it fit for purpose in the 21 century. The book will be essential reading for professionals, practitioners and academic readers interested in the rapidly evolving field of health and safety.

Erik Hollnagel introduces a comprehensive approach for the management of Safety-II, called the Resilience Assessment Grid (RAG). The RAG provides four sets of diagnostic and formative questions that can be tailored to any organisation. The questions are based on the principles of resilience engineering and backed by practical experience from several domains. This book is for both the safety professional and academic reader. For the professional, it presents a workable method (RAG) for the management of Safety-II, with a proven track record. For academic and student readers, the book is a concise and practical presentation of resilience engineering.

Routledge Market: Health & Safety / Policy December 2016: 234x156: 164pp Hb: 978-1-138-94422-0: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-22521-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67202-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138225213

Erik Hollnagel, University of Southern Denmark

Routledge Market: Health and Safety April 2017: 234x156: 10pp Hb: 978-1-138-70891-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-70892-1: £24.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138708914

4th Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Health and Safety: Risk Management

The 10 Step MBA for Health and Safety Practitioners

Tony Boyle

Waddah Shihab Ghanem Al Hashemi, Emirates National Oil Company group, Dubai, United Arab Emirates and Rob Cooling

Health and Safety: risk management is the clearest and most comprehensive book on risk management available today. The fully revised and redesigned third edition incorporates the latest developments in legislation, best practice, British Standards and qualification syllabuses. This authoritative treatment of risk management is essential reading for students working towards degrees, diplomas and post graduate or vocational qualifications in health and safety. Experienced health and safety professionals and managers with health and safety responsibilities will find it invaluable as a desk reference.

Routledge Market: Health and Safety January 2017: 240 x 210: 556pp Pb: 978-1-138-19524-0: £57.00 eBook: 978-1-315-63851-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315638515

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

As an experienced health and safety professional you've got many years of technical expertise under your belt. You know the science, the technology, the engineering solutions.

Now's the time to take that knowledge and experience and combine it with the ten core business management skills that form the basis for an MBA, so that you can become a truly effective health and safety executive.

From Leadership to Organisational Behaviour, from Brand Management to Corporate Social Responsibility, this book shows you how to combine the best of your specialist knowledge with the most important business tools, so you can embed health and safety at the heart of your company.

Routledge Market: Health and Safety May 2017: 234x156: 192pp Pb: 978-1-138-82196-5: £36.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74301-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138821965

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HEALTH & SAFETY

39

TEXTBOOK

The Crisis Management Cycle Theory and Practice Christer Pursiainen The Crisis Management Cycle is the first holistic introduction to the dynamic and multidisciplinary field of crisis management theory. By drawing together the different theories and concepts of crisis management literature and practice, this book develops a theoretical framework of analysis that can be used by both students and practitioners alike.

Stretching across disciplines as diverse as safety studies, business studies, security studies, political science and behavioural science, The Crisis Management Cycle provides a robust grounding in crisis management that will be invaluable for both students and practitioners worldwide.

Routledge Market: Health & Safety / Crisis Management June 2017: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-64387-1: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64388-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62917-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138643871

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The End of Heaven Disaster and Suffering in a Scientific Age Sidney Dekker, Griffith University, Nathan Campus, Australia In this unique book, Dekker tackles a largely unexplored dilemma. Our scientific age has equipped us ever better for explaining why things go wrong. But this increasing sophistication actually makes it harder to explain why we suffer. Accidents and disasters have become technical problems without inherent purpose. When told of a disaster, we easily feel lost in the steely emptiness of technical languages of engineering or medicine.

Or, in our drive to pinpoint the source of suffering, we succumb to the hunt for a scapegoat, possibly inflicting even greater suffering on others around us. Broad in its historical sweep and ambition, The End of Heaven is also Dekker's most personal book to date.

Routledge Market: Health and Safety March 2017: 234x156: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-78989-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78987-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-21364-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415789875

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

40

HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION & POLICY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Employer’s Guide to Medical Tourism Benefit Design Maria K. Todd, Mercury Healthcare International, Inc., Denver, Colorado, USA For the group health benefit sector, domestic and international health travel has become a cost containment option. Through the use of benefit design incentives, employers are testing the receptiveness of plan participants and encouraging plan members to consider a network of high-performance healthcare providers in targeted locations away from home.

This book discusses how to design and launch a health travel benefit pilot program. Topics include quality, safety, and logistic considerations as well as provider selection criteria. Also included are worksheets, checklists and forms to use when designing a health travel benefit program.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare June 2017: 235 x 156: 230pp Hb: 978-1-482-22978-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-482-22979-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482229783

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Workplace Clinics and Employer Managed Healthcare A Catalyst for Cost Savings and Improved Productivity, Second Edition A. Michael LaPenna Workplace Clinics and Employer Managed Healthcare: A Catalyst for Cost Savings and nd Improved Productivity, 2 Edition is not another diatribe on the national healthcare problem.

Instead, it is a book about what is possible. Mike LaPenna shares with readers the actual experiences of those self-funded employers who are moving healthcare access on-site and directly managing all aspects of their own healthcare delivery system.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management November 2017: 254 x 178: 300pp Pb: 978-1-138-74343-4: £46.99 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-420-09244-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138743434

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HEALTHCARE FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT & LEADERSHIP

41

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Management for Health Practitioners Tools, Techniques, Approaches, and Applications for Practitioners and Administrators Richard Smith The book is unique in that it applies a general principle of management consideration and its specific importance within an environment, where there is still a clear distinction between the managers and practitioners, where often the managers are ‘the enemy’; taking budget away, providing substandard or poor quality materials and equipment, and chasing performance targets.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management June 2017: 254 x 178: 250pp Hb: 978-1-138-19749-7: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27760-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138197497

Dummy text to keep placeholder

New Giants Rising Solutions to the Great Accounting Followership Crisis Paul D. Fisher, KDV, Ltd. New Giants Rising will take a simple, sociology-driven approach to explaining how human beings function productively in a specialist-led environment. It will use the same hypothesis as Beyond the Days of the Giants (2013), but instead of a focusing on a change mission and reducing non-value added costs, it will use the sociological themes of Sharing Purpose, Sharing Quality, and Sharing Language.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management September 2017: 254 x 178: 250pp Pb: 978-1-138-62649-2: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-22817-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138626492

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Phoenix Leadership The Healthcare Manager’s Strategy for Relevance and Resilience Valentina Gokenback, The Healthy Outlook 647 University Pl Grosse POinte, MI 48230 The modern healthcare leader needs to be increasingly resilient but all relevant to their organizations and the industry. This book provides a brand new, innovative concept, that of the Phoenix Leader, with proven strategies and approaches to evolve your leadership approach to one that is flexible, powerful and effective.

Productivity Press Market: Business June 2017: 235 x 156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-138-03227-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-39210-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138032279

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

42

HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Healthcare Solution

Demystifying Big Data and Machine Learning for Healthcare

A Patient-Centered, Resource Management Perspective Mark A. Vonderembse, The University of Toledo, Ohio, USA and David D. Dobrzykowski, Rutgers Business School, Newark, New Jersey, USA Series: Resource Management This book broadly adopts a resource management lens, viewing the healthcare sector from the perspective of information, material, and financial flows, to underlying problems with the delivery system. The book identifies the root causes of the problems plaguing healthcare systems and provides a thorough, simple, understandable, and high-impact set of solutions. The proposed solutions involve changes in patient behavior, how health insurance is provided, physician responsibility, hospital management, and the actions and roles of other groups that provide services to or interact with the healthcare system.

CRC Press October 2016: 235 x 156: 281pp Hb: 978-1-498-75875-8: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-36776-7 eBook: 978-1-498-75876-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781315367767

Prashant Natarajan, Detlev H. Smaltz, President & CEO, CIO Consult, LLC and John C. Frenzel Series: HIMSS Book Series This book will investigate how hospitals and health systems can leverage this tapestry of big data to discover new business value, use cases, and knowledge as well as how big data can be woven into pre-existing business intelligence and analytics efforts at hospitals and health systems. Finally, this book will address challenges and provide pragmatic recommendations on how to deal with them.

CRC Press Market: Business March 2017: 254 x 178: 275pp Hb: 978-1-138-03263-7: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-38932-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138032637

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Change Rx for Healthcare

Design for Healthcare

Your Prescription for Leading Change

Edited by Emmanuel Tsekleves and Rachel Cooper Series: Design for Social Responsibility

Keely Killpack, Systems Director, Enterprise Change Management Office, Peace Health Everywhere you look in healthcare, disruptive changes are emerging, yet the pressure to keep productivity up is ever-present. There are ways to minimze disruption and make adoption stick. This book showcases a case study of a large, transformational change implementing an electronic health record platform, as well as a collection of best-practice tools for leading through change or adopting change successfully.

Readers will find a collection of ready-to-use tools and examples to reinforce how they have been leveraged effectively. The author also includes hints on how to take learning and applying the contents to the next level.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare March 2017: 235 x 156: 170pp Pb: 978-1-498-77446-8: £46.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77447-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498774468

Design for Healthcare illustrates the history of the development of design for health, the various design disciplines and domains to which design has contributed. Through 26 case studies presented in this book, the authors reveal a plethora of design research methodologies and research methods employed in design for healthcare. This book brings together a comprehensive knowledge base on how design and designers respond to different health challenges, as well discussing emerging trends and opportunities for designers and healthcare professionals.

Routledge Market: Business April 2017: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-1-472-45742-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-57661-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315576619

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Data Integrity in Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Regulation Operations

From Business Strategy to Information Technology Roadmap

Best Practices Guide to Electronic Records Compliance

A Practical Guide for Executives and Board Members

Orlando Lopez, E-Records Integrity Subject Matter Expert Data integrity is fundamental in a pharmaceutical and medical devices quality system. This book provides practical information to enable compliance with data integrity, while highlighting and efficiently integrating worldwide regulation into the subject.

The ideas presented in this book are based on many years’ experience in regulated industries in various computer systems development, maintenance, and quality functions. In addition to case studies, a practical approach will be presented to increase efficiency and to ensure that the design and testing of the data integrity controls are correctly achieved.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare October 2016: 254 x 178: 372pp Hb: 978-1-498-77324-9: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-498-77326-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498773249

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Tiffany Pham, David K. Pham and Andrew Pham, Agile Enterprise Consulting, LLC, Plano, Texas, USA This book lays out a practical, how-to approach to identifying business strategies and creating value-driven technology roadmaps in your organization. It uses numerous examples, illustrations, and case studies to show you how to solve the real-world problems that business executives and technology leaders face on a day-to-day basis. Filled with actionable advice you can use immediately, the book introduces Agile and the Lean mindset in a manner that the people in your business and technology departments can easily understand.

Productivity Press Market: Business Management December 2016: 235 x 156: 298pp Hb: 978-1-466-58502-7: £33.99 eBook: 978-1-315-37319-5 eBook: 978-1-466-58503-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781315373195

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Health Information Technology Evaluation Handbook

Information Privacy in the Evolving Healthcare Environment, 2nd Edition

Vitaly Herasevich, MD, PhD, MSc, Mayo Clinic, Department of Anesthesiology, Rochester, Minnesota, USA and Brian W. Pickering, MD, MSc, Mayo Clinic, Department of Anesthesiology, Rochester, Minnesota, USA Series: HIMSS Book Series Governments and clinical providers are investing billions of dollars in health information technologies. This is being done with the expectation that HIT adoption will translate into healthier patients experiencing better care at lower cost. As the first wave of adoption comes to an end, stakeholders are ready to evaluate the results of their investment and make decisions about future directions. As a result, structured evaluations of a projects impact are an essential element of the justification for investment in HIT. This book provides an easy-to-read reference outlining the basic concepts, theory, and methods required to perform a systematic evaluation of HIT. CRC Press Market: Healthcare June 2017: 254 x 178: 320pp Hb: 978-1-498-76647-0: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-498-76648-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498766470

Linda Koontz, The MITRE Corporation Series: HIMSS Book Series The purpose of this second edition is two-fold: 1) to educate readers about privacy concepts and 2) highlight key privacy issues facing the nation and the healthcare community as it moves towards electronic health records and health information exchange. This is an updated version of one of HIMSS’ best-selling books on information privacy.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management April 2017: 254 x 178: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-19612-4: £69.99 eBook: 978-1-315-30363-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138196124

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Healthcare IT Transformation

Knowledge Management in Healthcare

Bridging Innovation, Integration, Interoperability, and Analytics John C. Dodd, Brooks & Dodd Consulting for Health IT, Ocean View, Delaware, USA This book gives examples from healthcare institutions that are using IT automation and innovation to drive change and provides guidance on the strategic direction of HIT over the next five years. Improving the delivery of healthcare through HIT is vital for both the economic success of healthcare organizations and the care of the patient, but most EMR systems do not have an integrated and architected approach. This book provides a detailed approach on how to leverage IT for transformation. It also shows how to build upon the experiences of other industries and helps foster innovation by providing a vision of where technology can be an enabler.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare October 2016: 254 x 178: 302pp Hb: 978-1-498-77844-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77845-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498778442

Edited by Lorri Zipperer Knowledge management goes beyond data and information capture in computerized health records and ordering systems; it seeks to leverage the experiences of all who interact in healthcare to enhance care delivery, teamwork, and organizational learning. Knowledge management - if envisioned thoughtfully - takes a systemic approach to implementation that includes the embodiment of a learning culture. Knowledge is then used to support that culture and the knowledge workers within it to encourage them to share what they know, thusly enabling their peers, their organizations and ultimately their patients to benefit from their experience to proactively dismantle hierarchy and encourage sharing about what works, and what doesn’t to focus efforts on improvement. Knowledge Management in Healthcare draws on relevant business, clinical and health administration literature plus the analysis of discussions with a variety of clinical, administrative, leadership, patient and information experts.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 250pp Hb: 978-1-409-43883-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27141-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59117-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138271418

4th Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

HIMSS Dictionary of Health Information Technology Terms, Acronyms, and Organizations, Fourth Edition

Leading Healthcare IT

Edited by Himss Series: HIMSS Book Series This significantly expanded and timely dictionary has been developed and extensively reviewed by more than 50 industry experts. This valuable resource includes more than 3000 definitions, 30 new organizations and 76 new references.

Definitions of terms for the information technology and clinical, medical and nursing informatics fields are updated and included.

This book also includes an acronyms list with cross references to current definitions; a list of health IT-related associations and organizations, including contact information, mission statements and web addresses. Academic and certification credentials are also included.

CRC Press Market: Healthcare March 2017: 235 x 156: 464pp Pb: 978-1-498-77241-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77242-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498772419

43

Managing to Succeed Susan T. Snedaker, Director of Infrastructure & Operations, Tucson Medical Center, Arizona, USA Series: HIMSS Book Series Healthcare IT is a complex and rapidly evolving field. Success in this arena requires the ability to create a vision, set a strategy, foster collaboration, develop a plan and execute flawlessly every day. This book provides a clear, concise roadmap for professionals who currently manage, direct or oversee healthcare IT. Through case studies and examples, the author includes highly relevant topics such as delivering and communicating HIT values, managing information security, and connectivity challenges, as well as organizational strategy, alignment and vision of HIT, risk management, performance management and process improvement using Lean methodologies.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare November 2016: 254 x 178: 198pp Hb: 978-1-498-77409-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77410-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498774093

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

44

HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Leading Reliable Healthcare

Medical Leadership

Leading Reliable Healthcare

A Toolkit for Service Development and Systems Transformation

Bandar Abdulmoshen Al Knawy

Jill Aylott and Karen Kilner

Leading Reliable Healthcare describes ‘state of the art’ healthcare management systems. The key focus of the publication is ‘reliable’; describing how leadership can ensure never less than reliable standards of care for patients and how excellence can be achieved. The focus throughout is on ensuring that patients and their families can depend on a reliable healthcare system for their needs, fulfilling their expectations that hospitals are trustworthy, stable and capable of dealing with their health, from the simplest to the most complex illnesses.

Today’s health care systems need doctors and consultants to act as leaders while carrying out their clinical role. This textbook identifies the key elements of successful leadership through 'medically led' service development and systems transformation, and shows how this benefits patient care.

The authors provide a conceptual framework of medical leadership and a set of scientific methods which can advance quality and transform services. They also present analytical tools which medical professionals can use to support their own improvement or systems transformation strategy. Real-life case studies from medical leaders across the world provide students with valuable practical insights.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management September 2017: 254 x 178: 250pp Hb: 978-1-138-19751-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27758-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138197510

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-21734-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21735-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-44088-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138217348

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Managing Modern Healthcare

Patient Safety

Knowledge, Networks and Practice

Perspectives on Evidence, Information and Knowledge Transfer

Mike Bresnan, University of Manchester, UK, Damian Hodgson, Simon Bailey, Paula Hyde, University of Manchester, UK and John Hassard, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Health Management The book aims to reveal how managers in practice are responding to the many contemporary challenges facing healthcare (and the NHS in particular) and how they are able or not to effectively exploit sources of knowledge, learning and best practice through the networks of practice they engage in to improve healthcare delivery and healthcare organisational performance.

Routledge Market: Business & Management February 2017: 229 x 152: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-99878-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-65850-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138998780

Edited by Lorri Zipperer This is a wide-ranging and important book that is designed to raise awareness of the latent risks for patient safety that are present in the evidence, information and knowledge sharing processes, structures, and systems of many healthcare institutions across the world. The expert contributors offer systemic, evidence-based improvement processes, assessment concepts and innovative activities to identify these risks to minimize their potential to adversely impact care. These ideas are presented to create opportunities for the field to design and use strategies that enable meaningful implementation and management of EIK. Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 398pp Hb: 978-1-409-43857-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24916-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59970-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138249165

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Mastering Physician Engagement

Patient's Health-Care Portfolio

A Practical Guide to Achieving Shared Outcomes

A Practitioner’s Guide to Providing Tool for Patients

John W. Showalter, MD, MSIS, University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, USA and Leigh T. Williams, MHIIM, University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, USA Series: HIMSS Book Series Mastering Physician Engagement: A Practical Guide to Achieving Shared Outcomes explores strategies and tactics for engaging physicians in a meaningful way in a broad spectrum of change initiatives.

CRC Press Market: Healthcare December 2016: 254 x 178: 120pp Hb: 978-1-498-76882-5: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-36727-9 eBook: 978-1-498-76885-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781315367279

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Rebecca Mendoza Saltiel Busch, Medical Business Associates, Inc., Westmont, IL, USA As the healthcare market moves toward an era of patient engagement, population health and patient advocates, practitioners need a practical how-to guide that helps facilitate their teaching with patients and family members on not just writing down or accumulating a personal health record, but an interactive process that converts the personal health information into a data-driven decision-making process.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare March 2017: 279 x 216: 221pp Pb: 978-1-498-77602-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77603-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498776028

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Pharmaceutical Process Design and Management

Rethinking Patient Safety

Kate McCormick and D. Wylie McVay Jr A quality product or service is the successful and profitable outcome of organising resources, as judged by the final customer. Every business unit needs processes in order to do this effectively; and all processes must be documented so that achievements can be measured and future improvements planned and implemented. Pharmaceutical Process Design and Management takes a step-wise approach to process management. It presents the various elements comprising a process (man, machine, materials, method and environment); it looks at quality control and quality assurance, tools for quality improvements and ways of structuring a process into discrete, fully accountable elements; it proposes that for processes to run successfully, all operators must be the initial problem-solvers; finally, it illustrates how, with the right tools, every problem can be broken down into solvable elements.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 288pp Hb: 978-1-409-42711-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25550-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-60031-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255500

45

Suzette Woodward, Sign Up to Safety Campaign c/o the NHS Litigation Authority, London, United Kingdom In the last 15 years we've seen a multitude of improvement programs and projects to improve the safety of patient care in healthcare. However, the full potential of these efforts and especially those that seek to address an entire system has not yet been reached. A different way of thinking is needed in terms of changing behavior and practices as well as processes and systems. If we are to save lives and significantly reduce patient harm, we need to adopt a holistic, systematic approach that extends across cultural, technological and procedural boundaries. Through tips and examples, the author describes the lessons learned in working at a national level in the NHS in patient safety.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare March 2017: 235 x 156: 188pp Hb: 978-1-498-77854-1: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77855-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498778541

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Planning and Designing Healthcare Facilities

Sustainable Healthcare Management

A Lean, Innovative and Evidence-Based Approach

Going Towards Green

Edited by Vijai Kumar Singh and Paul Lillrank

S. A. Senthil Kumar, B. K. Rai, University of Massachusetts, North Dartmouth, USA, A. Gunasekaran, University of Massachusetts, North Dartmouth, USA and Laura Forker

The book explains new concepts to reduce healthcare delivery cost yet keep quality. It is efficiency and economy of scale in operations of healthcare facilities.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management June 2017: 235 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-138-03226-2: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-39350-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138032262

Hospitals make significant contributions to their communities by providing a wide variety of services and reducing their environmental footprint. This book describes how to implement and manage sustainable practices in a healthcare system. It includes the planning and design of sustainable hospitals, sustainability of E.H.R. management, staff training on the practical application of sustainability and how to provide high-quality care to patients while managing cost. The book provides case studies, examples and new ideas on how to manage the healthcare environment and includes key issues and challenges in managing sustainable energy, water and waste in healthcare facilities.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare October 2017: 254 x 178: 280pp Hb: 978-1-498-77251-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77252-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498772518

Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

Project Management for the Pharmaceutical Industry

The CPHIMS Review Guide, Third Edition

Laura Brown and Tony Grundy Laura Brown and Tony Grundy's pharmaceutical expertise and experience offers the reader a guide to the most relevant project management tools and techniques and how to rigorously apply them in the pharmaceutical industry. The authors cover the technical, strategic and human aspects of project management, including contingency planning, simulation techniques and different project options. Complete with decision-tree diagrams, checklists, exercises and a full glossary, Project Management for the Pharmaceutical Industry provides clinical research, drug development and quality assurance managers or directors with a one-stop reference for successfully managing pharmaceutical projects.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 298pp Hb: 978-1-409-41894-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24742-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-60240-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138247420

Preparing for Success in Healthcare Information and Management Systems Edited by HIMSS Series: HIMSS Book Series Whether you're taking the CPHIMS exam, or simple want the most current and comprehensive overview in healthcare information and management systems today, this completely revised and updated third edition has it all. But for those preparing for the CPHIMS exam, this book is an ideal study partner. The content reflects the exam content outline covering healthcare and technology environments; systems analysis, design, selection, implementation, support, maintenance, testing, evaluation, privacy and security; and administration leadership management.

CRC Press Market: Healthcare March 2017: 279 x 216: 240pp eBook: 978-1-498-76292-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498762922

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

46

HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT 2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Definitive Guide to Emergency Department Operational Improvement

The Perils of Un-Coordinated Healthcare

Employing Lean Principles with Current ED Best Practices to Create the “No Wait” Department, Second Edition

Patricia W Morrill

Jody Crane, MD, MBA, Emergency Physician, Mary Washington Hospital, Adjunct Professor, University of Tennessee and Chuck Noon, PhD, Professor of Management Science, College of Business, University of Tennessee This revised and updated book explores the academics behind managing the complex service environment that is the ED by combining applied management science and practical experiences to create a model of how to improve operations. The book offers a presentation of Lean tools used in the ED along with basic and advanced flow principles. It then shows how these concepts are applied and why they work, supported by case studies in which Lean principles were used to transform an underperforming ED into a world-class operation.

After reviewing best practices, the authors explain how to achieve excellence by discussing the elements of creating a culture of change.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare June 2017: 254 x 178: 350pp Pb: 978-1-498-77450-5: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77453-6 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-1-439-80840-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498774505

A Strategic Approach toward Eliminating Preventable Harm This book fills the need for exposing how preventable harm is a system-wide problem and provides a step-by-step model to apply for raising process improvement to a strategic level. The approach is ideal for team training purposes: the first section is a patient’s case study followed by discussion questions in the second section; the third section focuses on the workforce conditions; the fourth section unveils a 10-step model in process improvement strategy deployment that begins with application in practice at a Wisconsin hospital; and the fifth section gives instruction on how to apply the 10-step model using the case study from the first section.

Routledge Market: Management of Healthcare May 2017: 234x156: 96pp Hb: 978-1-138-22822-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-22823-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-39306-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138228221

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Future of Health Economics

Underlying Standards that Support Population Health Improvement

Edited by Olivier Ethgen and Ulf Staginnus The pharmaceutical industry faces a well-documented perfect storm: on the one hand, the patent cliff; the lack of new blockbusters and, on the other, economic pressure on pricing from markets with growing expectations and shrinking budgets.

In the face of such pressure, traditional health economics models no longer seem appropriate, yet what do we have to replace them? The Future of Health Economics offers a window into some of the most influential emerging issues in pharmacoeconomics; issues such as risk-sharing and alternative pricing models or the potential impact of radical new approaches such as personalized medicine; as well as exploring the changing role of government and regulators.

Edited by Laura Bright, Health Informatics and Standards Specialist, Canada and Johanna Goderre, U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, S.W. - Washington, D.C., USA Series: HIMSS Book Series

Routledge Market: Economics October 2016: 246x174: 284pp Hb: 978-1-409-44543-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-55793-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315557939

HIMSS Publishing Market: Healthcare June 2017: 254 x 178: 700pp Hb: 978-1-498-76145-1: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-498-76146-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781498761451

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Handbook of Continuing Professional Development for the Health IT Professional

VA’s Lean Healthcare Transformation

JoAnn Klinedinst, Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society (HIMSS), Chicago, Illlinois, USA Series: HIMSS Book Series Continuing professional development (CPD) is critical for the health IT professional. This handbook will provide the rationale and the resources to do so and will serve as a reference to accompany one’s career success.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management April 2017: 254 x 178: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-72458-7: £99.00 Hb: 978-1-138-72090-9: £99.00 Pb: 978-1-138-03323-8: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-31329-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138724587

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

This book highlights success stories and challenges to implementing health IT standards.

The narrative of each chapter demonstrates how standards further interoperable health data exchange, especially in the service of advancing tools to monitor population health.

These are critical stories that demonstrate to an international community of health and IT experts how to bring the right stakeholders together and bridge classic divides between software architects and clinical end users, health system decision-makers and standard authors.

Innovating the Veteran Patient Experience Kathryn Trauth Taylor, PhD, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, USA, Robin R. Hemphill, MD, MHP, Veterans Health Administration, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA and Heather Woodward-Hagg, PhD, VA Center for Applied Systems Engineering, Indianapolis, Indiana, USA This book provides insight into the initial deployment of a Lean Management System across VA, the nation's largest healthcare system. The book presents the origins of VA's Lean Enterprise Transformation (LET) in its 156 medical centers. The authors detail the clinical and administrative outcomes of these efforts, as well as the formative evaluation methods used to monitor and improve the VAs LET deployment and examines how the VA strives to provide the best patient experiences for our Veterans. The book takes a comprehensive, multi-level approach, revealing how innovation in VA healthcare is occurring through narratives from leaders, administrators, physicians and staff.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare December 2016: 235 x 156: 190pp Hb: 978-1-498-76890-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-36724-8 eBook: 978-1-498-76891-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781315367248

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT

47

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Voices of Innovation Fulfilling the Promise of Information Technology in Healthcare Edward W. Marx, Advisory Board Company, Colleyville, Texas, USA Series: HIMSS Book Series We can all point to random examples of innovation inside of healthcare information technology, but few repeatable processes that make innovation more routine than random.

How do you create and sustain a culture of innovation? What are the best practices you can refine and embed as part of your organization's DNA? What are the potential outcomes for robust healthcare transformation when we get this innovation mystery solved? Loaded with numerous case studies and stories of successful innovation projects, this book helps the reader understand how to leverage innovation to help fulfill the promise of healthcare information technology in enabling superior business and clinical outcomes.

CRC Press Market: Healthcare November 2017: 235 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-498-76968-6: ÂŁ38.99 eBook: 978-1-498-76969-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498769686

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

48

HEALTHCARE PROCESS IMPROVEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Handbook for Facilitating Process Improvements in Healthcare

Connected Health

Increasing Patient Flow and Safety While Reducing Healthcare Costs Hal Wiggin, Consultant, Plantation, Florida, USA, Frank Voehl, Strategy Associates Incorporated, Coral Springs, Florida, USA, Edward Popovich, Sterling Enterprises International, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida, USA and Paul Barach Describing how to facilitate Lean Six Sigma (LSS) in healthcare environments, this book focuses on the development and application of effective meeting/team facilitation skills in a Lean Six Sigma Healthcare environment, Coverage of facilitation skills and strategies are based on the International Association of Facilitators (IAF) and American Society for Quality (ASQ) competencies. Filled with case studies and practice exercises, the book includes reference sources, toolkits, meeting templates, and frameworks for effectively deploying LSS improvement methods in healthcare environments.

Improving Care, Safety, and Efficiency with Wearables and IoT Solution Richard Krohn, David Metcalf and Patricia Salber This new book conducts a focused examination of wearables as an explosive niches of the Connect Health market. Covering a range of issues from wearable applications in the consumer and provider spaces, to emerging technology solutions and hurdles to successful deployment, this book also provides an engaging discussion about wearables as a change agent of healthcare delivery. The discussion continues with and examination of the interplay between solutions like wearables in the Healthcare Internet of Things ("IoT") landscape.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare July 2017: 235 x 156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-482-24319-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-482-24321-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482243192

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management January 2017: 254 x 178: 294pp Hb: 978-1-138-73886-7: £99.00 Pb: 978-1-138-73766-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-18449-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138738867

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A Healthcare Solution

Continuous Flow for Healthcare

A Patient-Centered, Resource Management Perspective

Thomas L. Jackson, Rona Consulting Group, Mercer Island, Washington, USA

Mark A. Vonderembse, The University of Toledo, Ohio, USA and David D. Dobrzykowski, Rutgers Business School, Newark, New Jersey, USA Series: Resource Management This book broadly adopts a resource management lens, viewing the healthcare sector from the perspective of information, material, and financial flows, to underlying problems with the delivery system. The book identifies the root causes of the problems plaguing healthcare systems and provides a thorough, simple, understandable, and high-impact set of solutions. The proposed solutions involve changes in patient behavior, how health insurance is provided, physician responsibility, hospital management, and the actions and roles of other groups that provide services to or interact with the healthcare system.

Continuous flow (or cellular manufacturing) is an aspect of Lean production that can boost efficiencies by eliminating waste from a process. By arranging people and equipment into an efficient, process-based cell, this process creates a smooth flow that shortens lead times for delivery to customers. Part of the Lean Tools in Healthcare series, this user-friendly book will help to improve readers’ understanding of this tool. Through the use of margin assists, the book highlights key terms and points, healthcare examples, and how-to-steps.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management May 2017: 254 x 178: 120pp Pb: 978-1-466-55194-7: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-466-55195-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466551947

CRC Press October 2016: 235 x 156: 281pp Hb: 978-1-498-75875-8: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-498-75876-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498758758

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Big Book of Emergency Department Psychiatry

Health Care in the Next Curve

Yener Aysun Balan, Karen Murrell and Christopher Bryant Lentz

Transforming a Dysfunctional Industry

This book focuses on the operational and clinical strategies needed to improve care of Emergency Psychiatric patients. Boarding of psychiatric patients in ED’s is recognized as a national crisis. The American College of Emergency Physicians identified strategies to decrease boarding of psychiatric patients as one of their top strategic goals.

John Abendshien, Integrated Clinical Solutions, Inc.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management August 2017: 254 x 178: 350pp Pb: 978-1-138-19807-4: £49.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138198074

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

This book takes a unique macro-level perspective of clinical, economic, and regulatory problems and possible solutions. It takes an objective and something scathing look at current industry structure: a silo-driven culture and entrenchment that is driven by self-interest; as well as the complicity of government in preserving the status quo through regulations, licensure, payment systems, etc.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management October 2017: 235 x 156: 225pp Hb: 978-1-138-62654-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-22813-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138626546

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HEALTHCARE PROCESS IMPROVEMENT

49

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Logic of Health Service Production

Integrated Healthcare Design 2.0

A Practitioner’s Guide to Key Issues and Guide Modeling

Transforming the Way We Think About Lean Hospital Design

Paul Lillrank, Aalto University School of Science

Doug Dulin, JWA Consulting, Mercer Island, Washington, USA

Most of the current literature on healthcare operations management is focused on importing principles and methods from manufacturing. The evidence of success is scattered and nowhere near what has been achieved in other industries. This book develops the idea that the logic of production, and production systems in healthcare is significantly different.

Hospitals have used different Lean elements in their design process, each with varying results. As the face of healthcare has started to reshape, so should the design process. This book provides a transformational roadmap to the hospital design process. The author builds his case for a sustainable approach to design called the Integrated Healthcare Design 2.0. IHD places equal emphasis on an integrated team, standard Lean design process and a way to understand how the design will impact the move-in operating budget. The reader will learn how IHD 2.0 is beginning to re-shape the conversation around hospital design and how it might be used in their current or future design projects.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management September 2017: 254 x 178: 250pp Pb: 978-1-138-62624-9: £31.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138626249

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare June 2017: 254 x 178: 296pp Hb: 978-1-498-73568-1: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-498-73571-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498735681

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Hoshin Kanri for Healthcare

Just-in-Time for Healthcare

Toyota Style Long-Term Thinking and Strategy Deployment to Unlock Your Organization’s True Potential Gerard A. Berlanga, Senior Lean Healthcare Coach,KBPI, San Antonio, Texas, USA and Brock C. Husby, KBPI, Ypsilanti, Michigan, USA The best healthcare organizations have developed effective approaches to develop compelling strategic visions and strategies based on long-term thinking and continue to apply Lean principles across their organizations to create a culture of continuous improvement. Establishing effective strategies and Toyota style Hoshin Kanri enables healthcare organizations to align everyone in the organizations and creates a unique competitive advantage. This book follows a regional hospital's journey through the creation of long-term strategic goals and Toyota Style strategy deployment.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare August 2017: 254 x 178: 200pp Pb: 978-1-498-78499-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-498-78500-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498784993

Thomas L. Jackson, Rona Consulting Group, Mercer Island, Washington, USA Series: Lean Tools for Healthcare Series Part of the Lean Tools for Healthcare series, this user-friendly book is designed to improve understanding of just-in-time, a system for producing and delivering the right items to the right place at the right time in the right amounts. This text discusses why JIT is important for healthcare by explaining how it establishes a system of supplying service to the customer, patient, or healthcare provider at precisely the right time, in the correct amounts and without errors. Presented in practical terms, this book, through the use of margin assists, contains key terms and points, healthcare examples and how-to steps.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare Process Improvement January 2017: 254 x 178: 96pp Pb: 978-1-439-83745-0: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-482-28214-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781439837450

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Implementing a Balanced Lean Operating System within a Healthcare Organization

Kanban for Lean Healthcare

Doug Dulin, Dulin Consulting Group, Goodyear, Arizona, USA and Tonya Vinas This book provides a roadmap for implementing a balanced Lean operating system in a healthcare organization. It includes best practices from healthcare and other organizations, and describes how to apply them in the real world. The authors detail balanced Lean operating methodologies and discuss how to implement them to ensure success. Valuable lessons learned are provided by hospitals to enhance understanding. The book also provides examples of specific tools to apply in Lean deployment to help ensure sustainable improvements.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare Management/Process Improvement September 2017: 254 x 178: 250pp Pb: 978-1-439-85524-9: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-482-29780-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781439855249

Thomas L. Jackson, Rona Consulting Group, Mercer Island, Washington, USA Kanban is a Lean method that builds upon the concepts of standardized work, 5S, and visual management to give hospitals a simple yet effective method for managing supplies and inventory. The goal of a kanban system is to support patients and employees by ensuring needed supplies are in the right place, at the right time. As part of the Lean Tools in Healthcare series, this reader-friendly book is designed to improve understanding of this tool. Presented in practical terms, this book includes margin assists that define key terms, supplies healthcare examples, and provides detailed how-to instructions.

Productivity Press Market: Business Improvement November 2017: 254 x 178: 120pp Pb: 978-1-466-55192-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-466-55193-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466551923

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

50

HEALTHCARE PROCESS IMPROVEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Lean Design Handbook for Healthcare Facilities

The Entrepreneurial Hospital

Michael Hogan, Managing Member, Progressive Business Solutions, LLC, Plainfield, Illinois, USA and John K. Laur, Dekker/Perich/Sabatini, Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA

Four Principles that Provide Exceptional Patient Care and Increase Profits

Healthcare organizations are realizing the need not only for Lean improvements but also for getting the best design possible to enhance what Lean can give them. This book describes a method to assist hospitals and healthcare facilities in designing their buildings and spaces with higher efficiencies and better staff and patient flows. Teaching leadership engagement in the design process and beyond, the book identifies ways to achieve commitment for durable and sustainable change as well as the continuous improvement required for more efficient design.

This book is for the 18 million healthcare workers who serve patients daily and strive for exceptional patient care. The book is about hospitals moving from institutional thinking to entrepreneurial thinking, a far more effective approach for the current business climate.

Entrepreneurs are creative problem solvers and possess a healthy, optimistic eye for the opportunities that exist all around them. The text discusses four principles adhered to by successful entrepreneurs and shows how readers can apply those principles to hospitals.

Lisa T. Miller, President, VIE Healthcare, Wall, New Jersey, USA

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare July 2017: 254 x 178: 300pp Hb: 978-1-482-21546-5: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-482-21547-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482215465

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare Management / Lean Implementation June 2017: 254 x 178: 176pp Pb: 978-1-498-74232-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-498-74233-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498742320

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

MoneyBall Medicine

The Project Manager’s Guide to Health Information Technology Implementation, 2nd Edition

Thriving in the New Data-Driven Healthcare Market Harry Glorikian and Malorye Allison Branca This book, which includes interviews of dozens of healthcare leaders, describes the business challenges and opportunities arising for those working in this, one of the largest and now most vibrant sectors of the world’s economy. Doctors, hospital administrators and health information technology directors and entrepreneurs need to adapt to the changes effecting healthcare today in order to succeed in the new, more "cost-conscious" and results-based" environment. The authors maps out many of the changes taking place, how they are influencing the stakeholders, and how likely they are to move quickly or slowly.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management September 2017: 235 x 156: 225pp Hb: 978-1-138-19804-3: £19.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138198043

Susan M. Houston Series: HIMSS Book Series This book focuses on providing information on project management specific for software implementations within the healthcare industry. It can be used as a beginners’ guide as well as a reference for current project managers who might be new to software implementations. Utilizing the Project Management Institute’s (PMI) methodology, the defined process groups and knowledge areas will be defined related to implementing custom and Commercial Off The Shelf (COTS) software.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management August 2017: 279 x 216: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-62623-2: £49.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138626232

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Process Redesign for Health Care Using Lean Thinking

VA’s Lean Healthcare Transformation

A Guide for Improving Patient Flow and the Quality and Safety of Care David Ben-Tovim Process Redesign for Health Care Using Lean Thinking is divided into two sections. The first section gives the background to the approach, and systematically works through the Process Redesign methodology, step-by-step. The second section is a series of case studies that show the methodology in action, what worked and what didn’t work. The goal of any process redesign is simple: the right care, for the right person, at the right time, in the right place, and right the first time. This book helps the people who work in hospitals and health services realize these goals by working together.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management March 2017: 254 x 178: 204pp Hb: 978-1-138-63086-4: £77.98 Pb: 978-1-138-19609-4: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-30395-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138630864

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Innovating the Veteran Patient Experience Kathryn Trauth Taylor, PhD, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, USA, Robin R. Hemphill, MD, MHP, Veterans Health Administration, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA and Heather Woodward-Hagg, PhD, VA Center for Applied Systems Engineering, Indianapolis, Indiana, USA This book provides insight into the initial deployment of a Lean Management System across VA, the nation's largest healthcare system. The book presents the origins of VA's Lean Enterprise Transformation (LET) in its 156 medical centers. The authors detail the clinical and administrative outcomes of these efforts, as well as the formative evaluation methods used to monitor and improve the VAs LET deployment and examines how the VA strives to provide the best patient experiences for our Veterans. The book takes a comprehensive, multi-level approach, revealing how innovation in VA healthcare is occurring through narratives from leaders, administrators, physicians and staff.

Productivity Press Market: Healthcare January 2017: 235 x 156: 190pp Hb: 978-1-498-76890-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-498-76891-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498768900

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Chief Talent Officer

Creative Working in the Knowledge Economy

The Evolving Role of the Chief Learning Officer Tamar Elkeles, Jack J. Phillips, ROI Institute, Inc., USA and Patricia Pulliam Phillips, ROI Institute, Inc., USA This revised and refreshed edition of Chief Talent Officer includes the latest illustrative examples, explanations and data. The reader is shown the role of the CLO from diverse, multinational points of view, and taken through the varying aspects of business strategy in a range of international environments.

This book is a vital tool for managers and students, providing techniques and methods for the training and HR communities alike. It will help its readers to demonstrate and understand the potential value that can be added to any organization when it is managed and organized well, and equipped with appropriate leadership.

Sai Loo, University College London, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Organizational Learning and Knowledge Management Exploring the new types of job and ways of working in the knowledge economy, and based on empirical research among advertising workers and software developers in Europe, Singapore and Japan, this book examines relationships between knowledge and creativity and new frameworks for learning and working. Offering critical insights into how workers apply their creative knowledge work capacities towards the production of innovative products and services and the fashioning of digital and tangible goods, it will add significantly to the debate around knowledge work and creativity. Of interest to researchers, educators and policy makers in organisational learning, management and HRM.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x174: 322pp Hb: 978-0-415-74959-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-74960-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-79604-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415749596

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-21139-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-45309-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138211391

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Coaching and Mentoring in the Asia Pacific

Cross-Cultural Management

Anna Blackman, Derrick Kon, The Conference Board Inc. and David Clutterbuck, David Clutterbuck Partnership, UK

Foundations and Future

Coaching and mentoring have spread rapidly across the Asia-Pacific region, but there is little agreement about what constitutes good practice. This book is the first to put coaching and mentoring into an Asia-Pacific context, recognising the great diversity of cultures which that encompasses. Opening with a foreword from HR directors of major companies in the region, it aims to demonstrate good practice with commentaries and practical case studies from a wide variety of countries, sectors and perspectives.

Coaching and Mentoring in Asia-Pacific will be invaluable reading for students and practitioners based in, planning to work in, or curious about coaching and mentoring in Asia-Pacific.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-64240-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64242-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63001-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138642409

Dean Tjosvold and Kwok Leung Series: Cross-Cultural Management Academics worldwide need empirically developed, concise ideas to make their cross-cultural teams and organizations productive.

This invaluable reference tool provides an essential resource for academics to develop their understanding and professional practice in working across cultural boundaries. It considers the fundamental theories and frameworks of cross-cultural management and deepens our understanding of how they can be applied to management knowledge. Managers, researchers, students, HRM practitioners, and specialists in international business and cross-cultural affairs, will find this book a valuable reference source. Chapters suggest how frameworks can be further developed and how managers and employees can put them to use so as to build cross-cultural understanding and productive cross-functional teams.

Routledge November 2016: 192pp Hb: 978-0-754-61881-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27488-4: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138274884

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Continuous Improvement Strategies for Healthcare Leaders

Design for Behaviour Change

How to Manage, Motivate, and Retain Staff Anthony Matthew Hopper, Consultant, Henrico, Virginia, USA During this era of continuous improvement, healthcare organizations need to be staffed by engaged, motivated, and hard-working frontline employees. As these clinical and non-clinical personnel handle most of the important tasks in any organization and are often the people who directly interact with patients and customers, it's the job of managers to oversee and motivate their staff members. Using Lean management strategies, this easy-to-read book for leaders and managers provides useful, insightful, and innovative information to help managers engage, motivate, and retain their employees during any Lean or other continuous improvement initiative.

CRC Press Market: Healthcare July 2017: 254 x 178: 300pp Hb: 978-1-498-76981-5: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-498-76982-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498769815

51

Edited by Kristina Niedderer, Stephen Clune and Geke Ludden Series: Design for Social Responsibility Design for Behaviour Change explores a social and organizational phenomenon that has been driven by changes in technology, society and the world economy. The book describes the various psychological and design tools that are useful in planning, facilitating and understanding behaviour change and provides detailed case studies from the perspectives of health and well-being, safety, crime, sustainability and social design. This text will inform designers and design students of the behavioural aspects of change and will inform practitioners of behavioural change how they can better use design in their processes.

Routledge Market: Business and Management June 2017: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-1-472-47198-7: £75.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472471987

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

52

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dismantling Diversity Management

Diversity Quotas, Diverse Perspectives

Introducing an Ethical Performance Improvement Campaign

The Case of Gender

Jude Smith Rachele

Stefan Gröschl and Junko Takagi

Global diversity and inclusion management practice is in a state of arrested development.

This book presents a joined up system of diversity, which extends beyond HRM into the wider fields of organisation and leadership development. It emphasizes the vital importance of ethical and values-driven leadership and of living, not just spouting out, corporate values.

It is a courageous and refreshing look at diversity, providing a bold critique of how corporate structure has co-opted people into a diversity management model which perpetuates, rather than, transforms the status quo, and maps out how to break this ineffective cycle.

Routledge Market: Business June 2017: 246x174: 128pp Hb: 978-1-472-45640-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-57759-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315577593

Legislative and institutional affirmative and positive action policies, intended to increase accessibility and the participation of historically disadvantaged groups in employment and education, have been with us for some time, particularly in Anglo Saxon countries. One of the major issues they are intended to address is gender inequality. Proponents of these policies have hailed quota initiatives as a key to promoting equal opportunities and reducing discrimination. At the same time, affirmative action policies and processes have been challenged in courts and have caused controversy in educational establishments, highlighting the fact that these practices can have negative consequences.

Exploring the application of quotas and affirmative action at an institutional or organizational level from a variety of different perspectives, the contributions in Diversity Quotas, Diverse Perspectives provide an understanding of the complexity and controversial nature of policies and actions.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 210pp Hb: 978-1-409-43619-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26164-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57773-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138261648

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Diversity in Multinational Corporations

Electronic Performance Support

Roxana Maiorescu, Emerson College, USA and Brenda Wrigley, Emerson College, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies Diversity in Multinational Corporations takes a case study approach to ascertain how and why American MNCs enact diversity, what factors determine their engagement, and what challenges they face in the US and abroad. For this purpose, the book analyzes the diversity approaches of twenty-eight US companies from ten industries to develop a theoretical framework whose practical application enables companies to make significant contributions to the environments in which they operate. Because the book discusses diversity engagement in global business environments, its results can be applied by international companies that operate at a global scale.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2016: 229 x 152: 182pp Hb: 978-1-138-18847-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64229-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138188471

Using Digital Technology to Enhance Human Ability Paul van Schaik and Philip Barker Despite ubiquitous powerful technologies such as networked computers, global positioning systems, and cell phones; human failures in decision-making and performance continue to have disastrous consequences. Electronic Performance Support: Using Digital Technology to Enhance Human Ability, reminds everyone involved in education, training, human performance engineering, and related fields of the enormous importance of this area.

Ironically, the more complex technology becomes, the more performance support may be needed, and that's why the extraordinary expertise shared in this book is especially valuable.

The authors emphasize the psychological aspects of performance support, the fundamental limitations of human memory, perception, cognition, conation, and psychomotor skills and how they can be reduced through electronic performance support, as one of the most important pursuits of this century.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 326pp Hb: 978-0-566-08884-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25627-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57904-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138256279

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Diversity in the Workplace

Employment Relations and Global Governance

Multi-disciplinary and International Perspectives

The Dialogue between the Global Unions and the IFIs

Stefan Gröschl Most regions and countries in the world are experiencing increasingly diverse populations and labour markets. While the causes may vary, the challenges businesses face due to a heightened awareness of this diversity are often similar. Internally, organisations promote diversity and manage increasingly heterogeneous workforces, accommodate and integrate employees with different value and belief systems, and combat a range of different forms of discrimination with organisational and also societal consequences. Externally, organisations have to manage demands from government, consumer, and lobbying sources for the implementation of anti-discrimination policies and laws. This has generated demand for appropriate higher level teaching programmes and for more diversity-focused research. Diversity in the Workplace responds to the increasing social and political debate and interest in diversity throughout Europe.

Yvonne Rueckert, Bradford University School of Management, UK Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations Employment Relations and Global Governance will be key reading for academics and researchers studying industrial relations, political economy, international organizations, and international comparative employment relations. It will also be of interest to trade unionists and practitioners working for international non-governmental organizations.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-20880-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-45841-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138208803

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 222pp Hb: 978-1-409-41196-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25549-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57771-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255494

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

53

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Employment Relations and Public Sector Reform

How to Engage, Involve, and Motivate Employees

Whyeda Gill-McLure, the University of Wolverhampton Business School Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations

Building a Culture of Lean Leadership and Two-Way Communication Janis Allen

@text The Politics of Public Sector Reform presents an original empirical study of the changing role of the UK Local Government Employers' Organisation (LGEO) since 1991, conducted within a broader social science framework and embedded in an historical account of the sector since the 1880s.

This book, which takes the employees' perspective, illustrates what works and what doesn't work to engage, involve, and motivate a workforce. Through examples, it shows how the "engage" methodology links to the Lean Process. While focusing on the softer/"people" part of Lean, it maximizes the value returned on the organization's investment in Lean. It links "engagement" to measurable performance improvements. The how-to book includes a methodology overview and details on how to implement including communication do's and don'ts as well as a checklist for leader standard work (a tool for individual leaders to track and be recognized for their "engage, involve, and motivate" behaviors).

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-92643-1: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68327-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138926431

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management March 2017: 254 x 178: 188pp Pb: 978-1-498-77775-9: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77778-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498777759

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Evaluating Organization Development

Human Development and Working Life

How to Ensure and Sustain the Successful Transformation

Work for Welfare

Edited by William J Rothwell and Maureen Jones

Peter Hasle and Helge Hvid

Evaluating organization development (OD) and change is a critical for any executive team, project manager, or consultant who wants to see the change effort sustain and successfully evolve. Many practitioners have started change efforts, and have experienced initial improvements, but ulitmately there is no measurable contribution to the balanced scorecard or the bottom line. The process of evaluation is often missing from change initiatives, and many previous books have glossed over the topic, but Evaluating Organization Development: How to Ensure and Sustain the Successful Transformation makes planning for, implementing, and then assessing your change efforts simple.

Human Development and Working Life - Work for Welfare explores whether the development of human resources at company level can improve individuals' quality of life, companies' possibilities of development, and welfare and democracy in society.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management June 2017: 254 x 178: 200pp Pb: 978-1-138-19645-2: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-30127-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138196452

Routledge October 2016: 229 x 152: 182pp Hb: 978-0-754-63419-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25856-3: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138258563

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Global Human Resource Management Casebook

Human Nature

Edited by Liza Castro Christiansen, Henley Business School, UK, Bård Kuvaas, Michal Biron, University of Haifa, Israel and Elaine Farndale Series: Global HRM This casebook is a collection of international teaching cases focusing on contemporary human resource management issues.

Each case focuses primarily on one country and illustrates a significant challenge faced by managers and HR practitioners, helping students understand how the issues they learn about in class play out in the real world.

Routledge Market: Human Resource Management April 2017: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-1-138-94996-6: £160.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94997-3: £54.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66888-8 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-89370-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138949966

A Guide to Managing Workplace Relations Greg Clydesdale Humans are weird! They can be emotional, irrational and often unpredictable, yet as their manager, it is your job to get the best out of them. In fact they are often the key to your success. Sadly, humans do not come with an instruction manual which lists their technical specifications. Human Nature by Greg Clydesdale is based on the premise that the key to good management is understanding human nature and interpersonal relations. But what is human nature? Greg argues that even where human nature is addressed at a conceptual level; the link between theory and what actually happens in the workplace is usually weak and often fails to recognize that social ability is probably the defining aspect. It is his intense focus on human nature and the link between a theoretical understanding of it and what actually happens in the workplace that makes this book so valuable.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-1-472-41679-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24756-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58744-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138247567

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

54

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Human Resources or Human Capital?

Informal Learning

Managing People as Assets

A New Model for Making Sense of Experience

Andrew Mayo

Lloyd Davies

Are people really an organisation's most important asset? Not necessarily. Some are liabilities - but some undoubtedly are the most important drivers of value that an organisation has. The question is - who are they? How do we know? How can we maximise the value they have and the value they provide? These questions are what human capital management is about. This book explains the answers and discusses approaches to measurement and indicators which enable effective management of value creating assets.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 356pp Hb: 978-1-409-42285-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25354-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58747-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138253544

In much of the developed world, learning is synonymous with the formal, structured processes that involve teachers, lecturers or trainers. Yet it is experience that is by far the most influential teacher that any of us will have, from the very first moment we are born. Lloyd Davies puts forward a new way of looking at experiential learning; a model that identifies the elements, and points to some of the dynamics. The book highlights the characteristics that are common to the learning process, explains how we learn from experience and why each of us sees our experiences in different ways and, consequently, learns different lessons. It provides advice and guidance on how each of the various elements of the process can be used to greater effect, both for individual and group learning, as well as in mentoring and counselling. The book, which is based on the author's research, is written for a wide readership that includes both learning practitioners and students.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-566-08857-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25626-2: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138256262

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Identity as a Foundation for Human Resource Development

Learning and Performance

Edited by Kate Black, Northumbria University, UK, Russell Warhurst, Northumbria University, UK and Sandra Corlett, Northumbria University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Human Resource Development @text Identity as a Foundation for Human Resource Development will complete a gap in the market providing sound, single source, theoretical foundations from the latest trends in identity theorising, now a key area of organisation studies, and apply these to HRD policy and practice.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-94531-9: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67148-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138945319

A Systemic Model for Analysing Needs and Evaluating Training Bryan Hopkins Changing work roles, greater emphasis on individual autonomy, the growing importance of relationships, the complexity of many businesses; all these things call into question the prevailing approach to training needs analysis and evaluation, which still tends to be based on a simple gap analysis between job requirements and an employee's knowledge and skills.

Bryan Hopkins' Learning and Performance takes a systemic approach to workplace performance, training needs and the basis on which we can analyse them and evaluate the subsequent training.

Routledge Market: Business November 2016: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-22069-0: £65.00 eBook: 978-1-315-41225-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138220690

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Influencing Organizational Effectiveness

Learning with Trade Unions

A Critical Take on the HR Contribution

A Contemporary Agenda in Employment Relations

Linda Dr Holbeche Influencing Organizational Effectiveness goes beyond criticism to advocate better practice. Grounded in research, the book will include reflective activities, case studies and helpful guidelines for the various readership constituencies, including students and practitioners, managers and employees more generally. It will illustrate what ‘better’ might look like and how, working separately and together, we can help create truly effective organisations.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-74008-1: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-74009-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-81586-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415740081

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by Moira Calveley and Steve Shelley Series: Contemporary Employment Relations This edited collection provides an understanding of the range of learning that is enabled by trade unions, and the agendas around that learning. A strong feature of the book is its drawing together of informed, research-based contributions from the fields of training, skills and education, and of industrial relations.

International and historical perspectives are included in order to better understand the contemporary issues. There are important conclusions for policy-makers, practitioners and researchers.

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 274pp Hb: 978-0-754-64974-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26274-4: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138262744

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Managing Value in Organisations

Older Workforces

New Learning, Management, and Business Models

Re-imagining Later Life Learning

Donal Carroll The song of organisational change goes: 'Ready or not, here I come. You can’t hide...' But is change collapsonomics everything - or have some things not changed? Managing Value in Organisations argues that traditional business thinking has produced low trust with high cost in increased disengagement: the 100 year old management model still accrues organisational debt, the business model privileges producers, and the learning model pretends individual learning produces collective learning.

All are now barriers to development. Working with five organisations, Donal Carroll reinvents the management model to multiply trust, the business model for more complex customer value, and learning model for significant collective learning. He provides evidence that together, these get organisations to their next stage of development faster.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 302pp Hb: 978-1-409-42647-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27125-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59368-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138271258

Domini Bingham Extended working lives are here to stay due to dismissal of the default retirement age in the UK, and other countries, and due to a widening pension gap. Additionally, changing demographics mean that there will be increasing numbers of ’older’ workers, which, according to the UK's Office for National Statistics (2013), applies to anyone over 55 years of age. Yet, organisations, governments and policy-makers have been slow to address the phenomenon of an older workforce and the implications to organisations of how to rise to the challenge of keeping increasing numbers of older workers engaged in the workplace.

The author argues that workers want to give of their best and employers want the best from their employees through high and consistent performance and that Professional Development is considered the key to high performing workforces.

Routledge July 2017: 246x174: 183pp Hb: 978-1-472-47053-9: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472470539

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

6th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Mentoring Executives and Directors

Readings and Cases in International Human Resource Management

David Clutterbuck, David Clutterbuck Partnership, UK, David Megginson, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Kirsten M. Poulsen Mentoring Executives and Directors was the first book to examine the growth in mentoring at senior levels, and it remains the landmark text in the area. This new edition addresses the developments in the executive mentoring landscape, including the move to professionalization; but also revisits key issues such as the benefits of executive mentoring, how to choose a mentor, and tools and techniques for effective mentoring. On top of this, the authors have carefully selected and analysed an entirely new set of case studies to give readers an insight into mentoring programmes and relationships internationally and across sectors, from a mix of large and small businesses.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-95590-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95591-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66599-3 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-138-15083-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138955905

Edited by B. Sebastian Reiche, IESE Business School, Günter K. Stahl, INSEAD, Singapore, Mark E. Mendenhall, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, USA and Gary R. Oddou, California State University San Marcos, USA This edition examines the interactions between people, cultures, and human resource systems in a wide variety of regions throughout the world. Taking account of recent developments in the IHRM field, it will enable students to meet the international challenges they will face in the workforce, and sensitize them to the complexity of human resource issues in the era of globalization.

Routledge Market: Human Resource Management November 2016: 254 x 178: 504pp Hb: 978-1-138-95049-8: £150.00 Pb: 978-1-138-95052-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66870-3 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-89296-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138950498

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Muslim Minorities, Workplace Diversity and Reflexive HRM

Rewarding Performance Globally

Edited by Jasmin Mahadevan and Claude-Hélène Mayer, University of South Africa, Pretoria Muslim minorities are part of current workplace diversity in many parts of the world. This book focuses on Muslim identities and their interrelations with societal frameworks and organizational strategy and practice. Contributors from various disciplines and societal contexts ensure a multiplicity of perspectives. The authors shed light on this diversity and draw implications for human resource management (HRM) theory and practice. The book explores how, to be truly inclusive HRM with regard to Muslim minorities, HRM academics and practitioners need become aware of these discourses.

Routledge Market: Business April 2017: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-1-472-47972-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-59000-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472479723

55

Reconciling the Global-Local Dilemma Fons Trompenaars, Trompenaars Hampden-Turner Consulting, Netherlands and Robert J. Greene, DePaul University, USA This book provides professionals with an easy reference resource for successfully implementing a performance management system in a multinational company. Providing research-based strategies for reconciling the global-local dilemma is the focus of the book.

Routledge Market: Human Resource Management December 2016: 216x138: 168pp Hb: 978-1-138-66902-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-66903-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61814-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138669024

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

56

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Strategic Human Resource Management in China

The HR Guide to European Mergers and Acquisitions James F. Klein and Robert-Charles Kahn

A multiple perspective Min Min, University of South Australia, Australia, Mary Bambacas, University of South Australia, Australia and Ying Zhu, University of South Australia, Australia Series: Routledge Frontiers of Business Management This book documents and explains how strategic human resource management (SHRM) and high performance work systems (HPWS) have been adopted among the indigenous enterprises, namely state-owned enterprises (SOEs) and domestic private enterprises (DPEs) in China, from both management and employee perspectives.

The book examines the mutual relationships between employees and their supervisors/managers through social exchange theory. It explains how and why employees develop their perceptions and relationships with their immediate supervisors/managers in the working environment, and the consequent effects on their attitudes and behaviour at work.

Routledge Market: Human Resource Management January 2017: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-1-138-69065-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-53681-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138690653

News of a merger or acquisition is a big event in the life of a company, which stirs uncertainty, anxiety and fear. The changes, redundancies and so on, that often follow this news, are a further source of turmoil for the employees of both companies involved.

There is no magic formula to avoid these effects completely.

However, good planning, communication and human resource practice can mitigate the worst of them; keep everyone that matters on board; and ensure that the new organization maintains your reputation for sensitive people management.

Get it wrong, on the other hand, and you may lose the very people you were most anxious to keep; put the success of the process at risk and even face employment tribunals or other legal proceedings. In addition, imagine how these processes are complicated by any transnational elements. James F. Klein and Robert-Charles Kahn provide a practical, hands-on guide.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 200pp Hb: 978-0-566-08564-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26916-3: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138269163

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Surviving Work in Healthcare

The Management and Employee Development Review

Helpful stuff for people on the frontline Elizabeth Cotton Impossible health targets managed through command and control management and a stomach-churning rise in racism, whistleblowing and victimisation in the NHS. The use of nationally set productivity targets combined with austerity cuts have increasingly put clinical best-practice into direct conflict with funding. This book is written for workers and managers who are on the frontline of the battle for decent healthcare. The content of this book is based on the ‘ordinary’ expertise of the people who are actually surviving it and helpful ideas about making the best out of a bad lot.

Competitive Advantage through Transformative Teamwork and Evolved Mindsets Kelly Graves This book combines accepted psychological theory with practical business reality to help managers get the very best out of their employees and teams. The book will be extremely readable, loaded with real-world examples, figures, and sidebars. The central theme is basic: that any organization is only as good as the people within it. If those people are not hired, trained, coached, and promoted in the right way, with focused intent, then the organization has no mechanism to learn, improve, and grow. Now more than ever, people are the ultimate strategic advantage, and this book provides a step-by-step game plan to help organization develop employees with an eye toward sustained excellence.

Routledge Market: Business March 2017: 234x156: 122pp Hb: 978-1-472-46428-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78804-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61141-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415788045

Productivity Press Market: Business June 2017: 254 x 178: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-73144-8: £99.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21620-4: £30.99 eBook: 978-1-138-40000-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138731448

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Economics of Prevailing Wage Laws

The Mediation Handbook

Peter Philips and Hamid Azari-Rad Series: Alternative Voices in Contemporary Economics Prevailing wage laws affecting the construction industry in the United States exist at the Federal and State levels. These laws require that construction workers employed by contractors on government works be paid at least the wage rates and fringe benefits 'prevailing' for similar work where government contract work is performed. The federal law (Davis-Bacon Act) was passed in 1931. By 1969 four fifth of States had enacted prevailing wage legislation. In the 1970s, facing fiscal crises, States considered repealing their laws in an effort to reduce construction costs, and since 1979 nine States have repealed their laws. These repeals at State level along with unsuccessful attempts to repeal the Davis-Bacon Act have pushed prevailing wages to the forefront of public policy and controversy. This book, for the first time, brings together scholarly research in the economics of prevailing wages placed in historical and institutional context.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 270pp Hb: 978-0-754-63255-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25849-5: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138258495

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Research,theory and practice Edited by Alexia Georgakopoulos, Nova Southeastern University, Florida, USA The Handbook of Mediation gathers leading experts to explore revolutionary ways that mediation can be applied across many spectrums. Unlike other texts, this book provides insights on a variety of key theoretical approaches—including narrative, transformative, problem-solving, and spiritual—to mediation, and applies them to a range of areas, such as families, organizations, schools, peers, public policy, international conflicts, and online settings. The Handbook of Mediation is essential reading for graduate students and professionals wanting to learn a wide range of potential interventions for relational conflict.

Routledge Market: Mediation February 2017: 254 x 178: 444pp Hb: 978-1-138-12420-2: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12421-9: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64833-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124202

New in Paperback

Companion Website

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge Companion to Employment Relations

Trade Unions and Arab Revolutions

Edited by Alex Colvin, Cornell University, USA, Jimmy Donaghey, University of Warwick, UK, Tony Dundon, NUI Galway, Ireland and Adrian Wilkinson, Griffith University, Australia

Hèla Yousfi, Department of attachment at Dauphine University, France Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations

Comprising six thematic sections, this volume provides a critical, international and interdisciplinary exploration of employment relations. It examines the major subjects and emerging areas within the field, including essays on institutional theory, voice, new actors, precarious work and emotions. Led by a well-respected editor team, the contributors examine current knowledge and debates within each topic, offering cutting-edge analysis and reflection.

The Routledge Companion to Employment Relations is an extensive reference work which offers students and researchers an introduction to current scholarship in the longstanding discipline of employment relations. It will be an essential addition to library collections in business and management, law, sociology and political economy.

57

The Tunisian Case of UGTT

@text This volume will be of key reading interest to scholars and researchers of social movements, labour movements, organizational studies, political transitions and Arab revolutions and also likely to be of interest to practitioners especially among activists, unionists and advocates within civil society.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-23205-1: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-31361-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138232051

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-91117-8: £130.00 eBook: 978-1-315-69296-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138911178

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge Companion to Wellbeing at Work

Understanding, Defining and Eliminating Workplace Bullying

Edited by Cary L. Cooper, Lancaster University, UK and Michael P. Leiter, Acadia University, Canada Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting The Routledge Companion to Wellbeing at Work is a comprehensive reference volume for researchers, students and practitioners in HRM and organizational psychology. Split into six parts, it explores different models of wellbeing; personal qualities at the individual level; workplace supports for health and wellbeing; threats that undermine welfare, and initiatives to enhance workplace health and wellbeing. The international team of contributors provide a solid foundation to research and practice, including contemporary topics such as architectural design, coaching, and fitness apps in the workplace.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-1-138-95594-3: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-66597-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138955943

Assuring dignity at work Jerry A. Carbo Workplace bullying is a severe and pervasive problem around the globe and in particular in the United States where no meaningful steps have been taken to address this problem.

This book will help readers to understand and to define workplace bullying to be able to prevent, detect, remedy and eliminate workplace bullying. Readers will gain an understanding of the forms, causes and effects of workplace bullying. Readers will also be able to understand the current gaps in U.S. law and become familiar with more effective international laws to address workplace bullying.

Routledge Market: Business March 2017: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-472-48244-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-54905-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315549057

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Towards Organizational Fitness

Why Women Should Be Taken More Seriously in the Boardroom

A Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment Gerry Randell and John Toplis

Barrie Gunter, University of Leicester, UK

Work organizations can lose their fitness and become sick, just as people can. Just like people, they may become both physically and behaviourally sick; physically sick when plant and equipment breaks down or the money runs out; behaviourally sick when the resources are badly managed or the staff become alienated.

Gerry Randell and John Toplis' Towards Organizational Fitness addresses two main issues: firstly, how to investigate and manage problems involving people at work - a task analogous to that of a doctor working with a sick patient; secondly, how to assess and develop the capability and fitness of an organization - like a medical doctor who wants to improve a patient's health.

Historically, there has been a lack of parity between women and men in senior corporate roles, particularly in major companies with the biggest market capitalisation. This can be partly explained by inequalities of career opportunity and also women’s self-perceptions.

Yet there are plenty of examples in business and other worlds, notably politics, that women can perform effectively in the highest leadership roles. Why Women Should Be Taken More Seriously in the Boardroom is a useful tool for business students as well as those in the corporate world looking to gain a deeper understanding of gender balance within leadership roles.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-1-472-42262-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24917-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55054-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138249172

Routledge Market: Business and Management April 2017: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-20544-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20545-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46705-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138205444

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

58

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Workplace Bullying and Harassment New developments in international law Ellen Pinkos Cobb Workplace Bullying and Harassment: new developments in international law provides a comprehensive tour around the globe, summarizing relevant legislation and key developments in workplace bullying, harassment, sexual harassment, discrimination, violence and stress in over 50 countries. Workplace laws have long dealt with physical risks, and psychological risks are now being treated similarly. This book brings together need to know information on global workplace bullying and harassment in one place, the first publication of its kind to do so.

Routledge Market: Human Resource Development March 2017: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-138-20468-3: ÂŁ105.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20469-0: ÂŁ34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46889-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138204683

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

LEADERSHIP & STRATEGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Blowback in Business

Complex Adaptive Leadership

How to Avoid Unintended and Undesired Consequences in Decision-Making

Embracing Paradox and Uncertainty

Andrew Holmes Whilst there are many books which deal with decision making in a general, process or mathematical sense, there are very few books which address the nature of poor decision making and particularly how to avoid decisions with unintended consequences and surprises. There are plenty of sources of influence on any significant decisions within business; the politics or culture of the organization (or of the environment in which it operates); the passage of time following the decision; the availability of information; the behaviour of customers, stakeholders or activitists and the impact of fear, greed or panic on their view of the situation. Andrew Holmes provides readers with the means to understand the nature of this influence; how to model the potential for blowback on any decisions that you may be planning, along with a series of tools and techniques for mitigating or avoiding blowback.

Gower July 2017: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-566-08851-3: £75.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780566088513

59

Complex Adaptive Leadership argues leadership should not be something only exercised by nominated leaders. It is a complex dynamic process involving all those engaged in a particular enterprise. The theoretical background to this lies in complexity science and chaos theory - spoken and written about in the context of leadership for the last 20 years, but still little understood. We all seem intuitively to know leadership 'isn't what it used to be' but we still cling to old assumptions which look anachronistic in changing and challenging times.

Organisations and their contexts are increasingly paradoxical and uncertain. A broader approach to leadership is needed. Nick Obolensky has practised leadership in the public, private and voluntary sectors. He has also researched it, and taught it over many years in leading business schools. In this exciting book he brings together his knowledge of theory, his own experience, and the results of 15 years of research.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-566-08932-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25628-6: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138256286

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Building Anti-Fragile Organisations

Creative Thinking for Business Leaders

Risk, Opportunity and Governance in a Turbulent World

How to Accomplish Successful Ideation through Creative Resilience

Tony Bendell Every day human organisations fail. Building Anti-Fragile Organisations explores a powerful alternative framework for risk in design and management of human systems. Anti-Fragile organisations, like biological systems, being more than robust actually improve their resilience through being stressed.

Professor Bendell explains how its application in development and management of organisations, services and products, allows us to identify the characteristics that will not only mitigate against the realisation of hazards, but enable growth in protection, strength and anti-fragility over time. The book identifies characteristics relevant to survival in a turbulent world.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 248pp Hb: 978-1-472-41388-8: £78.99 Pb: 978-1-138-27277-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57042-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138272774

Benjamin Watson, 3M Series: 100 Cases Creative thinking, which the most successful companies that develop the most innovative products rely on, has evolved into to creative resilience – the technique to persevere with problems and solve them faster. The approach will help business leaders create both the physical and mental agility to build an operating environment that supports successful ideation and adopts different ways of approaching complex problems. The reader will become more 'creatively resilient' and flexible to adopt non-habitual modes of thought that move them towards creative solutions that they can apply to very specific business and technical challenges.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management June 2017: 235 x 156: 150pp Hb: 978-1-138-19699-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-28357-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138196995

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Cementing Customer Relationships

Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship

H. James Harrington, Harrington Associates, Los Gatos, California, USA and Thomas H. Carmody Series: Management for Results

The Only Way to Renew Your Organization

This book defines how 21st century technologies are changing the way companies interface with customers as well as discuss customer trend tools and the identification of future markets and new demand. It examines customer alignment tools and derivative models, customer engagement tools, and scorecards that create lasting relationships, customer retention, and data mining models.

Productivity Press Market: Business and Management June 2017: 235 x 156: 175pp Pb: 978-1-466-59066-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-466-59068-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466590663

H. James Harrington, Harrington Associates, Los Gatos, California, USA, Richard Harrington, Jr. and Ron Skeddle Series: Management for Results As children, most of us were very creative. Yet, as we became more educated our creative powers generally gave way to relying upon something we have studied and been trained to do. Bringing out creativity in mature individuals can be accomplished but is a difficult because we are so well trained to follow the rules that other people developed in the past.

Everyone can and should be creative. The book focuses on how to stimulate the creativity that lies within each of us.

Productivity Press Market: Business Management May 2017: 235 x 156: 175pp Pb: 978-1-466-58245-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-466-58246-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466582453

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

60

LEADERSHIP & STRATEGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Design Leadership

It Should Never Happen Again

Securing the Strategic Value of Design

The Failure of Inquiries and Commissions to Enhance Risk Governance

Raymond Turner

Mike Lauder

The fundamental tenet of this Design Leadership book is that design is a commercial and social imperative and its management and leadership are integral parts of what can make business successful, government effective and society safer and more enjoyable for everyone. The text draws on Raymond Turner’s extensive experience and insights into the effective use of design as a business resource for competitive advantage and social benefit. Raymond brings his experience of working for iconic businesses, projects and consultancies to provide essential, value creating, insights on the interface between design and business. Design Leadership adopts a straightforward approach that will be of great value to those who influence how organisations work - the managers and chief executives of a country’s wealth creating engines. It is also of particular relevance to those with design management and leadership responsibilities as well as students who aim to work in these roles.

In It Should Never Happen Again, Dr Mike Lauder questions the value of public inquiries. Every day, we hear about another inquiry being set up, or why the last one failed to deliver the hoped for outcomes. A great deal of time and taxpayers’ money is spent on inquiries and even more on implementing their recommendations, but the author suggests that those conducting inquiries might be considered (by their own test) criminally negligent in the way they do so and that it is no surprise that they do not lead to the learning they should. The focus of Mike Lauder’s research is the gaps between what is known, what knowledge is used by practitioners and those who judge them. He contends that the difference between the judicial perspective and that of practitioners who are judged by the inquiry process creates barriers that impede others from learning. Crucially, inquiry outcomes do not assist the leadership of organisations to improve risk governance.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 256pp Hb: 978-1-409-46323-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24763-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57668-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138247635

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 286pp Hb: 978-1-472-41385-7: £73.99 Pb: 978-1-138-27099-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59020-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138270992

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Global Lean

Kindness in Leadership

Seeing the New Waste Rooted in Communication, Distance, and Culture Samuel Yankelevitch, Xpress Lingo Solutions, Simpsonville, South Carolina, USA As organizations evolve into global networks, Lean initiatives must now meet new needs. This book demonstrates how to use Lean thinking to uncover and reduce waste in the interactions required in today's global organizations. Currently, people must coordinate actions and collaborate with teams sitting in geographically separated places; thus, excellent communication is a must. However, misunderstandings and lack of clarity cause high, unbudgeted costs. The book provides ideas, illustrations, and examples on how Lean can highlight the problems created in these interactions so they can be tackled, reduced, or removed.

Edited by Gay Haskins, Lalit Johri and Michael Thomas This is the first academic book to explicitly bring together kindness and leadership, and consider them in different societal and organisational settings within a global context. Drawing on the literature on kindness in leadership, including research on organizational compassion and neuroscience, it explores the importance of kindness within different organisations, parts of the world, economic strata, age groups and genders. Each chapter offers supplementary materials such as discussion questions, exercises and self-assessment questionnaires.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-20733-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20734-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46253-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138207332

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management October 2016: 254 x 178: 93pp Hb: 978-1-138-72109-8: £99.00 Pb: 978-1-498-77334-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77335-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498773348

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Group Leadership

Leadership and Change Management

Cary Cooper, Lancaster University, UK and Andy Milward, Milward and Partners Limited, UK

A Cross-Cultural Perspective

Grounded in the latest research and practical experience in client organizations, this book provides a coherent theory of the leadership of groups. The authors show how this knowledge can be used to inspire and motivate groups to deliver positive spirals of performance at the individual, group and organisational levels. This text will be of great relevance to postgraduate and MBA students of leadership, HR and organizations, and will be valuable for professionals managing and leading teams.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-65577-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65578-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62231-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138655775

Edited by Daphne Halkias, Joseph C. Santora, Nicholas Harkiolakis and Paul W. Thurman, Colombia University, NY, USA A leader’s role in the management of change is a critical issue for successful outcomes of strategic initiatives. Globalization and economic instability have prompted an increase in organizational changes related to downsizing and restructuring to improve financial performance and organizational competitiveness.

Researchers agree that a leader's inability to fully understand what is needed in order to guide their organization through successful change can be a reason for failure. The research presented in this book by an eminent group of scholars will explore the influence of culture - ethnic, regional, religious - on how leaders manage change within organizations.

Routledge Market: Business March 2017: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-1-472-47166-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-59176-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472471666

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

LEADERSHIP & STRATEGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Leadership and Diversity Management

Leadership Resilience

A Relationship-centred Approach

Lessons for Leaders from the Policing Frontline

Ngaire Bissett, University of Canberra, Australia and Carolina Bouten Pinto, Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Leadership Research Leadership and Diversity Management is a timely exploration in light of the heightened requirement of business for novel solutions to meet the varied economic, ethical and social challenges organisations face, related to fast paced technological developments, increasing global market competition and associated environmental impacts and cultural inequality concerns.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-63847-1: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-63774-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138638471

61

Ginger Charles and Jonathan Smith Leadership is demanding and challenging. How do leaders cope?

How do they remain fit and strong, and thrive? The authors of Leadership Resilience, a business school academic and a police officer, suggest that many challenges faced by leaders are similar to the challenges experienced by police officers. The isolation; the pressure not to show personal emotions; the expectation that they will deal effectively with confused, frustrated and angry people; and that they can deal with delivering bad news; all contribute to the pressures bearing on leaders and police officers everywhere. The authors argue that these challenges are more pronounced in policing and so more readily identifiable than in other leadership situations. They explore challenges experienced by police officers, look at how they cope with them, and draw lessons for those undertaking leadership roles more generally.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 230pp Hb: 978-1-409-44068-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27938-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59180-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138279384

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Leadership Development

Leadership Strategies in the Age of Big Data, Algorithms, and Analytics

A Complexity Approach Kevin Flinn, University of Hertfordshire, UK

Norton Paley, Norton Paley & Associates, Falls Church, Virginia, USA

Using personal narrative accounts and lessons from the complexity sciences, this book examines conventional leadership development methodologies, identifying what is and is not useful. It offers a new perspective and framework for business schools, consultancies and corporate training functions to adopt in their development of leaders.

Rethinking Leadership Development will be essential reading for advanced students and researchers of leadership development, leadership studies, human resource management and organizational development. It will also be relevant to educators and managers whose experience of working life is not represented in mainstream academic literature.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-93402-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93403-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67826-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138934023

This book helps leaders to think/act like a strategist in the fast-moving age of big data, algorithms, and analytics. It provides competitive advantage along new pathways: First, leading a successful transition by aligning your organization’s culture to accept the benefits of digital technology; creating a human interface with your employees to embrace the digital age; and developing strategic business plans to identify market opportunities, strengthen customer relationships, and develop competitive strategies. Second, understanding how to deal with inconsistencies when facts generated by data analytics disagree with your own experience, intuition, and knowledge of the competitive situation.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management February 2017: 235 x 156: 286pp Hb: 978-1-498-76414-8: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-498-76415-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498764148

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Leadership Explained

Lean Transformations for Small and Medium Enterprises

Leading Teams in the 21st Century Nicholas Harkiolakis Unfortunately leadership does not have a one-size-fits-all definition. We all have our own ideas as to what makes a good leader and the types of challenges that will be faced. There is currently no book in the market that deals with modern leadership challengers and simultaneously combines a description of leadership and its practical application in diverse environments. In this book, Nicholas Harkiolakis will attempt to integrate the various theoretical perspectives into a unified model that can be understood by both the academic and the practitioner (existing and future leaders).

Routledge Market: Leadership November 2016: 246x174: 190pp Hb: 978-1-472-46953-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-59178-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472469533

Lessons Learned from Italian Businesses Arnaldo Camuffo, Bocconi University, Milan, Italy The book illustrates lessons learned from the recent and ongoing transformation of the Italian Economy. The adoption of Lean thinking by Italian small/medium enterprises (SMEs) is leading the recovery after decades of industrial decline. It offers a fresh, unconventional view of how Lean principles fostered competitiveness among SMEs. Although it focusses on Italian businesses, it speaks strongly to all economies where SMEs play an important role. The roadmap offered builds on the the LTF (Lean transformation framework) conceptualized by John Shook at the Lean Enterprise Institute and the Lean Global Network.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management November 2016: 235 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-1-498-77363-8: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-39782-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498773638

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

62

LEADERSHIP & STRATEGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

10th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Make Your Business a Lean Business

Managing Cultural Differences

How to Create Enduring Market Leadership

Robert T. Moran and Neil R. Abramson

Paul C. Husby, 3M Company, St. Paul, Minnesota, USA and Jerome Hamilton

International business and cross-cultural management are key topics in undergraduate business, MBA, and executive education programs worldwide, as companies and institutions prepare business leaders for the global marketplace. This exciting new edition of Managing Cultural Differences seeks to guide students and any person with global responsibilities to understand how culture fits in a changing business world, how to gain a competitive advantage from effective cross-cultural management, and gives practical advice for doing business across the globe.

With updated content and new case studies, this is required course reading for undergraduates, postgraduates, and MBA students alike, as well as being of significant value for anyone who sells, purchases, travels, or works internationally.

Written by business leaders for business leaders, this book is a how-to guide on transforming a business and building enduring market leadership. Based on the authors more than 60 years of experience, it provides the tools required to plan, align, and transform businesses, starting with the core business value proposition, and continuing through business planning, disciplined goal and resource alignment, and implementation management. It delineates a logical path to apply initial strategy to every detailed activity, engaging the entire organization to become more competitive day by day.

Productivity Press April 2017: 229 x 152: 250pp Hb: 978-1-439-82999-8: £31.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781439829998

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x189: 592pp Hb: 978-1-138-22345-5: £150.00 Pb: 978-1-138-22368-4: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-40398-4 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-71734-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138223455

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Making Big Decisions Better

Mismanagement, “Jumpers,” and Morality

How to Set and Simplify Business Strategy

Covertly Concealed Managerial Ignorance and Immoral Careerism in Industrial Organizations

Tim Lewko For many organizations, the word strategy conjures up endless ideas, concepts and tools.

Unfortunately, most of them do not have a simple, common definition of strategy or a simple approach to make the big decisions. The lack of a common approach frustrates executives, creates conflict where there is none, fast-tracks dubious alternatives, lengthens decision making and hampers the quality of the decisions that finally emerge. Tim Lewko's Make Big Decisions Better draws on practical models, stories and client examples to explain the problem succinctly, offer proven ways forward and revive strategic thinking, de-clutter the strategy process and drive better financial outcomes.

Routledge Market: Business February 2017: 246x174: 72pp Hb: 978-1-472-45108-8: £40.00 eBook: 978-1-315-59323-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315593234

Reuven Shapira, The Western Galilee Academic College, Israel Series: Routledge Studies in Leadership Research This bookis a longitudinal multi-site anthropological study of automatic cotton gin plants, exposing the roots of amoral corporate leadership and explaining recent business scandals by managers’ low-moral choices while advancing to top-level jobs. It shows the latest state of knowledge on the topic and will be of interest to management and leadership scholars of all social sciences and for historians, and especially for co-operative scholars. It addresses the topics with regard to sociology and management studies and will be of interest to researchers, academics, and students in the fields of trust, leadership, management, and organisation control.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-63637-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-20602-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138636378

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Management Consultancy Insights and Real Consultancy Projects

New Normal, Radical Shift Changing Business and Politics for a Sustainable Future

Graham Manville, Olga Matthias and Julian Campbell, University of East Anglia, UK

Neela Bettridge and Philip Whiteley

The field of Management Consulting research has grown rapidly in recent years. Fuelled by the drivers of complexity and uncertainty, a growing number of organizations - both profit and third sector alike - are looking at Management Consulting to assist in their aims for development and change. Consultants and change agents have become a common feature in organizational change initiatives, with individual consultants and consulting firms now involved in both providing advice and in implementing ideas and solutions.

However, despite this growing recognition and influence, management consulting is still often misunderstood or criticized for its lack of theoretical underpinning. The book seeks to address these issues by offering applied theoretical insights from academics that both teach Managing Consultancy and are also practicing management consultants. Written by recognized experts in their field, the contributors combine original insights with authoritative analysis.

Our traditional ways of looking at economics, business and politics are not fit for purpose. The causes of the recent crisis were behavioural and international, but our measures are superficial and financial, recorded at a national or company level.

This is combined with a fervent quest for endless ’growth’, no matter how unsustainable. Theory has to catch up with reality.

Many books chart different courses for economic and business management but New Normal, Radical Shift is different. Using examples from international organizations around the world, it analyses not only the business model that failed, but challenges wider economic and political beliefs that employees’ interests always conflict with those of managers and business owners.

Routledge Market: Business and Management June 2017: 246x174: 250pp Hb: 978-1-472-47929-7: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472479297

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 164pp Hb: 978-1-409-45574-5: £52.99 Pb: 978-1-138-27122-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59801-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138271227

New in Paperback

Companion Website

LEADERSHIP & STRATEGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Performing Arts Center Management

Reframing the Leadership Landscape

Edited by Patricia Dewey Lambert and Robyn Williams Series: Routledge Research in Creative and Cultural Industries Management Performing Arts Center Management aims to provide valuable theoretical, conceptual, empirical, and practice-based information to current and future leaders in creative and cultural industries management. It serves as a unique reference for researchers, university students, civic leaders, urban planners, public venue managers, and arts administrators aspiring to improve or advance their work in successfully managing performing arts centers.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2016: 229 x 152: 278pp Hb: 978-1-138-69593-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-52589-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138695931

Creating a Culture of Collaboration Roger Hayes and Reginald Watts In an uncertain and complex world leaders should not merely respond to the speed of change but attempt to anticipate it.

Sometimes it is unexpected, sometimes the signs are there but the dots are not joined together. The NEW normal must be navigated, negotiated, networked and a narrative built around it. Leaders need to adapt to a changing ecosystem in which the biggest challenges cross the boundaries of the public, private and non-profit sectors, requiring much closer collaboration.

Aggressive individualism is no longer a sustainable basis for companies needing to deliver social and economic value, now, enterprises must move beyond narrow self-interest and short-termism to balance stakeholder expectations.

Routledge Market: Business October 2016: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-1-472-45870-4: £57.99 Pb: 978-1-138-22809-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-60432-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138228092

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Project Management, Review, and Assessment

Resilience, Risk and Reason

H. James Harrington, Harrington Associates, Los Gatos, California, USA and William S. Ruggles, Managing Partner, Ruggles & Ruggles, New York City, NY Series: Management for Results

A Guide to Methods and Implementation

This book is provides guidance to a project improvement team (PIT) on how to manage and assess an improvement initiative. It includes helpful tips on how to develop the detailed project plan and how to implement the project plan. It includes information on how to review the project from various perspectives to determine what was effective and what could be improved in future project efforts. It explains how to organize the project team as well as how to develop a project plan and work breakdown structure.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management July 2017: 235 x 156: 150pp Pb: 978-1-466-57255-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-466-57256-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466572553

John Arthur and Louise Moody Resilience, Risk and Reason reflects the need for organizations to adopt a distributed, risk-based, reasoning approach at the heart of their operations. John Arthur and Louise Moody draw on research and a lifetime in risk, safety and crisis prevention, to bring together ideas from the worlds of, systems thinking, business continuity, risk, human factors, human and organizational psychology. The book outlines a 'journey of design' for any modern, competitive risk and resilience system; one that explores the longer term human factors behind mature governance, processes and tools. In doing so, they touch on the design of systems, the business and commercial case for such an approach and practical approaches to implementing and then monitoring these systems.

Routledge September 2017: 246x174: 231pp Hb: 978-1-472-48235-8: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472482358

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Recreating Information Technology

Resilient Leadership

As a Catalyst to Deliver Total Organizational Change

Beyond myths and misunderstandings

H. James Harrington, Harrington Associates, Los Gatos, California, USA, Richard Harrington, Jr. and Ronald W. Skeddle Series: Management for Results This book is needed because tools like Six Sigma, Lean, process reengineering, process redesign, and TQM have completely ignored the impact that IT technology is having upon improving an organization’s performance. This book presents an up-to-date view of performance improvement technologies and explains how readers can use them along with IT technologies to bring about major performance improvement within their organizations. You cannot bring about major process performance improvement within any organization without considering IT's impact upon the processes.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management May 2017: 235 x 156: 175pp Pb: 978-1-466-58635-2: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-466-58636-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466586352

63

Karsten Drath, Leadership Choices GmbH, Germany Intense pressures pose considerable challenges to executives striving to succeed in an environment of increasing volatility, uncertainty, complexity and ambiguity. Today’s leaders are constantly fighting to make sense of their changing worlds and to make the right decisions for themselves, their teams and their business.He lays out practical approaches for overcoming obstacles to the development of resilience at both levels-extending the capacity of the individual leader, teams, group, and organizations to sustain themselves in the face of adversity.

Routledge Market: Business, Leadership October 2016: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-472-48115-3: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-60574-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315605746

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

64

LEADERSHIP & STRATEGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Revitalising Leadership

The DNA of Kaizen

Putting Theory and Practice into Context

Management's Role in Improving Work Climate and Culture

Suze Wilson, School of Management, Massey University, New Zealand, Stephen Cummings, Professor of Strategic Management, School of Management, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, Sarah Proctor-Thomson, Senior Lecturer, School of Management, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand and Brad Jackson Series: Routledge Studies in Leadership Research

Collin McLoughlin and Toshihiko Miura

Revitalising leadership connects leadership theory and practice with context. It argues that the universal prescriptions favoured by most leadership scholars ignore the reality that context always matters in leadership practice – and so it should matter in leadership theorizing too. Addressing this gap, the book offers a novel framework that enables the development of context-sensitive leadership theory and practice.

In this book, Collin McLoughlin and Toshihiko Miura look back on their decades of international consulting experience to examine how organizations around the world have transformed on a cultural level by respecting the people who work within them and leveraging their creativity to solve problems.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management October 2017: 235 x 156: 275pp Hb: 978-1-138-74542-1: £30.99 eBook: 978-1-315-18037-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138745421

Routledge Market: Business & Management February 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-92004-0: £90.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68743-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138920040

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Rules of the Road for Entrepreneurs

The Ethical Kaleidoscope

A Map for a Successful Journey

Values, Ethics and Corporate Governance

H. James Harrington, Harrington Associates, Los Gatos, California, USA and Shane P. Rogers, RPM Fitness, California, USA Series: Management for Results

Douglas G. Long and Zivit Inbar The study of corporate governance is a relatively modern development, with significant attention devoted to the subject only during the last fifty years. The topics covered in this volume include the purpose of the corporation, the board of directors, the role of shareholders, and more contemporary developments like hedge fund activism, the role of sovereign wealth funds, and the development of corporate governance law in what perhaps will become the dominant world economy over the next century, China.

This book combines the knowledge, skills, and risks taken by a young entrepreneur with those acquired by a senior entrepreneur. Dr. Harrington is well-known for his work with many organizations around the world at refining and improving their manufacturing and business processes, organizational structure, and strategic planning. The two authors have combined their experiences to define the process to roadmaps that minimize the risk of failure and cycle time required to go from concept to an established profitable organization.

This newly defined entrepreneurial process provides a breakthrough in thinking on activity-by-activity root to entrepreneurial success.

Productivity Press Market: Business and Management June 2017: 235 x 156: 175pp Pb: 978-1-482-22470-2: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-482-22472-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482224702

Routledge Market: Business December 2016: 216x138: 114pp Hb: 978-1-472-47160-4: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-30883-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315308838

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Smart Leadership - Wise Leadership

The Hoshin Kanri Forest

Environments of Value in an Emerging Future

Lean Strategic Organizational Design

Christopher Steed

Javier Villalba-Diez, PhD, Center for Leadership Mannheim UG

There is a strong link between organisational culture and profit after all a happy workforce is a productive workforce. Yet a culture of inertia rather than innovation prevails in many organisations. Wise leaders, however, know how to work with the grain of human value and worth, harnessing it, so as to add shared value both for the organisation and for the good of society. So, how can astute leaders set the right conditions for creativity and cultivate non-economic goods, such as time and relationships, that make for a happy, effective workforce?

Routledge Market: Business May 2017: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-1-472-48473-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78891-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58007-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415788915

Strategic Lean Management (LM) efforts significantly fail because leaders often lack a map of their organizations. This book will provide a comprehensive quantifiable framework for strategically designing organizations for LM. Combining knowledge about Strategic Organizational Design and LM, the authors introduce a theory called Hoshin Kanri Forest that considers organizations as networks with organizational structure, functional connectivity, and effective dynamic patterns for attaining an optimal Strategic Organizational Design towards the strategic goal of LM. It presents the future of Lean organizations relying on strategically designing its structure, function, and effective dynamics.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management April 2017: 235 x 156: 138pp Hb: 978-1-498-78550-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-498-78551-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498785501

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

LEADERSHIP & STRATEGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Integrity of the Servant Leader

The Routledge Companion to Leadership

Robert Sumi, University of Ljublana, Slovenia and Dana Mesner-Andolšek, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia Ethical behaviour is one of the most important components of successful leadership, yet this remains insufficiently investigated, especially from an interdisciplinary perspective. With the help of theory, empirical analysis and the relevant methodological apparatus, the authors fill the gap in the analysis of integrity and its impact on leadership. They assess the forces that impact Servant Leadership, as well as the ability to engender trust, making two assumptions: An important element in leading is the ethical dimension of leadership; The ratio of factors that affect leading and the servant leadership style is complex, but the integrity of leaders is the most important among them.

Routledge Market: Leadership September 2016: 234x156: 204pp Hb: 978-1-138-21292-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-44964-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138212923

65

Edited by John Storey, The Open University, UK, Jean Hartley, University of Warwick, UK, Jean-Louis Denis, École Nationale d'Administration Publique, Canada, Paul 't Hart, Utrecht University, Netherlands and David Ulrich, University of Michigan, USA Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting The Routledge Companion to Leadership provides a survey of the rather contentious and dynamic discipline of leadership.

Providing both a social sciences and a psychological approach, it goes beyond common themes to offer diverse perspectives on such topics as emotion and leadership, portrayals of leadership, and the often-neglected role of "competencies."

Routledge Market: Leadership October 2016: 246x174: 618pp Hb: 978-1-138-82557-4: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-73985-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138825574

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Mentor's Way

Theoretical Perspectives of Strategic Followership

Eight Rules for Bringing Out the Best in Others

David Zoogah, Morgan State University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Leadership Research

Rik Nemanick, The Leadership Effect, USA Drawing on the author’s extensive experience training mentors, this book eight rules for engaging in a mentoring relationship.

Nemanick examines the ways in which mentoring differs from managing or leading, and details the various roles of the mentor as a role model, motivator, confidant, coach, and more. Readers will learn how to develop successfully in each of these roles while helping a protégé to develop his or her own skills.

Theoretical Perspectives of Strategic Followership focuses on one type of followership – strategic – which is an emergent phenomenon. Similar to leadership, followership has been defined as a role, process, and capacity. Indeed, others consider it as socially constructed. In addition to the definitions, the relatively sparse literature has identified antecedents, outcomes, and moderators of followership.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-67986-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56352-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138679863

Routledge Market: Career development December 2016: 229 x 152: 138pp Hb: 978-1-138-18990-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18991-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64136-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138189904

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Lean Misconceptions Why Many Lean Initiatives Fail and How You Can Avoid the Mistakes

Understanding and Recognizing Dysfunctional Leadership

Cordell Hensley

The Impact of Dysfunctional Leadership on Organizations and Followers

Success relies on focusing both short-term gains and long-term culture change – using the tools as the mechanism for change versus the objective of the change. Section 1 is about continuous improvement. Section 2 is about the tools and how they support the underlying principles necessary to achieve long-term capability change/building. The final section is a summary of what readers should do with the new knowledge gained from reading the book –a call to action to challenge their thinking on Lean, on performance/continuous improvement and to challenge each other, their peers, seniors, subordinates to focus on what matters.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management June 2017: 235 x 156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-21745-4: £30.99 eBook: 978-1-138-40015-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138217454

Annette B. Roter Until now, little has been written in regards to dysfunction in the workplace or how followers and organizations can cope or address this type of behavior. This is the first book that encompasses information regarding dysfunctional characteristics of leadership such as: narcissism, bullying, tyrants, unethical leadership, and sociopathic leadership and examines the subtle differences of these behaviors, interventions to address this type of behavior or how to recognize the impact of it on our organizations.

Routledge Market: Business May 2017: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-1-472-48565-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-54928-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472485656

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

66

LEADERSHIP & STRATEGY Dummy text to keep placeholder

Women Leadership in Emerging Markets Featuring 50 Women Leaders Edited by Shireen Chengadu and Caren Scheepers This book explores the opportunities and challenges women leaders face in emerging markets. Based on cutting-edge research, the topics are brought to life through examples and profiles of leading women across Africa, the Middle East and the Far East.

Routledge Market: Leadership June 2017: 229 x 152: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-18895-2: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18896-9: £37.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64195-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138188952

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Women, Religion and Leadership Female Saints as Unexpected Leaders Edited by Barbara Denison Series: Routledge Studies in Leadership Research Women, Religion and Leadership focuses on women from the traditional context of women as leaders with chapters observing various aspects of leadership from specifically chosen religious and mythical female leaders and going on to examine the legacies they leave behind.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-20484-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-46849-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138204843

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Working at a Distance A Global Business Model for Virtual Team Collaboration Cassandra J. Smith Organizations are implementing virtual teams using web technologies as a cost-effective measure for training and project development. In Working at a Distance, Cassandra Smith provides a detailed, comprehensible virtual team business model for managers, professionals, teachers or students involved globally with such initiatives. The author argues that guidance for members of such teams is generally lacking. They are left to figure out their places on the team and face a host of other issues, the impact of which can be ameliorated with a virtual team business model that anyone working at a distance can follow. Cassandra Smith has taught courses online and facilitated virtual teams. The model she has created based on that experience maximizes the benefit to be gained from individual members’ skills, personality styles, and the strengths of each active participant. It will enable teams to set up viable working plans and work cohesively at a distance.

Routledge September 2016: 216x138: 216pp Hb: 978-1-472-42523-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25032-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54639-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138250321

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

MARKETING Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

A History of American Consumption

Business Success Through Service Excellence

Threads of Meaning, Gender, and Resistance Terrence H. Witkowski, California State University, Long Beach, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Marketing The US has been at the forefront of global consumption trends since the 1700s and Americans have been the world’s foremost consuming people. Informed and inspired by the literature from consumer culture theory, and drawing from numerous studies in social and cultural history, this readable account tells the story of 300 years of American consumer experience, through the continuities and changes in three cultural threads from the colonial era to the present. Of interest to scholars and advanced students in consumer behaviour, advertising, and marketing and business history.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-93691-1: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67652-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138936911

Moira Clark and Susan Baker Provides new, case-based insights into service excellence drawn from the Unisys/Management Today Customer Service Excellence Awards. It enables companies to embark on a journey that will transform their business and help them become a more customer centric organization in order to achieve competitive advantage. ; ; The text is aimed at CEOs and all executive management, however the scope of the material will engage the entire organization. The authors identify the key ingredients of service excellence and show how leading companies have achieved success. Each chapter begins with a review of the key components of service excellence followed by two mini exemplar case studies that highlight how those companies have achieved success in that particular area. An introductory chapter proposes a framework based on the Unisys model that shows how companies can become customer-centric.

Routledge December 2016: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-16009-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-750-66085-3: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-080-47216-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138160095

Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Blogging and Other Social Media

Business to Business Marketing Management

Exploiting the Technology and Protecting the Enterprise

A Global Perspective

Alex Newson and Justin Patten Blogging and other types of social media such as wikis and social networking sites have transformed the way we use the internet in recent years. It is a transformation that business is eager to exploit. In order to do so, a clear commercial strategy needs to be established; does your organization wish to use the media actively as a business tool, or do you need to respond to the use of social media by others? Blogging and Other Social Media will address this question with practical guidance on using social media as well as the risks associated with it. A collaboration by leading thinkers and business users of social media, the book contains detailed and practical advice on the various forms of social media - their applications, advantages and disadvantages, how these technologies are evolving, and whether or not their use will benefit your business.

67

Alan Zimmerman, City University of New York, USA and Jim Blythe, Westminster University, UK Increasingly, B2B relationships are conducted in a global context. However all textbooks are region-specific—except this one. This textbook takes a global viewpoint, with an international author team and cases from across the globe.

This new edition has been fully revised and updated with a full set of brand new case studies, now all from real situations, and features expanded sections on digital issues, CRM and social media as well as personal selling.

More selective, shorter, and easier to read than other B2B textbooks, this is ideal for introduction to B2B and shorter courses. At the same time, it's comprehensive enough to cover all the aspects of B2B marketing any marketer needs.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 202pp Hb: 978-0-566-08789-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25547-0: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255470

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x189: 502pp Hb: 978-1-138-68075-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68076-0: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56409-8 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-53702-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680753

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Building Brands in Asia

Canonical Authors in Consumption Theory

From the Inside Out

Edited by Soren Askegaard, University of Southern Denmark, Denmark and Benoit Heilbrunn, ESCP Europe-Paris, France

Tim Andrews, University of Strathclyde, UK and Wilson Chew, StrategiCom, Singapore In a global business environment characterized by volatility and change, the formation of enduring relationships with consumers is paramount, but also notoriously difficult.

Focusing on the creation, development and management of brands in the world’s most dynamic, diverse and challenging business environment, Building Brands in Asia challenges the assumption that the continuing success of global brands in Asia is a given.

Replete with anecdotes, interviews and case studies, Andrews and Chew provide an insightful, detailed and timely examination for all those interested in today’s primary corporate preoccupation set in the world’s most exciting marketplace.

Routledge Market: Business & Management May 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54983-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54984-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-19302-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549837

Canonical Authors in Consumption Theory is the first reference work to compile the contributions of the greatest social thinkers to the global conversation about consumption and consumer culture. A prestige reference work, it offers original chapters by the world's most prominent thought leaders. It introduces the works of historical theorists and surveys how their work has influenced and shaped consumption theory.

This book provides the first solid framework for understanding the relevance of these canonical authors in social theory to facilitate analysis of consumer culture, and to act as a comprehensive reference point for consumer researchers, doctoral students and practitioners.

Routledge Market: Business & Management February 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-64896-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-62609-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648968

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

68

MARKETING Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Communicating Statehood

Contemporary Issues in Social Media Marketing

Public Relations Strategies in Promoting Palestine

An International Perspective

Ibtisam Abu-Duhou, Massey University, New Zealand, Jeannie Fletcher, Massey University, New Zealand and Chris Galloway, Massey University, New Zealand Series: Routledge New Directions in Public Relations & Communication Research The book argues that the Palestinian response to the challenge of promoting their cause is to extend their repertoire of public relations communication tactics. It explores the discursive strategies employed by Palestinian communication strategists, across the range of political allegiances, via public relations techniques to advance the cause of statehood. These tactics have emerged not only as the result of planned strategy but also through improvisation and informal responses to outside pressures.

Routledge Market: Public Relations/Communication Studies September 2017: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-85907-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71752-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138859074

Edited by Bikramjit Rishi and Subir Bandyopadhyay In a short time span, social media has transformed the communication process among the individuals and between organizations and individuals.

The book provides the relevant theoretical, empirical, and experiential frameworks and findings in the area of social media marketing, through original chapters from a range of leading marketing specialists.

The book is ideal for students of social media marketing, social media marketing professionals, researchers and academicians who are interested in knowing more about social media marketing.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-67917-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67918-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56331-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138679177

Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Contemporary Consumer Culture Theory

Creative Arts Marketing

Edited by John F. Sherry, University of Notre Dame, USA and Eileen M Fischer, York University, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Marketing

Terry O'Sullivan, The Open University, UK, Cathy O'Sullivan, Coventry University, UK, Elizabeth Hill, Arts Professional Magazine, UK and Brian Whitehead, Arts Professional Magazine, UK

Contemporary Consumer Culture Theory is a reflective assessment, in theoretical, empirical and evocative keys, of the state of the field of consumer culture theory and an indication of the scholarly directions in which the discipline is evolving providing reflection upon a rapidly expanding discipline by some of its prime movers.

Creative Arts Marketing 3rd edition is a long-awaited update of a classic and influential text.

With an emphasis on global case studies, practical examples and discussion questions, the book serves as a text for students as much as it is a professional’s guide to industry best practice.

Extensively revised to reflect the dramatic changes to this industry, this edition integrates organizational and management issues even further, as well as integrating contemporary issues such as social media and austerity.

Including a wealth of materials for tutors and students online for the first time, the return of this important text will be welcomed by students, tutors and professionals in the arts.

Routledge Market: Business & Management June 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-68056-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56394-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680562

Routledge September 2017: 246x189: 364pp Hb: 978-1-138-21377-7: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21376-0: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-44768-1 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-750-65737-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138213760

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Contemporary Issues in Marketing and Consumer Behaviour

Customer Loyalty Programmes and Clubs

Edited by Pauline Maclaran, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK, Liz Parsons, University of Keele, UK. and Andreas Chatzidakis, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK This exciting new edition of Maclaran and Parsons’ acclaimed consumer behaviour textbook is updated to include the most current contemporary issues whilst retaining its unique thematic 12-part structure, making it ideal for one-semester courses.

This textbook provides a complete off-the-shelf teaching package for Masters, MBA and advanced undergraduate modules in marketing and consumer behaviour and a useful resource for dissertation study at both undergraduate and postgraduate levels.

Routledge Market: Business and Management June 2017: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-82690-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-82691-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-52604-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780203526040

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Stephan A. Butscher In every industry, and any company, customer loyalty marketing is an important pillar of corporate strategy. This second edition of Customer Loyalty Programmes and Clubs, explains how the key to effective protection against competition lies in identifying and offering your customers the right combination of financial and non-financial benefits. Stephen Butscher has reviewed the developments that have taken place since his original successful step-by-step guide was published and now includes 'pricing for customer loyalty' and 'e-loyalty' along with extra case studies.

He takes you through all the necessary stages to research, plan and launch a programme that builds and develops the relationship between you and your customers, and emphasises value measurement and selection of the right benefits, enabling you to integrate the loyalty programme into every part of your organization. Customer Loyalty Programmes and Clubs includes case studies from some of the most successful companies.

Routledge December 2016: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-566-08451-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24861-8: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138248618

New in Paperback

Companion Website

MARKETING 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Customer Relationship Management

Design Psychology and Nationality

The Foundation of Contemporary Marketing Strategy

Gloria Moss

Roger J. Baran, DePaul University, USA and Robert J. Galka, DePaul University, USA This book balances the behavioral and database aspects of customer relationship management, providing students with a comprehensive introduction to an often overlooked, but important, aspect of marketing strategy.

Baran and Galka deliver a book that helps students understand how an enhanced customer relationship strategy can differentiate an organization in a highly competitive marketplace.

Routledge Market: Customer relationship management December 2016: 254 x 203: 450pp Hb: 978-1-138-91951-8: £205.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91952-5: £69.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68783-4 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-89656-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138919518

Sustaining a competitive advantage in a global market now involves micro-marketing through a variety of media to a variety of different customers or potential customers. Gloria Moss' Design Psychology and Nationality explores the potential for using design to target and communicate with your customers more effectively across national boundaries. The author maps out the terrain of Design Psychology, which draws on the disciplines of design, cognitive psychology, art therapy, marketing and human resources, and shows how better targeting can take place through an understanding of the impact of nationality on production and preference aesthetics. It is a marketing truism that products should be shaped around the preferences of customers, not designers, and that purchasing intent can be increased by providing products that appeal to customers.

Gower July 2017: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-566-08785-1: £75.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780566087851

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Design for Personalisation

Digital and Social Media Marketing

Edited by Iryna Kuksa and Tom Fisher Series: Design for Social Responsibility

A Results-Driven Approach

The principle of personalisation appears in a range of current debates among design professionals, healthcare providers, and educationalists about the implications of new technologies and approaches to consumer sovereignty for mass provision. The potential of new technologies implies systems of provision that offer bespoke support to their users, tailoring services and experiences to suit individual needs. The assumption that individual choice automatically increases wellbeing has underlain the re-design of public services.

Ubiquitous personalisation in screen-based environments gives individuals the sense that their personality is reflected back at them.

Routledge Market: Business May 2017: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-1-472-45739-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-57663-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472457394

69

Edited by Aleksej Heinze, University of Salford, UK, Gordon Fletcher, University of Salford, UK, Tahir Rashid, University of Salford, UK and Ana Cruz, City College, University of Sheffield, Greece Digital and Social Media Marketing: A Results-Driven Approach is an exciting new industry-led, research-informed and results-driven guide to digital commerce. Uniquely, is focus is on SMEs and Europe, offer a unique perspective for those learning about digital marketing.

Unlike other digital marketing texts, this textbook gives special consideration to the ethical challenges developed in close collaboration with the Search Engine Marketing Trade Association (SEMTA), making it a reliable source of industry standards.

This book will be the first of its kind in this field with digital learning materials, case studies and exercises available in a supporting Massive Open Online Course (MOOC).

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2016: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-91790-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91791-0: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68876-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138917903

TEXTBOOK

5th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Design Management:

Digital Marketing Excellence

Organisation and Marketing Perspectives

Planning, Optimizing and Integrating Online Marketing

Sotiris T Lalaounis, University of Exeter, UK

Dave Chaffey, Independent Consultant, UK and PR Smith, Independent Marketing Consultant, UK

Design Management and Marketing integrates marketing and design management key concepts, exploring the benefits of putting the consumer at the centre of the management and creative processes. The result boosts the success of aa product or service by ensuring it answers to customers’ needs and desires. Drawing from a variety of scholarly research and the author’s own professional experience, Sotiris Lalaounis demonstrates the application of key concepts, uniting theory with practice.

With end of chapter exercises, case studies and practitioners’ insights along with online teaching materials, this text will be of benefit for students on Post-Graduate courses in Design Management, Marketing Design Management, Advertising Design Management and Product Design Management.

Routledge Market: Design Management/Marketing October 2017: 246x189: 312pp Hb: 978-1-138-64806-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64807-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62666-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648067

Now in its fifth edition, the hugely successful Digital Marketing Excellence is fully updated, keeping you in line with the changes in this dynamic and exciting field and helping you create effective and up-to-date customer-centric e-marketing plans. This new edition seamlessly integrates the latest changes in social media technology, including expanded coverage of mobile technology.

Offering a highly structured and accessible guide to a critical and far-reaching subject, Digital Marketing Excellence, fifth edition provides a vital reference point for all students and managers involved in marketing strategy and implementation.

Routledge Market: Marketing April 2017: 246x189: 544pp Hb: 978-1-138-19168-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19170-9: £26.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64034-1 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-53335-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138191686

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

70

MARKETING Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Digitalizing Consumption

Essentials of Consumer Behavior

Shaping Consumer Identities

Debra L. Stephens

Edited by Franck Cochoy, University of Toulouse, France, Johan Hagberg, University of Gothenburg, Sweden, Niklas Hansson, University of Gothenburg, Sweden and Magdelena Petersson McIntyre, University of Gothenburg, Sweden Series: Routledge Interpretive Marketing Research

This book offers an alternative to traditional textbooks for graduate students. Shorter than competing books, but no less rigorous, it includes unique material on vulnerable consumers and ethics.

This ground-breaking volume explores the digitization of consumption and the impact of digital devices on consumer markets. Bringing together contributions from international, interdisciplinary scholars, this coherent and insightful collection explores how the shaping of both digital products and markets are deeply intertwined, mediated by market devices.

This book makes an important contribution to practice-based approaches to consumption, and particularly the use of market devices in consumers’ everyday consumer life, and will be of interest to scholars of marketing, cultural studies, consumer research, organization and management.

Routledge Market: Business & Management May 2017: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-12489-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64788-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124899

Routledge Market: Consumer behavior November 2016: 229 x 152: 220pp Hb: 978-1-138-79172-5: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-79173-2: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-76262-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138791725

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Direct Marketing in Practice

Ethics and Professional Practice in Marketing

Matthew Housden and Brian Thomas Direct Marketing in Practice is a practical manual for all managers and marketers getting to grips with the powerful techniques available to skilled direct marketers. ; The book shows how to: ; Plan a direct marketing campaign Integrate new technology with conventional direct marketing practice Maximise the impact, efficiency and return on investment of your activites Evaluate the success of a campaign - and improve on it next time!; Accessible and illuminating, each chapter in the book includes review questions and exercises to help you practice what you have learnt. In addition, the authors have used their considerable experience in the field to assemble many examples of best practice worldwide.

These place the theory in a practical, real-world context, and demonstrate what a dramatic effect direct marketing can have on sales and profitability.

Routledge December 2016: 246x189: 358pp Hb: 978-1-138-15814-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-750-62428-2: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-080-50460-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138158146

Catherine McGuinn, Institute of Technology Sligo, Ireland. and Kate Duke, Institute of Technology, Sligo, Ireland.

This exciting new marketing ethics text considers marketing as a social activity that is as cultural, social and ethical as it is economic. Through this approach, students can learn to be critical of self-rationalising marketing strategies, to consider their impact on society, and to discuss the question of whether authentically ethical marketing is possible at all. Real life examples are used throughout to illustrate key points.

This is an ideal introductory textbook in marketing ethics for students of business and management, as well as thoughtful, reflective practitioners.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-90054-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90055-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-70719-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138900547

Dummy text to keep placeholder 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Ethics in Advertising

Entrepreneurial Marketing

Making the Case for Doing the Right Thing

An Effectual Approach

Wally Snyder, National Advertising Review Board, USA

Ed Nijssen, Technical University of Eindhoven, Netherlands Entrepreneurial Marketingfocuses on new marketing methods for new products. Classic core marketing concepts, such as segmentation, positioning, and the marketing mix undergo an "extreme makeover" in the context of innovative products hitting the market. Ed Nijssen stresses effectuation, iterative thinking, principles of affordable loss, adjustment for emerging opportunities, and cooperation with first customers.

Newly revised and updated, Entrepreneurial Marketing provides students with everything they need to know to succeed in their classes as well as practical tools and techniques that will be of practical use after the exams have finished.

This book provides students and practitioners with a comprehensive overview of the rules and principles associated with ethical advertising practices. With extensive research, and a variety of case studies, and expert opinions, it discusses why advertising ethics is important both to the consumer and the professional.

Routledge Market: Advertising November 2016: 229 x 152: 102pp eBook: 978-1-315-64194-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315641942

Routledge Market: Business & Management / Marketing April 2017: 216x138: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-71290-4: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-71291-1: £35.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-72220-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138712904

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

MARKETING 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Ethics in Marketing

Foundations of Corporate Heritage Edited by John Balmer, Brunel University, UK

International cases and perspectives Patrick E. Murphy, University of Notre Dame, USA, Gene R. Laczniak, Marquette University, USA and Fiona Harris, The Open University, UK Understanding and appreciating the ethical dilemmas associated with business is growing ever more important, as matters of corporate social responsibility are becoming increasingly part of marketing's domain. This new edition of Ethics in Marketing has been thoroughly updated and includes new international cases from globally recognized organisations on zero-hour contracts, sustainability, nudge marketing, multiculturalism, sweat shop labour and gamification.

This unique case-book provides students with a global perspective on ethics in marketing and can be used in a free standing course on marketing ethics or marketing and society.

Routledge Market: Marketing December 2016: 246x174: 198pp Hb: 978-1-138-64808-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64809-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62664-2 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-78351-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138648081

Heritage is increasingly recognised to be a significant corporate concern, with corporate heritage brands and identities often forming an important part of a nation's patrimony. Foundations of Corporate Heritage explains the principles, processes, strategic significance - and challenges - of corporate heritage formation and management. This scholarly but accessible anthology includes seminal articles on the territory and also includes five new contributions with questions for study and reflection with students on executive/taught courses in mind.

It will be important supplementary reading for students, practitioners and specialists in corporate marketing brand management and marketing communications, as well as tourism, hospitality and heritage studies.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-138-83355-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-73543-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138833555

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

TEXTBOOK

Film Marketing

Frameworks for Market Strategy

Finola Kerrigan, Kings College London, UK. The role of the film marketer is both vital and challenging. This new edition of Film Marketing is a thorough update of the first textbook in film promotion. Like the first edition, this book takes a socio-cultural as well as a business view of film marketing and its impact, covering different approaches to promotion according to different aims and audiences internally and externally, and across the world. It addresses all areas of film marketing from the rigorous perspective of someone with first-hand knowledge of the trade.

This is the original film marketing text which no interested film or marketing student should be without.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 246x189: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-01335-3: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-01336-0: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-79528-7 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-750-68683-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138013353

Noel Capon, Columbia Business School, USA and Frank Go Frameworks for Market Strategy helps students understand how to develop and implement a marketing strategy and how to manage the marketing process. The book provides a solid foundation in marketing management, both for future marketers, and for senior executives.

Routledge Market: Strategic marketing management December 2016: 246x174: 592pp Hb: 978-1-138-88918-7: £190.00 Pb: 978-1-138-88919-4: £64.99 eBook: 978-1-315-71304-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138889187

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

4th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Financial Services Marketing

Fundamentals and Practice of Marketing

An International Guide to Principles and Practice Christine Ennew, Nottingham Business School, UK, Nigel Waite, Nottingham Business School, UK and Roisin Waite, Barclays Group, UK. This fully updated and revised second edition draws on global business cases from both B2B and B2C marketing, taking a unique approach in terms of structure by splitting discussion between marketing for acquisition and marketing for retention.With new case studies and vignettes and new sections on digital marketing and regulatory changes, this text will help the student and the practitioner to develop a firm grounding in the fundamentals of financial services strategy, customer acquisition and customer development. Reflecting the realities of financial services marketing in an increasingly complex sector, it provides the most up-to-date, international and practical guide to the subject available.

Routledge Market: Marketing July 2017: 246x174: 498pp Hb: 978-1-138-68451-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68452-2: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54376-5 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-52167-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138684515

71

Adrian Mackay and John Wilmshurst 'The Fundamentals and Practice of Marketing' has been substantially revised to take into account recent developments in the field - most particularly the changes wrought by new technology. The fourth edition of this seminal text retains the clarity and simplicity of its predecessors in communicating the basic themes and principles of contemporary marketing. It now follows a new structure and includes new chapters on direct marketing, public relations, integrated marketing planning, wholesale and retail operations, relationship marketing, Material on services marketing, e-commerce, ethics and social responsibility, B2B marketing and external marketing environment. The book is accompanied by online resources for tutors.

Routledge December 2016: 246x189: 388pp Hb: 978-1-138-16007-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-750-65449-4: £33.99 eBook: 978-0-080-49499-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138160071

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

72

MARKETING Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Global Advertising Practice in a Borderless World

History of Marketing in India

Edited by Linda Brennan, RMIT University, Australia and Robert Crawford, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy

Rohit Varman, Indian School of Management Calcutta, India and Hari Sreekumar, Indian Institute of Management, Tiruchirappalli, India Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Marketing

Global Advertising Practice in a Borderless World covers a wide range of adaptive advertising practices, from major and emerging markets, in mainstream and digital advertising. It focusses on understanding how the globalisation of advertising works in practice, explored in three sections: globalising advertising in a media and communications context; advertising in a global world and; global advertising in a digital world, It will be of great interest to researchers, educators and advanced students in advertising, global branding, international marketing, international business media, communication and cultural studies.

This book addresses the need to understand marketing practices in the context of the rich and varied history of India. Such an understanding will not only enrich marketing as a discipline, but also provide marketers and academics with valuable insights into the cultures and behaviors of Indian consumers. By analysing historical writings on business in India over 2000 years, and providing a coherent narrative of the marketing practices during these periods, it critically engages with the larger socio-economic structures which influenced, and were influenced by these practices. All scholars of marketing history will find this a fascinating and unique assessment of a highly significant market.

Routledge May 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-91830-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68862-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138918306

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-85449-9: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-72107-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138854499

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Global Marketing

Internal Marketing

Contemporary Theory, Practice, and Cases

Another Approach to Marketing for Growth

Ilan Alon, University of Agder, Norway, Eugene Jaffe, Christiane Prange, Tongji University, China and Donata Vianelli, University of Trieste, Italy International markets present different challenges that require marketers to think and act strategically and creatively in order to respond within a fiercely competitive environment. Global Marketing provides students with everything they need to rise to the challenge. The book features chapters on social media, innovation, and technology, material on sustainability and ethics, coverage of enterprises of all sizes, and a focus on emerging markets, covering key topics not found in competing books.

With short and long cases connecting principles to practical applications, this book will equip today’s students with the knowledge and confidence they need to become leading marketing managers.

Routledge Market: Marketing October 2016: 254 x 203: 700pp Hb: 978-1-138-80787-7: £245.00 Pb: 978-1-138-80788-4: £54.99 eBook: 978-1-315-75089-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138807877

Tatsuya Kimura, Waseda University, Japan Series: Routledge Frontiers of Business Management Unlike external marketing which targets at consumers, internal marketing ensures that organizational divisions are aligned in the marketing strategies, so that the resultant external marketing is effective and not impeded by internal shortcomings. Internal Marketing provides a comprehensive review of internal marketing research and illustrates the role of internal marketing in enhancing the capabilities of a company’s internal resources.

This book aims to put forward a guiding principle for business practices by considering such questions from a multilateral perspective.

Routledge Market: Business April 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-65110-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-62295-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138651104

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Hispanic Marketing

Internet Retailing and Future Perspectives

The Power of the New Latino Consumer Felipe Korzenny, Felipe Korzenny, Betty Ann Korzenny, Florida State University, USA, Betty Ann Korzenny and Sindy Chapa, Florida State University, USA Hispanic Marketing focuses on using cultural insights to connect with Latino consumers.

Brought to you from the leaders in the field of Hispanic Marketing this third edition has been fully updated with the latest developments including: 27 new case studies in this edition emphasize on the digital marketing applications for New Latino Consumer Supported with a brand new Companion Website for course instructors with PowerPoint slides, video lectures and assignment examples.

This book is the perfect companion for students of marketing specializing in Hispanic marketing and allows marketing professionals to build a connection between their brand and target market.

Routledge Market: Business & Management May 2017: 234x156: 576pp Hb: 978-1-138-91778-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91779-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68882-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138917781

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Eleonora Pantano, Middlesex University, UK, Bang Nguyen, East China University of Science and Technology, China, Charles Dennis, Middlesex Business School, UK and Sabine Gerlach, University of Lincoln, UK This long-awaited new edition provides a thorough and substantial update to its solid core principles and is still one of the few textbooks dedicated to internet retailing. The underlying principles of e-retailing are explained clearly and practically to provide students and professionals with a reliable guide to the implementation and operation of a successful online retailing business.

Updates to this edition include Search Engine Optimization, new and updated case studies, including on Ray-Ban's "virtual mirror" and IKEA's mobile interactive catalogue, social networking and a brand new chapter on ubiquitous retailing.

It also includes a new companion website to support tutors.

Routledge Market: Business & Management/Retail Marketing December 2016: 234x156: 342pp Hb: 978-1-138-94051-2: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94052-9: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67430-8 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-31141-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138940512

New in Paperback

Companion Website

MARKETING 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

5th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Marketing Graffiti

Market-Led Strategic Change

Mike Saren, University of Leicester, UK. Radical and unique in its approach and presentation, Marketing Graffiti turns the traditional marketing introduction on its head by making students aware of the part they already play in the marketing process. This new edition of the first critical marketing textbook discusses the role new technologies (such as social media) play in marketing culture and how it places yet more power in the hands of the consumer. There are also new or expanded sections on discrimination, the role of the consumer in innovation, space and place, pricing, and marketing communities.

Routledge Market: Business & Management January 2017: 246x189: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-01332-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-01333-9: £36.99 eBook: 978-1-315-79530-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138013322

Transforming the process of going to market Nigel F. Piercy, Consultant and management writer, UK This much-anticipated new edition has been fully revised and updated to reflect the realities of 21st century business, with brand new case studies from globally recognised companies and covering a range topical issues. Lecturers are assisted with support materials including PowerPoint slides, suggested frameworks for using the case studies and case studies from previous editions.

If you're an ambitious marketing student or practitioner, whether you are new to strategic change or just want a different view, this is the book for you. Lecturers will find this engaging, funny, thought-provoking but practical textbook is a sure way to get your students thinking and enthused.

Routledge Market: Business & Management/Marketing November 2016: 246x189: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-83426-1: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-83427-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-50776-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780203507766

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Marketing in the Boardroom

Obstructive Marketing

Winning the Hearts and Minds of the Board

Restricting Distribution of Products and Services in the Age of Asymmetric Warfare

Ruth Saunders It's no secret: marketing punches below its weight in the Boardroom. CEOs and other board members perceive that marketers lack commercial credibility when compared to their peers. Marketing in the Boardroom is an important book for any aspiring marketers who are moving up the career ladder. It is also an important book for their organizations; particularly those that struggle to understand and give the requisite support and emphasis to the role of marketing in developing the new products, new markets and new strategies that lie at the heart of business renewal.

Routledge Market: Business / Marketing March 2017: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-28179-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28181-3: £30.00 eBook: 978-1-315-27094-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138281790

73

Maitland Hyslop In Obstructive Marketing, Maitland Hyslop deals with a very negative kind of activity which embraces activities, legal or otherwise, designed to prevent or restrict the distribution of a product or service, temporarily or permanently, against the wishes of the product manufacturer, service provider or customer. When the author defined this phenomenon as Obstructive Marketing and started to research it more than a decade ago, it was seen as a valid concept that was perhaps ahead of its time. The World has moved on and in the era of globalization a study of this negative aspect of marketing is now required. Obstructive Marketing is now seen as the business equivalent of asymmetric warfare, which is increasingly understood because the rise of the South and East at the expense of the North and West has brought some Obstructive Marketing stratagems into sharp focus. Using the author’s own research, this book explains what Obstructive Marketing is and why it is not called Anti-Marketing.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 362pp Hb: 978-1-472-41604-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27981-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59867-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138279810

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Marketing Training Services

Personality, Design and Marketing

Ian Linton Ian Linton’s book is designed to help both corporate training departments and specialist training organizations. It shows how to use modern marketing and communication techniques to increase current course uptake, win support for future activity and build long-term relationships with customers and trainees.

The author first analyses the marketplace for training services.

He goes on to review the main marketing methods, including advertising, direct mail and seminars, and explains how to determine and apply the most appropriate mix as part of an integrated approach. He then deals with developing and maintaining productive relationships with the parties involved and finally advises on managing the marketing process. The emphasis throughout is on the practical, with checklists, worked examples and case histories from a wide range of market sectors.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-566-07549-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25573-9: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255739

Matching Design to Customer Personal Preferences Edited by Gloria Moss Gloria Moss reveals the extent to which design and advertising effectiveness can be improved through an understanding of the personalities of a range of stakeholders. While the impact of demographic factors (age, class, geographical location) is the object of considerable research, the impact of personality on production and preference aesthetics has been greatly overlooked. It is only by grouping together research conducted on diverse fields that a larger picture of the impact of personality on design production and preference aesthetics can be constructed.

Routledge Market: Business February 2017: 246x174: 124pp Hb: 978-0-566-08784-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-26782-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780566087844

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

74

MARKETING Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Pioneering African-American Women in the Advertising Business

Public Relations and Whistleblowing

Biographies of MAD Black WOMEN

Cary A. Greenwood Series: Routledge New Directions in Public Relations & Communication Research

Judy Foster Davis, Department of Marketing, East Michigan University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Marketing Using a biographical narrative approach, this book explores the careers of the few African-American women who overcame the institutional sexism and racism of the advertising industry and not only achieved managerial positions in major mainstream firms but also established successful agencies bearing their own names. Based on their words and memories, these stories comprise a vital part of the historical narrative on women and African-Americans in advertising and will be of great interest to scholars of advertising and marketing history; African-American Studies; entrepreneurship; cultural, media and gender studies and to future generations of advertising professionals.

Golden Handcuffs in Corporate Wrongdoing

In a unique study of data from Fortune 1000 corporations, this book reveals PR executives’ attitudes toward their organizations and its impact on whistleblowing. Overwhelmingly, "golden handcuffs" make top-ranking PR executives more likely to be aware of wrongdoing, but no more likely to blow the whistle. As public attitudes to corporate transparency harden, these findings have serious implications for companies globally. Researchers and advanced students in public relations, organizational communication, corporate communication and CSR will find this book full of new insights and approaches to public relations research.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-29377-9: £105.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138293779

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 234x156: 236pp Hb: 978-1-138-91831-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68861-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138918313

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Propaganda and Nation Building

Public Relations History

Selling the Irish Free State

Reworking pasts and reclaiming futures

Kevin Hora Series: Routledge New Directions in Public Relations & Communication Research

David McKie, University of Waikato, New Zealand and Jordi Xifra, University Pompeu Fabra, Spain Series: Routledge New Directions in Public Relations & Communication Research

This book examines the origins of the Irish state in its first independent incarnation, the Irish Free State (1922-1937), exploring how contemporary public relations and propaganda techniques were used to construct an identity for a new state, which after enduring seven years of insurrection and civil war, became one of the most stable democracies in Europe. This will be of interest to researchers and advanced students with an interest in public relations, propaganda studies, nation building and Irish studies.

In this ground-breaking book, David McKie and Jordi Xifra take apart existing PR history and reconstruct ways of doing it better, to widen the scope of PR by freeing its pasts, presents and futures from the effects of narrow, ideologically driven histories and methods of historiography. It advocates more openly self-critical, and more diverse PR history writing as vital to generating both currently valid PR histories and viable PR futures. By deconstructing the range of existing PR history and reworking it to align with contemporary transnational challenges and social movements, this challenging book updates PR history and augments PR theory for the next stage in their development.

Routledge Market: Public Relations & Communication Studies March 2017: 234x156: 210pp Hb: 978-1-138-82913-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-73792-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138829138

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-85397-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-72244-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138853973

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Public Relations and the Corporate Persona

Public Relations, Cooperation, and Justice

The Rise of the Affinitive Organization

From Evolutionary Biology to Ethics

Burton Saint John III, Old Dominion University, USA Series: Routledge New Directions in Public Relations & Communication Research Using key examples, this book argues that PR attempts to create and construct and convey corporate personas, a sense of shared reality between the corporation and the average citizen, to prove that they share common aspirations, and most importantly, that the corporate persona works as a beneficent force in society. This book not only critically analyses how PR and its role in the corporate persona works to solidify power, but also how it might use that power to achieve broader beneficial ends. Scholars and advanced students of public relations, and organizational communications will find it an illuminating insight into corporate PR. Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-94501-2: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67163-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138945012

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Charles Marsh, University of Kansas, USA Series: Routledge New Directions in Public Relations & Communication Research This innovative public relations book draws upon interdisciplinary research from evolutionary biology, philosophy, and rhetoric to establish that relationships built on cooperation and justice are more productive and sustainable than those built on conflict and egoistic competition. Most importantly, this book presents this synthesis in order to make a practical, not Utopian, case. It’s a powerful, multidisciplinary, and well-documented case that envisions and enacts PR as a quest for cooperation and fairness, and that this is both practical and desirable - aligning the discipline of public relations with basic human nature.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-94420-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67203-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138944206

New in Paperback

Companion Website

MARKETING Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Qualitative Research in Digital Environments

Social Marketing

A Research Toolkit

From Tunes to Symphonies

75

Alessandro Caliandro, University of Milan, Italy and Alessandro Gandini, Middlesex University, UK

Gerard Hastings, University of Stirling, UK and Christine Domegan, National University of Ireland, Galway

This book offers a toolkit of methods and technologies to undertake qualitative research in digital spaces. This Digital Ethnography, is unlike commonly used traditional methodological strategies which are retrofitted to digital spaces.

Instead, this book offers researchers a set of digitally native tools that are designed for virtual communities.

This book illustrates the practical applications of techniques and tools over the most popular social media environments. It will be a valuable guide to qualitative research for marketing students, researchers and practitioners, as well as a central reference point for tutors in the growing field of Digital

Social Marketing involves the application of marketing techniques (usually associated with promoting consumption) to social ends.

Using case studies from across the world, this popular introductory textbook has been thoroughly updated. Now including more on systems thinking, evaluation and apps, and brand new cases. It also introduces the influential new 3Cs model (Containment, Counter-Marketing, Critical Capacity Building) This edition is supported with an expanded and enhanced companion website.

This book is essential reading for all social marketing, marketing ethics, and marketing and society courses.

Sociology.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 234x156: 228pp Hb: 978-1-138-18868-6: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18869-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64216-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138188686

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 246x174: 552pp Hb: 978-1-138-12382-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12383-0: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64859-0 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-68372-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138123823

Dummy text to keep placeholder

4th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Retail Design

Strategic Marketing Management

Theoretical Perspectives Edited by Ann Petermans and Anthony Kent The economic recession in the developed world and competition for consumer goods from the developing world has led to a re-assessment of the growth-led conventions of the retail industry. In addition, the rapid advance of e-commerce and online shopping has created new challenges for physical stores and the communication and distribution of retail brands. Retail Design provides students, researchers and practitioners with a detailed assessment of global retail design. Chapters are devoted to key issues in the visual and structural contribution of design to retail brands and format development, and to the role of design in communication.

Routledge Market: Business December 2016: 246x174: 238pp Hb: 978-1-472-46783-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-60592-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315605920

Richard M.S. Wilson, Loughborough University, UK, Colin Gilligan, Emeritus Professor, University of Sheffield, UK and Tony Hines, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Strategic Marketing Management earned its place as a classic textbook by building marketing strategy around a few simple questions. This immediately accessible structure has long made it the go-to textbook for intelligent marketing students that want to take a strategic view of marketing’s core principles.

This book also includes a lucid section on the challenging topic of management control, making it the only core textbook to cover every strategic stage of the marketing planning process so completely.

Routledge November 2017: 280 x 210: 600pp Hb: 978-1-138-77519-0: £130.00 Pb: 978-1-138-77520-6: £51.99 eBook: 978-1-315-77394-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138775190

Dummy text to keep placeholder

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Shopping 3.0

Strategic Marketing Planning

Shopping, the Internet or Both?

Cor Molenaar Retailers are in difficult times. The recession, global competition, government regulation and the growth of the Internet mean that costs are rising but margins are increasingly squeezed. Cor Molenaar's Shopping 3.0 offers an engaging, convincing and well-researched manifesto for the future of retailing; a manifesto which encourages retailers to switch their approach from a strategy that is based around transactions to one that is based around customers. Logic dictates that there is no one single strategy that will work for all retailers; some of them may indeed benefit from investing in e-retailing solutions and the Internet but for others, success will lie in developing a service based on customer experience or one with some apparently bespoke elements; a strategy to appeal to customers as individuals. Shopping 3.0 examines all these changes.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 226pp Hb: 978-1-409-41764-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25594-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-60905-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255944

Colin Gilligan, Emeritus Professor, University of Sheffield, UK, Richard M.S. Wilson, Loughborough University, UK and Tony Hines, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Strategic Marketing Planning is an evolution from Wilson and Gilligan’s classic textbook Strategic Marketing Management for students or courses that are covering marketing strategy, but without the implementation or control aspects.Like its predecessor, its focus is on simple questions: Where are we now?

And where do we want to be? This third edition of a hugely successful text has a fresh new colour layout and substantial new content and revisions.

Routledge Market: Business & Management January 2017: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-1-138-77521-3: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-77522-0: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-77393-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138775213

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

76

MARKETING Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Strategic Silence

The Internet of Things and Business

Public Relations and Indirect Communication

Martin De Saulles, University of Brighton, UK Series: Routledge Focus on Business and Management

Roumen Dimitrov, University of New South Wales, Australia Series: Routledge New Directions in Public Relations & Communication Research Offering solutions for both practice and theory, Dimitrov explores how we manage silence and asks how can strategic silence increase the capacity of PR as a change agent. Using a format of multiple short chapters and practice examples, this unique book discusses the concept of strategic silence, and its consequences for PR theory and practice. Drawing on global cases and societal issues, it will be of interest to researchers in public relations, strategic communications and communication studies.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-10003-9: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-65785-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138100039

The internet of things (IoT) has the potential to change how we live and work. It represents the next evolution of the computing revolution. The effect will be a radical restructuring of industries and business models driven by massive flows of data providing new insights into how the man-made and natural worlds work.

The Internet of Things & Business explores the business models emerging from the IoT and considers the challenges as well as the opportunities they pose to businesses around the world. Via real examples and a range of international case studies, the reader will develop an understanding of how this technology revolution will impact on the business world as well as on broader society.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 216x138: 100pp Hb: 978-1-138-68922-0: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-53784-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138689220

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Business of Gamification

Trust, Power and Public Relations in Financial Markets

A Critical Analysis Edited by Mikolaj Dymek, Mid Sweden University, Sweden and Peter Zackariasson, University of Gothenburg, Sweden Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies

Clea Bourne, Goldsmiths College, UK Series: Routledge New Directions in Public Relations & Communication Research The public relations profession claims to construct trust in complex systems, and nowhere is this more evident than in the world of finance. As the ‘trust strategists’ of the corporate world, restoring trust after successive crises, the book asks the question - if PR promotes its expertise in constructing and maintaining trust, how can it ignore its potential role in losing trust in the first place? With numerous examples from global financial institutions, trade bodies, and companies in both developed and developing markets, this challenging book will be essential for both students and professionals in PR, communication and

This edited volume contains new, and stringent, perspectives on how gamification is contextualized in business settings, both in theory as well as in practice. This book will provide a wealth of research for individuals seriously interested in the industry at the academic level. As a result, this book will serve as a reference in curricula associated with video game development for years to come.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2016: 229 x 152: 230pp Hb: 978-1-138-82416-4: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-74086-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138824164

finance.

Routledge Market: Public Relations/Communication Studies December 2016: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-71921-6: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-86752-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415719216

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The End of Shops

Value First then Price

Social Buying and the Battle for the Customer

Quantifying value in Business to Business markets from the perspective of both buyers and sellers

Cor Molenaar Shops are facing tough times: recession, local legislation, parking problems, competition from the internet and the strong position of suppliers. Buying on the Internet 24/7 has become a real alternative to the local shop with its rigid opening hours and limited choice. So is there still a future for the traditional retailer?

What are the latest developments in this environment and how can these be translated into significant business models? Cor Molenaar analyses the struggle and the risks to describe the opportunities and potential for the retail trade to turn the tide.

He looks at the new buying behaviour of consumers (the new shopping), the evolution of retail (how it used to be, how it is now and what it has to become) and shows what the future for the shop will actually look like. Shops need to change, to reassess their unique customer appeal and work in new ways with suppliers and customers if they are to survive.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 210pp Hb: 978-1-409-44974-4: £40.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25599-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-61607-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255999

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by Andreas Hinterhuber, Hinterhuber and Partners, Austria and Todd C. Snelgrove, SKF, USA In this innovative book, Hinterhuber and Snelgrove propose the first quantitative methodology to value pricing, and road-tests this methodology through a wide variety of real-life industrial cases. In doing so, they provide researchers with a method by which to draw invaluable data-driven conclusions, and sales and marketing managers the theories and best practices they need to quantify the value of their products to demanding, hard-nosed purchasers.

This book will be essential reading for sales and pricing specialists as well as business strategists, in both research and practice.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2016: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-10162-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-10163-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-65681-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138101623

New in Paperback

Companion Website

MARKETING

77

TEXTBOOK

Video Game Marketing A student textbook Peter Zackariasson, University of Gothenburg, Sweden and Mikolaj Dymek, Mid Sweden University, Sweden The video game industry has been one of the fastest growing cultural phenomena of our times and to a new generation of "indie gamers", being a game developer isn’t just about design and production. This textbook is for game design or development students, or aspiring developers, who want to know how to promote and sell the results of their efforts. It provides a much-needed guide to the essentials of marketing strategy, applied to the video games industry.

Replete with pedagogy to aid learning such as objectives and discussion questions for each chapter, as well as online instructor materials, this book is all aspiring video game developers will need to unleash the potential of their games.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2016: 234x156: 156pp Hb: 978-1-138-81226-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-81227-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74890-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138812260

Dummy text to keep placeholder

What the New Breed of CMOs Know That You Don't MaryLee Sachs This book should be viewed as a primer for any new or aspiring CMO, C-suite peer to marketing, or marketer looking to ’up their game’, and as such it provides a range of ideas, concepts, approaches and considerations from a wide range of CMOs who are driving significant transformation within their organizations.

The chief marketing officer is arguably the least understood role in the C-suite by both the outside world and internal audiences.

Job specifications differ widely - much more than for the chief executive officer (CEO), chief financial officer (CFO), or chief talent officer. This book helps to define parameters for both B2C and B2B marketers and points to some game-changing strategies designed to lead change and deliver success. Following the success of her first book, The Changing MO of the CMO, MaryLee Sachs has drawn on her research and interviews with some of the most inventive new CMOs from companies in established and emerging markets.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 174pp Hb: 978-1-409-45572-1: £35.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27188-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54742-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138271883

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

78

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Agile Project Management

Business Architecture

Tristan Boutros and Jennifer Cardella Series: Fundamentals of Project Management

A Practical Guide Jonathan Whelan and Graham Meaden

Agile Project Management introduces a basic Agile primer that focuses on building and improving project management knowledge in a structured, but easy to read format, rather than in a theoretical or conceptual manner. Tristan Boutros and Jennifer Cardella use an enterprise portfolio perspective to create an understanding of the nature and value of agile oriented thinking and a culture of continuous improvement. Alongside an explanation of the key processes and tools, the text includes sample learning materials such as getting started instructions, practical guides and real world examples.

Routledge Market: Business and Management July 2017: 246x174: 150pp Pb: 978-1-472-46280-0: £30.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472462800

To succeed, Business Architecture must be pragmatic and, to be sustainable, it must focus on achieving long-term value and, at the same time, recognise the shorter-term tactical needs of the organisation. With these challenges in mind, this book provides a practical guide on how to employ Business Architecture and how to build a balanced proposition that delivers value to a broad range of stakeholders. Whilst recognizing best practice, this book explores a new, inspirational level of Business Architecture whilst acknowledging that the best way to realize the vision is one step at a time.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-1-409-43859-5: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24731-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57056-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138247314

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Air Cargo Management

Collaborating for Results

Air Freight and the Global Supply Chain

Silo Working and Relationships that Work

Michael Sales

David Ian Willcock

This new edition of Air Cargo Management builds on the success of the previous edition, focussing on the role of air freight in the global supply chain, updates include: The role of E-Commerce and its changing influence on the industry; A new chapter on crime, security and terrorism; Updated case studies throughout, and New contributors providing professional insight from the industry.

Providing a practical approach, this text is the perfect companion for undergraduate students studying air logistics, transportation logistics, air cargo and supply chain management. Professionals and managers in the field will also find Sales’ easy style and industry insights useful.

Where collaboration is needed and silo working creates barriers to achieving this, the cost to organisations can be very high: a lack of shared learning and innovation; unproductive conflict and stress; and significant financial costs due to programme failures. Collaborating for Results focuses on the human reasons for unproductive silo working in organisations, combining psychology with broader organisation development theory and practice. The central theme is that a visible agenda for building and maintaining working relationships across organisations is required by those seeking competitive advantage. It describes the contours of working relationships at three levels - individual, team and organisation - and proposes practical actions en route to collaboration and high performance.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 234x156: 222pp Hb: 978-1-138-65953-7: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65954-4: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62016-9 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-64364-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138659537

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 238pp Hb: 978-1-409-46429-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25552-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57260-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255524

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

An Introduction to Industrial Service Design

Commercial Project Management

Edited by Satu Miettinen, Stanford University, USA

A Guide for Selling and Delivering Professional Services

Case studies from leading companies such as ABB and Volkswagen enable readers to connect academic research with practice. An Introduction to Industrial Service Design illustrates the role of the service designer in an industrial company, and highlights both the value of customer experience and employee experience in creating competitive services and value propositions. This book will be of benefit to engineers, designers, businesses and communication experts working in industry, as well as students interested in service development.

Robin Hornby

Routledge Market: Business November 2016: 234x156: 146pp Hb: 978-1-472-48577-9: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56686-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315566863

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Commercial Project Management fills a void in the project management landscape. Project manager and author Robin Hornby considers commercial project management to be a neglected and poorly understood discipline, a situation he aims to rectify. His new book, with a wealth of ‘how to do it’ advice, explanatory illustrations, practical techniques, and proven checklists, will give contracted project managers a confidence boost and a head start in their demanding role.

This is a how-to book for project and business managers working in a commercial environment looking for practical guidance on conducting their projects and organizing their firm.

Routledge Market: Business and Management July 2017: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-23767-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-23768-1: £35.00 eBook: 978-1-315-29927-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138237674

New in Paperback

Companion Website

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Cost Engineering Health Check

Do More with Less

How Good are Those Numbers?

The Key Performance Indicators to Deliver Sustainability at Work

Dale Shermon, QinetiQ Bristol, Bristol and Mark Gilmour, QinetiQ, Bristol High quality cost estimating gives a business leader confidence to make rational financial decisions. But how can you be confident that your cost information is of high quality? QinetiQ's Cost Engineering Health Check is used as a capability benchmarking tool to identify improvement opportunities within their clients' cost estimating capability, enabling them to focus on areas that have the potential to increase their competitiveness. The Cost Engineering Health Check employs a standardised competency framework that considers all aspects of cost estimating capability, and provides an objective assessment against both best practice and the industry standard.

Gower Market: Business and Management November 2016: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-1-472-48407-9: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-57443-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315574431

TEXTBOOK

79

Uly Ma At the COP 21 conference in Paris last December, 187 countries pledged to limit global o ambient temperature rise to below 2 C from pre-industrial times. Sustainable Innovation is aimed at helping companies and teams to contribute to COP 21 and do sustainability in a practical and achievable way. The author offers an easy, simple and practical approach to sustainability exist comprising three elements: understanding what technology is available and what it can do for you; engaging the individuals and teams in your workplace; and managing the business processes effectively.

Routledge Market: Business and Management July 2017: 234x156: 152pp Hb: 978-1-138-21704-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21705-8: £30.99 eBook: 978-1-315-44164-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138217041

3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

Creativity for Innovation Management John Bessant, Exeter Business School, UK and Ina Goller, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Zurich Creativity for Innovation Management is a rigorous yet applied guide which illustrates what creativity is, why it matters, and how it can be developed at both individual and group levels.

Unlike many technique-oriented books, this book will combine theory and practice.

This will be complemented by online resources which will provide students with access to key tools and techniques plus activities to help develop their creativity. This textbook is ideal for students of innovation, management and entrepreneurship, as well as professionals in those industries that want to excel by developing and applying their own creativity at work.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-64130-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64132-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-63058-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138641303

Effective Document and Data Management Unlocking Corporate Content Bob Wiggins Effective Document and Data Management illustrates the operational and strategic significance of how documents and data are captured, managed and utilized. Without a coherent and consistent approach the efficiency and effectiveness of the organization may be undermined by less poor management and use of its information. The third edition of the book is restructured to take this broader view and to establish an organizational context in which information is management.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 266pp Hb: 978-1-409-42328-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26946-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57891-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138269460

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Culture Matters

Effective Multi-Unit Leadership

Decision-Making in Global Virtual Teams

Local Leadership in Multi-Site Situations

Norhayati Zakaria Global virtual teams (GVTs) have evolved as a common work structure in multinational corporations due to their efficiency and cost-effectiveness. The cultural differences can produce great benefits in terms of perspective, creativity, and innovation, but can also exacerbate interpersonal tensions, miscommunications, and clashing decision-making behaviors.

This book outlines cultural competencies specific to GVTs and sheds light on management strategies for creating an optimal inter-cultural GVT environment. It covers theory, decision making strategies, and activities for cultural competence and problem resolution, all told through vignettes and lessons-learned.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management November 2016: 235 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-482-24016-0: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-482-24018-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482240160

Chris Edger There is a growing recognition of the increasing importance of ’local leadership’ practice within multi-unit service contexts, given the threat to costly land-based retail infrastructures from smart technologies. Multi-site organizations are economically significant, but currently under-researched and poorly understood. In Effective Multi-Unit Leadership, Chris Edger looks at that key managerial cohort in the retail, hospitality and service sectors operating between the centre and unit - the Multi-Unit Leader (MUL). This district, area or regional manager, is tasked with maximising revenue and profit from a complex and ambiguous positional space, being sandwiched between the centre and unit, facing the MUL paradox: how do they motivate unit managers and team members to provide great service whilst simultaneously fulfilling the Centre's compliance agenda?

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 328pp Hb: 978-1-409-42432-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25778-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57893-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138257788

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

80

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Elements of Diagramming

Global Outsourcing Strategies

Design Theories, Analyses and Methods

An International Reference on Effective Outsourcing Relationships

Clive J. Richards

Roxane Gervais and Peter Barrar

This book brings together some of the growing number of research studies and inquiries into practice that have focused on the visual communication design aspects of diagrams used principally to inform the non-expert. This places it firmly in the domain of that viewer/user-centred field of endeavour called information design. Diagramming is a universal graphic ’language’ used in almost all fields of human activity - thus there are many subject-specific ’dialects’. However a central thesis in this work is that there is a limited set of visual codes, which, through a virtually infinite range of potential combinations, provides a great variety of diagrammatic possibilities.

Routledge Market: Business and Management July 2017: 246x174: 250pp Hb: 978-1-472-47232-8: £75.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472472328

One of the most significant techniques to which companies and organizations have turned to improve service delivery and reduce costs has been outsourcing. Over the last 10 years, almost any process has been successfully outsourced. But during that period there have been failures too; projects that never realised their objectives or that had unforeseen impact on business.

Global Outsourcing Strategies is a state-of-the-art guide to the best lessons to be learned for successfully implementing and outsourcing projects, or for revisiting existing operations. The 22 chapters explore some of the new areas for outsourcing, after traditional targets such as IT and finance. Information is provided on the different facets of the outsourcing process, such as contract negotiation, the risks involved in outsourcing, the need for service level agreements, the critical requirements needed to build and sustain outsourcing relationships, and ethical supply chain issues.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 346pp Hb: 978-0-566-08624-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25518-0: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255180

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Fashion Supply Chain and Logistics Management

Harvesting External Innovation

Yi Wang, University of Manchester, UK.

Managing External Relationships and Intellectual Property

The fashion industry has a dynamic, ever changing landscape. The last decade has seen a shift in consumer expectations and a heightened dependence on supply chain management. These shifts in the consumer mentality have already forced apparel retailers to adapt, making changes throughout their organizations to maintain consumer loyalty.

This new text provides an overview of the latest trends and advances in fashion supply chain management and logistics.

Drawing on the expertise of academics, researchers and industry experts, including a wealth of real-life cases, this book is an ideal overview for advanced students and academics in fashion management, as well as practising professionals.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-20553-6: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20554-3: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46653-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138205536

Donal O'Connell A fundamental change in the way organisations approach innovation is taking place. It involves cooperating and collaborating with external parties in the area of innovation and in the research and development of products and services and is driven by the simple realisation that not all the smart people work for just one organisation - it is necessary to work with smart people outside the company. Few intellectual property books concentrate on external innovation and more particularly on dealing with external inventors and handling their inventions.

Harvesting External Innovation is different. It begins by examining the broad subject of innovation, stressing the need to understand its forms and phases, ways and means to encourage innovation. It then addresses the growing phenomenon of external innovation, where companies are cooperating and collaborating with a variety of external parties, driven by a passion for innovation.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-1-409-41833-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25244-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-58626-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138252448

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Further Advances in Project Management

Images of Projects

Guided Exploration in Unfamiliar Landscapes

In this very distinctive book, Images of Projects challenges how we think about projects in the most fundamental way: it rejects outright the idea of a one 'best way' to view all projects and also the idea of following a prescriptive approach. In contrast, Images of Projects seeks to encourage a more pragmatic and reflective approach, based on deliberately seeing projects from multiple perspectives, exploring the insights and implications which flow from these, and crafting appropriate action strategies in complex situations. Based on real examples and the authors' work over the last ten years, Images of Projects presents seven pragmatic images for making sense of the complex realities of projects.

Illustrated using various models, these images are presented in ways that allow the reader to reflect upon their own mental models in relation to the different perspectives in this book.

Edited by Darren Dalcher Series: Advances in Project Management The chapters collated in this volume bring together leading authorities on topics that are relevant to the management, leadership, governance and delivery of projects.

The main aims of the collection are to reflect on the state of practice within the discipline; to propose new extensions and additions to good practice; to offer new insights and perspectives; to distil new knowledge; and, to provide a way of sampling a range of the most promising ideas, perspectives and styles of writing from some of the leading thinkers and practitioners in the discipline.

Routledge Market: Project Management December 2016: 234x156: 290pp Hb: 978-1-138-20664-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20665-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46437-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138206649

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 288pp Pb: 978-1-138-27094-7: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138270947

New in Paperback

Companion Website

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Information Design

Leading Complex Projects

81

Research and Practice

Kaye Remington

Edited by Alison Black, Paul Luna, Ole Lund and Sue Walker

Kaye Remington's Leading Complex Projects draws on original, empirical research into successful leadership of complex projects, including 70 in-depth interviews with people, across a broad range of industries, selected for their roles in guiding complex projects towards successful outcomes. The book, structured around the major themes from the interviews, explains and applies emerging best-practice in a coherent and focused way.

A potent combination of wisdom from leaders in practice and the latest knowledge from many fields of research will engage experienced practitioners, as well as those who are teaching and researching projects, complexity and leadership.

Information Design provides citizens, business and government with a means of presenting and interacting with complex information. It embraces applications from wayfinding and map reading to forms design; from website and screen layout to instruction. Done well it can communicate across languages and cultures, convey complicated instructions, even change behaviours. Information Design weaves design theory and methods with case studies of professional practice from leading information designers across the world. The heavily illustrated text is rigorous yet readable and offers a single, must-have, reference to anyone interested in information design.

Routledge Market: Business January 2017: 244 x 172: 750pp Pb: 978-0-415-78632-4: £50.00 eBook: 978-1-315-58568-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415786324

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 364pp Hb: 978-1-409-41905-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27047-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59181-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138270473

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Innovating at the Edge

Leading Extreme Projects

Tim Jones Today as the new economy is brought into line with the old, increasing fragmentation of a global economy drives change across multiple sectors. Organizations operating at the leading edge of the innovation paradigm are adopting a whole new set of approaches to help them redefine the present and build the future. ; ; Learn how companies such as Egg, Dyson and Smint are redefining their markets, how organizations such as ARM and Qualcomm are deriving their soaring revenues wholly from licensing, and how firms such as Nokia and Nike are constantly evolving their product portfolios and associated value propositions. These real-life examples provide key lessons for all involved in creating and delivering new businesses, products and services.

Routledge December 2016: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-1-138-15425-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-750-65519-4: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-080-49540-8

Strategy, Risk and Resilience in Practice Alejandro Arroyo and Thomas Grisham Leading Extreme Projects explores the challenges, obstacles and techniques associated with running large projects in some of the most challenging environments and economies in the world.

The authors’ insights and advice will help the reader understand the global context of leadership in these extreme projects; the nature of the structures and teams required to create, design, operate and transfer global capital programs. In particular, they provide perspectives on the issues of leading cross-cultural teams, working amongst sensitive indigenous people and transferring knowledge to build local capacity.

Routledge Market: Business May 2017: 246x174: 220pp Hb: 978-1-472-46312-8: £75.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472463128

* For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138154254

7th Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

ISO 9000 Quality Systems Handbook-updated for the ISO 2001: 2015 standard

Lean and Agile Project Management

Using the Standards as a Framework for Business Improvement David Hoyle Packed with insights into how the standard has been used, misused and misunderstood, ISO 9000 Quality Systems Handbook will help you to decide if ISO 9001 certification is right for your company and gently guide you through the terminology, requirements and implementation of practices to enhance performance.

Matched to the revised structure of the standard, with clause numbers included for ease of reference, the book also includes; summary checklists ,clear tables and diagrams and downloadable template report forms.

This new edition includes substantially more guidance for students, instructors and managers in the service sector, as well as those working with small businesses.

Routledge Market: Business & Management/Quality Management June 2017: 246x174: 784pp Hb: 978-1-138-18863-1: £160.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18864-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64219-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138188631

How to Make Any Project Better, Faster, and More Cost Effective Terra Vanzant Stern, PhD When project managers are faced with budget cuts and fewer resources, waste elimination becomes a priority in maintaining effectiveness. This does not mean shortening or abandoning traditional project cycles, though. In fact, fast results on critical assignments can only be completed with strong plans and a detailed work-breakdown structure. The connections, or lack thereof, are what strongly impact performance and quality. This book defines nine wastes found in project management and demonstrates how they can be addressed with lean technology.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management January 2017: 254 x 178: 338pp Hb: 978-1-498-73916-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-498-73917-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498739160

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

82

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Lean and Digitize

Managing Global Supply Chains Ron Basu, Performance Excellence Limited, UK and J. Nevan Wright, Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand

An Integrated Approach to Process Improvement Bernardo Nicoletti Lean and Six Sigma initiatives are designed to enable sustained improvements in your company or organization's efficiency and competitiveness. As with other improvement strategies they are dependent on two things, effective management and your ability to automate or digitize elements of your business process.

Lean and Digitize provides you with a convincing picture of each of these elements (process improvement, digitization and the management of both) to help you eliminate waste, improve process and service, and better align your information and communications technology with your strategic objectives.

Bernardo Nicoletti analyses and reviews the development of automation and telecommunications systems in the context of quality management and process improvement. He uses case examples to illustrate organizational and management approaches to implementation.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 266pp Hb: 978-1-409-44194-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26176-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-59186-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138261761

Basu and Wright demonstrate the importance of good supply chain management in this new edition, with practical tools and techniques to add value, deliver cost reduction and improve customer satisfaction. Substantially revised and extended this book includes an holistic approach incorporating the upstream suppliers and the downstream customers, with comprehensive insight into lean and agile supply chains supported by tools, techniques and case examples.

Managing Global Supply Chains is a practical text with excellent coverage and is ideal for post-experience business students or learning professionals in supply chain management.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x174: 470pp Hb: 978-1-138-64666-7: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-64668-1: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62741-0 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-138-14391-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138646667

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Lean TRIZ

Managing Innovation and Operations in the 21st Century

How to Dramatically Reduce Product-Development Costs with This Innovative Problem-Solving Tool H. James Harrington, CEO, Harrington Management Systems, Los Gatos, California Series: Management for Results Lean TRIZ is a new workshop-based process that brings together teams to focus on specific processes, evolutionary product designs, and improvement opportunities. It combines the insight of TRIZ with the simplicity of Value Engineering, EXPRESS, or FAST methodologies. TRIZ is the most advanced problem solving tool available. By combining TRIZ’s simplest concepts with those in the EXPRESS methodology (used by Ford and Ernst & Young), it is feasible to apply this new methodology to new concepts that are not traditionally applicable to the TRIZ methodology.

Jose Arturo Garza-Reyes, Derby Business School, The University of Derby, Kedleston Road Campus, Derby UK, Vikas Kumar, Bristol Business School, University of the West of England Frenchay Campus, Bristol UK, Juan Luis Martinez-Covarrubias, Irish Regional Assemblies, Republic of Ireland, Dublin, Ireland and Derby Business School, Unviversity of Derby, UK and Ming K Lim, Professor of Supply Chain and Logistics Operations University of Derby, Derby, UK This book is for directors, consultants, practitioners, and professionals aspiring to effectively manage operations, but is targeted at applying innovation to the management of operations, including supply chains. It is appropriate for those establishing a career in innovation and operations management. This book will equip readers with understanding of the nature of innovation, operations management concepts, business models, methods and tools; explore best practices and most commonly used operations and innovation business models, methods, and tools used by successful organisations.

Productivity Press Market: Business January 2017: 235 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-21677-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-138-40013-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138216778

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management October 2017: 235 x 156: 225pp Hb: 978-1-138-21472-9: £38.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138214729

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Making Better Business Decisions

Managing Intellectual Capital in Practice

Stefan Sanchez and Alan Brown Making Better Business Decisions provides a toolkit for understanding the case for a new project, product or service, business change or other investment of resources. The phrase ’business case’ is universally understood, but scratch below the surface and you will find that it has many different meanings depending on the context and culture of an organisation. This is completely understandable, but wouldn’t it be helpful if there was a common approach and a common language to developing business cases? Stefan Sanchez and Alan Brown unpack the different elements of a business case, setting out in detail what should be covered as follows: Strategic case - why do we want to invest and what are the outcomes we want to achieve? Economic case - what choices do we have and how do we assess them to identify a solution? Commercial case - who are our delivery partners and what is the ’deal’ with them? Financial case - can we afford it and where is the money coming from?

Routledge July 2017: 234x156: 144pp Pb: 978-1-472-48568-7: £25.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472485687

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Goran Roos, Warwick University, UK, Göran Roos, Stephen Pike and Lisa Fernstrom This book is the essential guide for managers wishing to implement the benefits of Intellectual Capital thinking in their companies or divisions. It serves as an easily accessible introduction to the subject area for the novice, giving the gist of what it is about and how it has developed, but above all it gives hands-on instructions on how to incorporate intellectual capital thinking in everyday business.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 229x152: 400pp Hb: 978-1-138-17642-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-750-67940-4: £43.99 eBook: 978-0-080-47911-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138176423

New in Paperback

Companion Website

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Managing Knowledge in Project Environments

Marketing and Supply Chain Management

Judy Payne and Steve Simister Series: Fundamentals of Project Management

A Systemic Approach

Managing Knowledge in Project Environments illustrates how the trouble with knowledge management is that it can mean anything from documents and data systems to managing ideas. This confusion is exacerbated in a project environment where managers work on deliverables or goals and rarely have time for knowledge; the ’not invented here’ syndrome makes some project managers reticent to adopt general knowledge management practice; and where there is a tendency to use templates, tools and registers to write things down with little thought for their context or subsequent application. To overcome this challenge, the authors present Knowledge Management (KM) as a series of principles, choices and contextual factors - providing readers with a framework for understanding and thinking about what KM means for their context: their projects, their organisations and their working environment.

Dimitris Folinas, Technological Educational Institute of Central Macedonia, Greece and Thomas Fotiadis, Democritus University of Thrace, Greece.

This new textbook is among the first to synergise marketing and SCM in recognition of the importance of demand-supply integration. Its holistic approach provides students with a top-level understanding of these functions and their symbiotic relationship to one another.

The text first maps out the correlation of the two functions' respective frameworks and goals. It then explores mutually important topics such as customer-service orientation, sourcing and procurement, distribution, sustainability and green SCM.. This textbook is ideal for students of marketing, logistics, supply chain management and procurement that want to understand the machinations of business at a macro level.

Routledge July 2017: 246x174: 135pp Pb: 978-1-472-48027-9: £30.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472480279

Routledge Market: Business & Management February 2017: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-1-138-18164-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18165-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64685-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138181649

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Managing Service Innovation Steve Conway, University of Bath, UK Through reference to academic studies and real-world cases, this textbook focuses exclusively on the management and shaping of service innovation and will be a must-read for final year undergraduates and masters level students interested in service and innovation management and marketing.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 246x174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-68719-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-68720-1: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415687195

Mechanical Design and Manufacture of Hydraulic Machinery Mei Zu-yan Series: Hydraulic Machinery Series This volume in the Hydraulic Machinery Book Series covers the most important types of hydraulic machinery: hydraulic turbines for transforming water power to mechanical output; and pumps for producing fluid pressure for many purposes. It describes the features of mechanical design of various types of turbines and pumps. The structure of a hydraulic machine is decided primarily to satisfy the need of fluid flow, so hydraulic characteristics of the machines are also stressed. Manufacturing processes of turbines and pumps and their requirements are referred to in chapters on mechanical construction.

Routledge December 2016: 568pp Hb: 978-1-856-28820-0: £116.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26897-5: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138268975

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Managing Your Project Management Career

Music Distribution and the Internet

Lindsay Scott

A Legal Guide for the Music Business

There are many great books written on how to carry out the role of a successful project practitioner yet none that focus on how to successfully manage a project management career. Managing Your Project Management Career brings together the latest expert advice; real-life examples and tried and tested practical tools to help you manage all aspects of your project management career. Areas include: Finding project management positions, creating project specific CVs, how to find new opportunities; and preparing for interview, Managing your career in project management, training and development, career paths, self-analysis and assessment, Advancing in your project management career, creating career strategies, gaining promotion, choosing different modes of working and optimising your experience.

Routledge July 2017: 246x174: 200pp Pb: 978-1-472-45277-1: £30.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472452771

83

Andrew Sparrow There is hardly an aspect of internet music promotion, sale and distribution which does not have a legal dimension. Since the stakeholders in the process includes artists, their managers, music publishers, record companies, distribution companies and the consumer, the law relating to internet music distribution is extremely complex. Andrew Sparrow's Music Distribution and the Internet provides those connected to the music and media industries with a guide to the legal requirements they must meet, answering questions such as: How should you conclude contracts with consumers over the internet? What are the various legal terms and conditions that should govern the sale of physical product to online music buyers? How should a website user's personal information be handled? What limitations are there on the way this data may be used for ongoing marketing of an artist's work or the merchandise associated with it?

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 222pp Hb: 978-0-566-08709-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26937-8: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138269378

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

84

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Object-Connected ICT

Project Cost Recording and Reporting

Exploiting the Power of Smart Identification

Alexia Nalewaik Series: Fundamentals of Project Management

Anthony Furness, Anthony Furness & Associates, Stafford, UK, John Griffiths, Technology Innovation Centre, Birmingham, England, UK and Paul Chartier, Praxis Consultants, Chippenham, UK Item-attendant information and communications technology (ICT) provides an all embracing format that allows for automatic identification and data transfer. It's designed to both better manage products and their components, as well as keep track of all the physical assets and people in a corporation. This book demonstrates how, through ICT, a corporation can gain control of all its assets and be able to handle data extremely fast and effectively, while also offering a platform for integrating ICT information with other IT functions. It also details how technology can be employed to increase efficiency, productivity, profitability, and competitive advantage.

Auerbach Publications June 2017: 235 x 156: 288pp eBook: 978-1-420-06952-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781420069525

Project owners rely on project reports in order to make decisions. A number of projects will also carry specific contract terms for cost reporting, on which the project funding is dependent. However, reporting is often inadequate for this purpose. For example, there may be too much or too little information, which confuses the Board or executives. Data may be misrepresented, incomplete, unrecognized, not validated, or simply inaccurate.

Owner oversight of projects requires accurate, timely, and relevant status reporting, yet all too often it is not provided. Project Cost Recording and Reporting explains the fundamental difference between and the challenges of reconciling project cost management with traditional business accounting. The author then explains how to develop a reporting style that is appropriate to the different stakeholder types and their needs (decision-making, governance, planning etc) as well as the different stages of the lifecycle and the type of project.

Routledge October 2017: 234x156: 140pp Pb: 978-1-409-45099-3: £30.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781409450993

Dummy text to keep placeholder

5th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Outsourcing Energy Management

Project Management for Engineering, Business and Technology

Saving Energy and Carbon through Partnering Steven Fawkes This book describes energy management outsourcing as a way of addressing the current energy challenges facing all organizations, namely high and volatile energy prices, the need to mitigate climate change and potential supply constraints as oil production peaks. These problems are likely to intensify in the coming years, yet most organizations have reduced in-house capability to address them, thus outsourcing is increasingly seen as an essential part of any strategy to reduce energy use and carbon emissions. The author describes the basic processes of energy management and how to outsource them in a strategic way to achieve maximum results. The process is based on a new model of energy management looking at total costs, which is presented in the book. The book offers a comprehensive guide to outsourcing energy management, discussing the risks and benefits and taking managers through the process of deciding whether to outsource or not, and finding and assessing an outsourcing partner.

John M. Nicholas, Loyola University, Chicago, Illinois, USA and Herman Steyn, University of Pretoria, South Africa Project Management for Business, Engineering and Technology, th 5 edition answers a need for improved project management across all industries.

This new edition features: Updates throughout to cover the latest developments in project management methodologies New case studies throughout to help students develop their understanding and put principles into practice New coverage of lean project management and agile project management Alignment with PMBOK terms and definitions for ease of use alongside PMI qualifications Extensive instructor support materials, including PowerPoint slides, exam questions and answers, case studies and links to further reading.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 218pp Hb: 978-0-566-08712-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25624-8: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138256248

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x189: 698pp Hb: 978-1-138-93735-2: £99.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93734-5: £54.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67631-9 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-080-96704-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138937345

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Program Management

Project Portfolio Management

Michel Thiry Series: Fundamentals of Project Management

Alfonso Bucero Series: Fundamentals of Project Management

Program management (PgM) is fast developing as the essential link between strategy and projects and as a vehicle for organizational change. It offers the means to manage groups of projects with a common business purpose in an integrated and effective way. The heavily revised text reflects the latest program management guides and international standards and includes: a new section on agile management in programs; the author’s own program management maturity measure; a new section on change management, which is now integral to many programs. The result is an essential guide to program management that incorporates a robust theoretical framework.

Project portfolio management has been a much neglected element within many organizations' approaches to project management which is counter-intuitive when you consider the potential it offers. Alfonso Bucero's Project Portfolio Management recognizes the value of this technique as a means of enabling decisions on which projects to approve, which to reject and which to fast-track. The author explains the relationship of portfolio management to project and program management and places all three elements in the context of organizational success. The text then uses models, templates and examples to provide the reader with a battery of tools for making portfolio management decisions and realising the results of those decisions.

Routledge Market: Business November 2016: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-1-472-47427-8: £32.50 eBook: 978-1-315-26493-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315264936

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Routledge July 2017: 234x156: 150pp Pb: 978-1-472-42318-4: £30.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472423184

New in Paperback

Companion Website

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Project Risk Governance

Reinventing Communication

Managing Uncertainty and Creating Organisational Value

How to Design, Lead and Manage High Performing Projects

85

Dieter Fink

Mark Phillips

In Project Risk Governance, Dieter Fink breaks new ground in two ways. Firstly, he places project risk management in the context of today’s organisations in which objectives are increasingly implemented through projects to better respond to fast-changing markets. Secondly, he applies a governance perspective to examine project risk at the project and corporate levels, an approach which is significantly under-researched and for which theoretical knowledge and professional practice are at an early stage of maturity. Topics addressed relate to governance, strategy, value management and building enterprise-wide Project Risk Governance (PRG) capabilities.

In his ground-breaking book, Mark Phillips shows how even the most mature organizations can fail to deliver successful projects - and worse, how this can lead to an organization's demise. With clear examples, Mark reveals the underlying principals at work and introduces a revolutionary new technique for harnessing the power of communication to ensure long term success. For organizations of all sizes, this book changes the way we think about management and leadership. Reinventing Communication is about creating the conditions for performance and attaining long term success.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 270pp Hb: 978-1-472-41904-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26955-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-60248-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138269552

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 182pp Hb: 978-1-472-41100-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27007-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-60463-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138270077

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Project-Oriented Human Resource Management

Risk and Earned Value

Systems, Strategies and Design for the Temporary Organization

Val Jonas and Lauren Bone

Martina Huemann

Risk management and earned value are useful complementary tools for managing cost and schedule slippage in projects. EVM has been used to measure cost and schedule variance but it doesn't enable the user to predict likely variances. Risk management is used to identify and handle potential risk but may not help users understand the exact consequences of a risk that is realized. Val Jonas and Lauren Bone's Risk and Earned Value is the first book to pick up on the increasing trend for integrating these two disciplines.

The authors provide guidance on both disciplines to enable the risk manager or the EV practitioner to understand each other's disciplines. They then explore how to optimise risk and EV during the project life cycle and show how EV and Risk together support projects in delivering business objectives.

Organizations associated with projects present a whole series of challenges for HR systems and the managers that design and implement them. Projects are temporary, often involve employees working across disciplines and reporting lines, include their own communication networks, require different approaches to reward and motivation and tend to run counter to many of the systems designed for business-as-usual operation. Martina Huemann's Project-Oriented Human Resource Management offers HR specialists a practical guide to projects, project management and the specific features of the project organization.

Routledge Market: Business June 2017: 246x174: 136pp Hb: 978-1-472-45216-0: £75.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472452160

Gower July 2017: 246x174: 220pp Hb: 978-0-566-08804-9: £75.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780566088049

4th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Quality

Six Sigma in Transactional and Service Environments

A Critical Introduction John Beckford, Loughborough University, UK Quality: A Critical Introduction continues to provide a complete knowledge platform for all those wishing to study the development of the theory and practice of quality management.

Building upon previous editions' unique critical perspective on quality, this edition includes new insights on the growing popularity in practice of practical, money-saving frameworks like Lean and Six Sigma. In addition, this version includes new EFQM Excellence Model updates and a new section on ISO9001:2015, as well as an examination of the value of the ISO standards and why they are adopted by organisations.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-1-138-18609-5: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18612-5: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64402-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138186095

Hasan Akpolat In 1987, Motorola developed Six Sigma out of a need for improvement in their pager manufacturing processes. Since then, Six Sigma has been implemented by a number of manufacturing companies, predominantly in the USA. In the late 1990s, however, Six Sigma gained wider and international popularity due to successful implementation at General Electric.

Six Sigma has now become one of the integral aspects of manufacturing, as well as non-manufacturing businesses worldwide. In recent years, many books have been published on Six Sigma, mainly on its application in manufacturing and product development. This book, by contrast, focuses specifically on the application of Six Sigma in service and transactional environments. The book comprises two parts. Part One provides the necessary knowledge for understanding the Six Sigma methodology and its underlying concepts. Part Two consists of practical examples of Six Sigma application.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-566-08577-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25578-4: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255784

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

86

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Systems Cost Engineering

The Diffusion of Information and Communication Technologies

Program Affordability Management and Cost Control Edited by Dale Shermon Parametric cost estimating models are flexible tools which bring engineering, scientific and mathematical rigour to cost and schedule estimating, but great tools alone will not keep programs affordable. Tools must be applied as part of a credible process if estimates and analyses are to be accepted. Complex major projects involving engineering, hardware, software, service and IT, all suffer from two basic problems: the project sponsors often struggle to specify the project effectively, and project managers find themselves wrestling with unpredicted cost or schedule overruns. Everyone wants to be successful with the tools and solutions they use, so this book is a comprehensive collection of methods with proven success. The applications described by Dale Shermon and his co-authors have evolved over 30 years of cost engineering experience during which time they have been matured by the parametric community.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-566-08861-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25386-5: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138253865

Ewa Lechman, Gdansk University of Technology, Poland Series: Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Organizations This book provides extensive evidence on information and communication technologies development patterns and dynamics of this process across developed economies over the period 1980 to the present day. It adopts newly developed methodology to identification of the ‘critical mass’ and isolation of technological takeoff intervals, which are intimately related to the process of technology diffusion. The statistically robust analysis of country-specific data demonstrates the key economic, social and institutional prerequisites of ICT diffusion across examined countries, indicating what factors significantly foster or – reversely – hinder the process.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-20215-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-47465-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138202153

Dummy text to keep placeholder

6th Edition • NEW EDITION

The Bare Neccessities Guide to Benefits

The Essentials of Managing Programmes

Implementing Public Sector Benefit Realisation Management

John Bartlett Series: The Essentials of Project and Programme Management

Brin Hodgskiss The case for change in the public sector has never been so strong, with both austerity and a changing society compelling managers to act. Managers in the public sector can easily drown under this pressure: having to change their organisation, while saving money, and maintaining or improving service to the public they serve. The Bare Necessities Guide is aimed at those managers trying to implement BRM. Brin Hodgskiss aims to give simple, concise guidance on how to land Benefits Realisation in the public sector, with particular emphasis on local government and the emergency services, where BRM is less established.

The Essentials of Managing Programmes is an indispensable, applied guide to success in realising the benefits associated with delivering business strategy and change. John Bartlett opens with the purpose and application of programme management in the context of the business or organization. He explains how to organise for programmes, including the roles of the key players involved; how to design and establish a programme office. Three chapters cover the core elements of risk, benefits and governance.

Routledge Market: Business and Management October 2017: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-1-138-21231-2: £45.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138212312

Routledge Market: Business and Management May 2017: 234x156: 120pp Hb: 978-1-138-28828-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28829-4: £27.50 eBook: 978-1-315-26800-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138288287

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

The Basics of Change Management for Lean Six Sigma Black Belts

The Essentials of Managing Quality for Projects and Programmes

Randy K. Kesterson, General Dynamics ATP, Charlotte, North Carolina, USA

John Bartlett Series: The Essentials of Project and Programme Management

This book is geared toward Lean and Six Sigma professionals who know that a rigid, highly prescriptive, and "instant" change management program is destined to fail. The program must be transparent and flexible, and the focus should center on an experimental feedback-driven approach. This book is authored by a business executive and certified lean six sigma black belt -- most others are written by consultants, professor, or persons trained in organizational development. It will feature interviews with change management practitioners (executives, project managers, black belts, etc.) and will incorporate pertinent case studies about successful and failed changes.

Productivity Press Market: Business September 2017: 235 x 156: 150pp Pb: 978-1-138-21702-7: £19.95 eBook: 978-1-138-40014-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138217027

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

The Essentials of Managing Quality for Projects and Programmes is an indispensable, applied guide to quality management. It dispenses with the jargon and theory of quality and gets straight to the practical requirements for managing quality in a project or programme environment.It provides ground level techniques, explains the various testing methods for quality and shows how project teams can measure and control quality and how communication within and outside a project can be managed to dispel rumours and misunderstandings. It is a guide to help readers define quality and offers insightful ways for capturing, setting and communicating stakeholder expectations.

Routledge Market: Business and Management April 2017: 234x156: 104pp Hb: 978-1-138-28824-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28827-0: £32.50 eBook: 978-1-315-26801-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138288249

New in Paperback

Companion Website

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3rd Edition • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Essentials of Managing Risks for Projects and Programmes

The Foundations of Lean Management

John Bartlett Series: The Essentials of Project and Programme Management This indispensable handbook details the practical steps that can lead to success in programme management. Accelerating change has demanded that companies and organisations use programme management methods and techniques to effect it. John Bartlett provides the benefit of his deep involvement in managing large-scale change, where his advice and guidance has proved successful for both the private and public sectors of commerce and industry.

Routledge Market: Business and Management May 2017: 234x156: 120pp Hb: 978-1-138-28830-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28831-7: £27.50 eBook: 978-1-315-26799-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138288300

A History of the Civil Communication Section and Japanese Management Kenneth Hopper, William Hopper, Charles W. Protzman III, Business Improvement Group, LLC., Towson, Maryland, USA and Daniel Protzman, Business Improvement Group, LLC, Perry Hall, Maryland, USA This book documents the genesis of the CCS and how three engineers helped get the Japanese economy by teaching American management and placing an emphasis on shop-floor leadership.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management September 2017: 235 x 156: 175pp Hb: 978-1-138-03544-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26787-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781315267876

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Focused Organization

The Innovation Tools Handbook, Volume 3

How Concentrating on a Few Key Initiatives Can Dramatically Improve Strategy Execution

Creative Tools, Methods, and Techniques that Every Innovator Must Know

Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez

Edited by H. James Harrington, Harrington Associates, Los Gatos, California, USA and Frank Voehl, Harrington Associates, Los Gatos, California, USA

In The Focused Organization Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez shows you how fewer, more effectively elected and managed projects are the key to strategic and long-term success. The Focused Organization discusses the characteristics that comprise a focused organization. It describes key areas where a focused organization builds its levels of maturity; provides examples of focused organizations that outperform the rest; and explains in practical steps how all enterprises can become focused. The book finishes with a unique and inspiring case study where we learn how a business was conducted and how management evolved with the introduction of business theories, including

This book focuses on the creative tools and techniques, decisions, activities, and practices that move ideas to realization generate business value. It has a unique leaning on learning and mastering the improvement tools for managing the investment in creating new opportunities for generating customer value. It includes the discipline of managing the creative tools, methods and processes involved in innovation. It can be used to develop both product and organizational innovation. This Handbook includes a set of tools that allow managers and engineers to cooperate with a common understanding of goals and processes.

project management.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 248pp Hb: 978-1-409-42566-3: £27.50 Pb: 978-1-138-27416-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55808-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138274167

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management September 2016: 235 x 156: 439pp Hb: 978-1-498-76053-9: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-498-76054-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498760539

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Foundations of Information Systems

The Project Workout

Research, Teaching and Practice

Directing and Managing Business-Led Projects

Andrew Basden Series: Routledge Studies in Innovation, Organizations and Technology

Robert Buttrick

Applying Dooyeweerd's philosophies of 'aspects' (or modalities of living), Foundations of Information Systems: Research, Teaching and Practice introduces new multi-aspectual paradigms for understanding five main areas of importance related to IT and IS. The book sets these new paradigms in the context of extant discourse and current research within Information Systems and Technology. Adopting these paradigms promises to inspire new directions in research in each of these areas, as each makes aspects that are currently overlooked by conventional paradigms more meaningful to the researcher, developer and practitioner.

Routledge Market: Information Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 352pp Hb: 978-1-138-79701-7: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-75748-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138797017

87

The forward progress of organizations has always depended heavily on the management of projects. New plants, new products, new organizations, new methods, new ventures – all requiring dedicated teams working to strict timetables and separate budgets. These projects demand, in turn, not only speed but effective delivery, on time, on specification and on budget. The Project Workout is a uniquely interactive book on how to deliver successful projects, drive change and improve the health of your business. Robert Buttrick has written an invaluable companion for project managers and executives at any level, and a comprehensive resource for students of project management.

Routledge Market: Project Management June 2017: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-138-74449-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-138-72144-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-19442-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138721449

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

88

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Routledge Companion to Air Transport Management

The Routledge Companion to Production and Operations Management

Edited by Anne Graham, University of Westminster, UK and Nigel Halpern, Molde University College, Norway Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting

Edited by Martin Starr and Sushil Gupta Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting

The Routledge Companion to Air Transport Management provides a comprehensive, up-to-date survey of air transport management for researchers and students. This exciting new handbook provides a unique repository of current knowledge and critical debate with an international focus and coversall the key sectors of the air transport industry.

This handbook presents a balanced and critical overview of current knowledge and explores key issues and debates. They are written by an international team of leading scholars and rising stars to provide a definitive, trustworthy resource.

This seminal volume will be a touchstone for researchers, scholars and students of transport.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-64137-2: £125.00 eBook: 978-1-315-63054-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138641372

This remarkable volume highlights the importance of production and operations management as a field of study and research contributing to substantial business and social growth. The editors emphasize how production and operations management works with a range of systems—agriculture, disaster management, e-commerce, healthcare, hospitality, military systems, not-for-profit, retail, sports, sustainability, telecommunications, and transport—and how it contributes to the growth of each.

Routledge Market: Operations Management March 2017: 246x174: 764pp Hb: 978-1-138-91959-4: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68780-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138919594

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

The Routledge Companion to Lean Management

The Triple Helix

Edited by Torbjorn H. Netland, ETH Zurich, Switzerland. and Daryl J. Powell Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting Interest in the phenomenon known as ‘lean’ has grown significantly in recent years. This is the first volume to provide an academically rigorous overview of the field of lean management, introducing the reader to the application of lean in diverse application areas, from the production floor to sales and marketing, from the automobile industry to academic institutions.

Routledge Market: Lean management December 2016: 246x174: 478pp Hb: 978-1-138-92059-0: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68689-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138920590

University-Industry-Government Innovation in Action Henry Etzkowitz, University of Newcastle Business School, UK The Triple Helix is a classic in knowledge management and the definitive innovation model sitting at the intersection between university, industry and government.

This new edition updates the classic model for today’s organizations in all three spheres, including: * Austerity * The Triple Helix working together for sustainability * Science and Public Policy * The enhancement of shared decision making and operational functions when sectors take on each others’ roles The Triple Helix assists students, researchers and policymakers enhance the role of universities in development, enable firms to collaborate with each other and with universities and government to become more innovative.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-65948-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65949-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62018-3 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-96450-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138659483

Dummy text to keep placeholder

5th Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

The Routledge Companion to Management Information Systems

Total Quality Management and Operational Excellence

Edited by Robert D. Galliers, Bentley University, USA and Mari-Klara Stein, Copenhagen Business School

John S. Oakland, Oakland Consulting Plc, Michael Anthony Turner and Robert James Oakland, Oakland Consulting, UK.

This prestige reference work offers students and researchers a critical reflection on major topics and current scholarship in the evolving field of Information Systems.

A single volume survey of the field, it is organized into four balanced parts to provide an organized overview. Each chapter provides a balanced overview of current knowledge, identifying issues and discussing relevant debates.

This prestigious book is required reading for any student or researcher in (Management) Information Systems, academics and students covering the breadth of the field, and established researchers seeking a single volume repository on the current state of knowledge, current debates and relevant literature.

This updated guide to John Oakland’s classic text, in many ways a precursor to these frameworks is the ultimate holistic overview of performance improvement strategy for operations students and busy professionals looking to achieve sustainable competitive advantage. Incorporating the frameworks that succeeded it, like Six Sigma and Lean, it demonstrates how process improvement techniques can accelerate change, reduce cost and protect reputation.

Oakland’s popular, practical, jargon-free style, along with eleven updated cases, effortlessly ties the model to its real-life applications, making it easy to understand how to apply what you’ve learned to your practices.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-1-138-66645-0: £125.00 eBook: 978-1-315-61936-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138666450

Routledge Market: Business and Management July 2017: 246x189: 554pp Hb: 978-1-138-67340-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67341-0: £48.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56197-4 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-63549-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138673403

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Transforming Public Services by Design

Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts, Volume 2

Re-Orienting Policies, Organizations and Services around People Sabine Junginger Transforming Public Services by Design offers a human-centered design perspective on policies, organizations and services. Three design projects by large-scale government agencies illustrate the implications for organizations and the people involved in designing public services: the Tax Forms Simplification Project by the Internal Revenue Service (1978-1983), the Domestic Mail Manual Transformation Project by the United States Postal Service (2001-2005) and the Integrated Tax Design Project by the Australian Tax Office. These case studies offer a unique demonstration of the role of human-centered design in policy context.

Routledge Market: Business December 2016: 246x174: 188pp Hb: 978-1-409-43625-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-55018-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781409436256

Annotated Sample Contract Forms Howard M. Steinberg The challenge of the parties to an EPC contract is not to eliminate risk but rather put into place a narrative structure that enables you to predict the contractual result if a risk materializes. If the EPC contract does not allow the parties to determine the consequences of an unanticipated situation, they will have to look to an expert, mediator, tribunal, or court to impart guidance or pass judgment. The sample forms of contract in Volume 2 of Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts are intended to serve as a guide to demonstrate how risks and responsibilities can be allocated among project sponsors, EPC contractors and the various other parties that may be involved in a project.

Routledge Market: Construction October 2016: 246x174: 358pp Hb: 978-1-472-42378-8: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-54929-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315549293

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts

Using Earned Value

Two Volume Set

A Project Manager's Guide

Howard M. Steinberg

89

Alan Webb

In Volume 1 Howard M. Steinberg explores virtually every aspect of EPC contracts for infrastructure projects. The 25 chapters in Volume 1 are supplemented with real-life examples and court decisions, and offer tactical advice for anyone who must negotiate or understand EPC contracts in connection with the implementation, financing or operation of infrastructure projects. Emphasizing current market practices and strategic options for risk sharing, the book contains a narrative explanation of the underpinning of all issues involved in EPC contracting.

Routledge Market: Construction October 2016: 246x174 Pack: 978-1-138-28547-7: £200.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138285477

The concept of 'earned value' as a project management tool has been around since the 1960s; although recognized as an important technique and widely used on US Government contracts, it failed to excite much interest in the wider world because of its specifically American requirements and the cumbersome, prescriptive bureaucracy that seemed to accompany it. Recently however, with the advent of suitable software and used in a much more flexible way, there has been a growth in interest among project managers. Crucially it has been recognised that this technique can be helpful in a wide variety of projects of almost any size, not just government projects costing billions of pounds. In essence, earned value allows the project manager a more precise view of actual project performance in terms of both value generated and schedule progress than is possible with any other approach.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 152pp Hb: 978-0-566-08533-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25572-2: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138255722

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts, Volume 1

Vibration and Oscillation of Hydraulic Machinery

The Project Sponsor's Perspective Howard M. Steinberg In Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts, Howard M. Steinberg presents a practical and comprehensive guide to understanding virtually every aspect of engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) contracts for infrastructure projects. The 25 chapters in Volume 1 are supplemented with real-life examples and court decisions, and offer tactical advice for anyone who must negotiate or understand EPC contracts in connection with the implementation, financing or operation of infrastructure projects. Emphasizing current market practices and strategic options for risk sharing, the book contains a narrative explanation of the underpinning of all of the issues involved in EPC contracting.

Routledge Market: Construction October 2016: 246x174: 244pp Hb: 978-1-472-41106-8: £110.00 eBook: 978-1-315-54930-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315549309

Hideo Ohashi Series: Hydraulic Machinery Series This volume is concerned with vibration-free and quiet operation of hydraulic machines. It deals with the problems caused by mechanical and hydraulic excitations in hydraulic machinery (except for transients which are treated in a separate volume).

The invited authors from five continents are internationally recognized experts in their fields. The book looks at the fundamentals for analysis of fluid structure systems, structural vibration, shaft rotordynamics and system instability; noise and diagnosis are introduced with examples from practical experience.

Routledge November 2016: 392pp Hb: 978-1-856-28185-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26742-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-23509-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138267428

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

90

OPERATIONS, INFORMATION & PROJECT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Visual Analytics for Management Translational Science and Applications in Practice Edited by Elliot Bendoly, Ohio State University, USA and Sacha Clark, Mulsanne Management, USA This book provides students with an in-depth understanding of the concepts, frameworks and processes used to analyze and present visual data for better decision-making. Expert contributors provide guidance in translating complex concepts from large data sets and how this translation drives management practice.

Routledge Market: Data Visualization December 2016: 229 x 152: 176pp Hb: 978-1-138-19071-9: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19072-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64089-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138190719

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Winning Your Rebid How to Retain Contracts through Successful Competitive Rebids Nigel Thacker Losing contracts at rebid can have a major impact on a business: the loss of turnover and profit, of customers, skills, people and potentially reduced morale and confidence. Investment in retaining rebids can underpin significant increases in growth, at a lower cost than focussing only on chasing new business.

Average retention rate of contracts at rebid is 60-70% across many companies, with others retaining as little as 50%, or less.

However, there are proven approaches that can improve any company's chances of winning. Winning Your Rebid will help incumbent contractors increase their chances of retaining an existing contract. Whilst it includes the skills of bidding for new contracts, rebidding requires a significantly different set of actions and processes. The book takes you through all the preparations throughout a contract that will put you in the best position to win your rebid and includes valuable advice, techniques, case studies and ideas on how to run and deliver it.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 170pp Hb: 978-1-409-44035-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26172-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54706-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138261723

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

ORGANIZATIONAL STUDIES Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

A Field Guide for Organisation Development

An Introduction to Organisational Behaviour for Managers and Engineers

Taking Theory into Practice

91

Mike Alsop, Martin Saville, Grahame Smith and Ed Griffin

Paul Duncan Kitchin

Through contributions from leading organisation development practitioners with unparalleled experience, A Field Guide for Organisation Development answers four questions: What is OD and why does it matter? Where does OD fit and who does it?

How do you actually do OD? How do you know if it's worked and prove the benefit? This book provides a bridge between the theory and history of OD and the actual work of those practising it in the field. It is as comprehensive a resource to support the practice of Organisation Development as can be found anywhere.

This book supports engineers studing organisational behaviour as part of their management learning. It covers team and group working, and managing international cultural differences, which are major features of engineering degrees today. Chapters also cover key issues for maintaining a healthy working environment within an organisation, such as motivating employees, managing stress and dealing with organisational politics, as well as subjects to provide a greater understanding of company management including leadership and organizational structures.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 322pp Hb: 978-1-409-44049-9: £73.99 Pb: 978-1-138-24788-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56469-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138247888

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x189: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-68081-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68083-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56293-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680814

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Advancing Organizational Theory in a Complex World

Business Bullshit

Edited by Jane Qiu, University of New South Wales, AU, Ben Nanfeng Luo, Renmin University of China School of Business, Chris Jackson, University of New South Wales, AU and Karin Sanders, University of New South Wales, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Advancing Organisational Theory in a Complex World provides deep insights into many influential organisational theories, including, contingency theory, institutional theory, stewardship theory, population ecology theory, ambidexterity, and complexity theory. This book is dedicated to Professor Lex Donaldson, who is a thought leader in the field.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2016: 229 x 152: 148pp Hb: 978-1-138-93557-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67729-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935570

André Spicer, City University of London, UK Management scholar André Spicer investigates the advantages of business bullshit as well as its costs. The book shows how the creation and propagation of bullshit has been industrialized by marketers but is rife in business life generally - from the entrepreneur, through the human resources manager to the finance department. The author concludes with suggestions of how to minimize business bullshit - reconnecting aspects of organizations with core activities.

This provocative, lucid book is required reading for business students, researchers, employees and managers.

Routledge Market: Business & Management June 2017: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-1-138-91166-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91167-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69249-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138911666

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

American Pragmatism and Organization

Challenging Perspectives on Organizational Change in Health Care

Issues and Controversies Nick Rumens and Mihaela Kelemen American Pragmatism and Organization is a ground-breaking collection which draws together an international body of research focused on the interconnections and interplay between American pragmatism and organizational phenomena, explores the theoretical possibilities afforded by pragmatist thinking for understanding organization, and illuminates the practical advantages of doing so.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 258pp Hb: 978-1-409-42786-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25007-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56669-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138250079

Louise Fitzgerald, De Montfort University, UK and Aoife McDermott, Cardiff University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Health Management This book is designed to furnish a comprehensive theoretical basis for understanding organizational change in health care, as well as selected core issues of contemporary and future importance to the provision of effective care within sustainable systems. A series of coherent themes are addressed throughout the book from differing perspectives. However, every chapter has been written to standalone and be read independently. Each offers resources relevant to its’ focal topic, in the form of references, case studies and critique.

Setting out a future research agenda, the book will be vital reading for organizational change researchers and practitioners in the healthcare industry.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 229 x 152: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-91449-0: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-69073-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138914490

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

92

ORGANIZATIONAL STUDIES Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dance and Organization

Gender and Corporate Boards

Integrating Dance Theory and Methods into the Study of Management

The Appointment Process

Brigitte Biehl, Professor at BSP Business School Berlin Potsdam, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Dance and Organization is the first comprehensive work to integrate dance theory and methods to the study of management. It adds a missing piece to a canon of scholarly books in the area of art and management that have applied arts analogies to the business world, referring for example, to "organizations as theatre", "organizations as jazz", and "leadership as an art".

Elisabeth K Kelan, Cranfield School of Management, UK and Scarlett Brown, King's College London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Gender and Organizations Using a social constructionist understanding of gender and a discourse analysis, Gender and Corporate Boards explores the board appointment process through the experiences of women and men seeking non-executive board roles.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-65244-6: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-62426-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315624266

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 229 x 152: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-93551-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67735-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935518

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Design for Sport

Gender and the Professions

Anxo Cereijo Roibás and Emmanuel Stamatakis Series: Design for Social Responsibility Design for Sport shows how socially responsible design can contribute to make sport practice widespread in the general population including disadvantaged and hard-to-reach groups, and those that have been traditionally excluded such as the elderly, disabled people, those living in deprived areas and from lower socioeconomic strata plus certain minority ethnic and religious groups. Contributions from around the world provide compelling case studies and an international perspective. While the main benefit from expanding sports practice in developed societies would be reduction of chronic disease rates and social inclusion, in the developing world where political instability and conflict are more common, the authors look at how sport can have other functions, such as a means of post-disaster relief. They discuss how Participatory Design (PD) techniques and appropriate ethnographies can be implemented in order to better understand users' needs and requirements.

International and Contemporary Perspectives Edited by Kaye Broadbent, Griffith University, Australia, Glenda Strachan, Griffith University, Australia and Geraldine Healy, Queen Mary, University of London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Gender and Organizations Gender and the Professions provides new insights of women’s experiences in the professions in both developed and less developed countries and in professions less often explored.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-68057-9: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56395-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680579

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-566-08859-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26329-1: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263291

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Foucault and Managerial Governmentality

Gender Equality in a Global Perspective

Rethinking the Management of Populations, Organizations and Individuals Edited by Alan McKinlay, Newcastle University, UK and Eric Pezet, Professor in Organizational Theory and human Resource Management at the University of Paris Ouest Nanterre La Defense, France Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society Foucault and Managerial Governmentality is about Michel Foucault’s concept of governmentality. The novelty of this concept is that looks at the ways that populations and organisations are imagined in ways that premise collective gains through expanding individual freedoms. Specifically, how are technologies of freedom devised that improve the overall performance – health, productivity, or parental responsibility – of a given population.

Routledge Market: Business & Management January 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-91566-4: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-69009-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138915664

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Edited by Anders Ortenblad, Nord University, Norway, Raili Marling, University of Tartu, Estonia and Snjezana Vasiljevic, University of Zagreb, Croatia Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies Gender Equality in a Global Perspective examines whether Gender Equality can be adopted as it has been defined in international documents anywhere, or whether it needs to be adapted in a more local context and discusses which factors need to be taken into account when adapting Gender Equality to specific contexts.

Routledge Market: Business & Management January 2017: 229 x 152: 296pp Hb: 978-1-138-19324-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-63950-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138193246

New in Paperback

Companion Website

ORGANIZATIONAL STUDIES TEXTBOOK

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Intercultural Communication for Global Business

Management in Networks

How leaders communicate for success

Hans de Bruijn and Ernst Ten Heuvelhof

Elizabeth A. Tuleja, University of Notre Dame Grounded in the cultural intelligence (CQ) model, this bookexamines the concepts associated with understanding culture and communication within the global business environment, and integrates this conceptual understanding with real-world examples and cases.

Routledge Market: Business communication December 2016: 229 x 152: 320pp Hb: 978-1-138-93283-8: £150.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93284-5: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66864-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138932838

93

In this accessible and straightforward account, Hans de Bruijn and Ernst ten Heuvelhof cast light on multi-stakeholder decision-making. Using plain language, they reveal the nuts and bolts of decision-making within the numerous dilemmas and tensions at work.

The second edition of Management in Networks incorporates a wider spread of international cases, a new chapter giving an overview of different network types, and a new chapter looking at digital governance and the impact of big data on networks.

This insightful text is invaluable reading for students of management and organizational studies, plus practitioners – or actors – operating in a range of contexts.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 234x156: -4pp Hb: 978-1-138-21142-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21143-8: £34.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-46248-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138211421

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

International Organizational Behavior

Management Research

Transcending Borders and Cultures

European Perspectives

Dean McFarlin and Paul Sweeney, University of Dayton, USA

Edited by Sabina Siebert Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy

This book focuses on understanding and managing organizational behavior in an international context, considering both the conceptual framework of culture and practical advice for navigating cultures in the workplace. Readers will gain new tools to interpret behavior, helping them to manage international challenges effectively.

This book brings together experts in the field to take stock of European management research and reflect on its distinctiveness. Building on a successful series of papers published in the European Management Journal, this book contains international contributions providing a range of scholarly perspectives on the reality of European management research. It provides insightful contributions to the debate and offers critical reflections on what European-based scholars have to offer the study of management.

Routledge July 2017: 254 x 178: 352pp Hb: 978-1-138-12424-0: £190.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12425-7: £64.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64831-6 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-89255-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124240

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-72146-3: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138721463

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Management Control Systems in Japan

Managing Diversity in Organizations

Takashi Shimizu, Waseda University, Japan Series: Routledge Frontiers of Business Management

A global perspective

This book sheds light on Japanese management control systems and the differences between that of the US, illustrated with examples of Japanese enterprises. This book aids not only researchers in management accounting, but also provides more useful insight to international investors and management accounts that can prove useful in business management.

Routledge Market: Business April 2017: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-12275-8: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-20001-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138122758

Mar¡a del Carmen Triana This book equips students with a thorough understanding of the advantages and challenges presented by workplace diversity, suggesting techniques to manage effectively by maximizing growth and overcoming issues. Readers will learn to work with diverse groups to create a productive organization in which everyone feels included.

Routledge Market: Workplace diversity April 2017: 229 x 152: 412pp Hb: 978-1-138-91701-9: £130.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91702-6: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68928-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138917019

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

94

ORGANIZATIONAL STUDIES TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Managing Organizations in the Creative Economy

Organizational Identity and Memory

Organizational Behaviour for the Cultural Sector

Andrea Casey, George Washington University (USA) Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

David Schreiber, Belmont University, USA and Paul Saintilan, Australian College of the Arts, Australia Series: Mastering Management in the Creative and Cultural Industries This textbook introduces organizational behaviour theories and applies them to the creative world. Detailed case studies from the music business along with coverage of contemporary issues such as business decision-making, ethics, and sexuality ensure a balance between theory and practice.

This unique textbook provides readers will an applied theoretical understanding of organizational behaviour that will be of particular benefit to those looking to work in the creative and cultural industries. Students on courses such as arts business, arts management, and the music business will find this to be a vital textbook.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-138-18459-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18460-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64503-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138184596

@text Organizational Identity and Memory analyzes the relationship between organizational identity and organizational memory, in particular history and commemoration. The goal is to further our understanding of the role of this relationship in processes critical to today’s organizations: the evolution of organizational identity, the creation of organizational memory, organizational learning and change, and employee identification with organizations.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-94794-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-66978-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138947948

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Organisational Space and Beyond

Organizing Christmas

The Significance of Henri Lefebvre for Organisation Studies

Philip Hancock, University of Essex, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

Edited by Karen Dale, Lancaster University, UK, Sytze F. Kingma, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, The Netherlands and Varda Wasserman, Open University of Israel, Israel Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society This book brings together a range of authors that collectively develop a broader understanding of Lefebvre's relevance to organizational studies, including areas of management concern such as strategy and diversity studies, and ultimately draw on Lefebvre’s work to rethink, reimagine and reshape scholarship in organisational studies. It will be of relevance to researchers, academics, students and organizational professionals in the fields of organisation studies, management studies, cultural studies, architecture and sociology.

Organizing Christmas is an exploration of the organizational character of Christmas. Taking as its starting point the view that Christmas originally achieved popularity due to its potential to promote social cohesion and political stability, this book both charts, and scrutinizes, its global emergence as the preeminent economic and organizational event of the year.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 229 x 152: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-63815-0: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-63796-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138638150

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 229 x 152: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-23640-0: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-30243-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138236400

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Organizational Change in Practice

Postfeminism and Organization

The Eight Deadly Sins Preventing Effective Change

Edited by Patricia Lewis, Ruth Simpson and Yvonne Benschop Series: Routledge Studies in Gender and Organizations

Annamaria Garden, Independent OD Consultant, New Zealand This book challenges the practice or organizational change programmes. Senior managers often do not know enough about managing change. The text is arranged around eight deadly sins to avoid in the practice of change: self-deception of the change agents rather than self-awareness, destruction of the identity of the organization caused by arrogance, especially of the large consulting companies, destruction of cohesion, gobbledygook language, concentrating on structural change not behavioural change, making the organization worse not better, the intelligence in resistance, and the deep trauma of redundancy.

Routledge Market: Organisational Development March 2017: 216x138: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-79015-4: £45.00 eBook: 978-1-315-21356-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415790154

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Postfeminism and Organization inserts postfeminism as a critical concept into understandings of work and organization. While the notion of postfeminism has been extensively investigated in cultural and media studies, it has yet to emerge within organization studies, remaining marginal to understandings of work based experiences and subjectivities. The editors argue that postfeminist discourses have insinuated themselves, largely unrecognised, into the work and organizational terrain – affecting the nature and balances of power and influencing how social relationships, in their manifold guises, unfold.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 229 x 152: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-21221-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-45093-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138212213

New in Paperback

Companion Website

ORGANIZATIONAL STUDIES Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Rethinking Culture

The Organization of the Expert Society

Embodied Cognition and the Origin of Culture in Organizations David G. White, ONTOS Global, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Organizational Change & Development Rethinking Culture describes and presents evidence for a new paradigm of organizational culture. It will be of relevance to academics and researchers with an interest in business and management, organizational culture, and organizational change, as well as cognitive and cultural anthropologists and sociologists interested in applications of theory in organizational and institutional settings.

Routledge Market: Business & Management May 2017: 229 x 152: 312pp Hb: 978-1-138-21058-5: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-45497-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138210585

95

Edited by Andreas werr, SSE Institute for Research, Stockholm School of Economics and Staffan Furusten, Stockholm Economics School, Sweden Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society The Organization of the Expert Society makes the argument that current organizing initiatives in the expert society are based in an objectifying view of expertise that risks concealing and downplaying key aspects of expertise. Well-intended organizing initiatives in the expert society thus run the risk of promoting ignorance rather than securing expertise.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 229 x 152: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-94795-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-66977-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138947955

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Speech-Acting, Organization and Power

The Routledge Companion to Trust

Thorvald Gran and Nadia Von Jacobi, Research fellowUniversity of Pavia, IT Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

Edited by Rosalind Searle, Coventry University, UK, Ann-Marie Nienaber, Coventry University, UK and Sim B. Sitkin, Duke University, USA Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting

The book investigates the relation between knowledge and politics, between describing the world and changing it, between cognitive – sensing - and volitional – wilful – processes and goes on to describe how speech-acting organizes, reorganizes - and destroys organizations.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 416pp Hb: 978-1-138-63848-8: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-63773-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138638488

This volume examines the major topics and emerging areas within the field of trust research, including essays on different types of trust, trust theories, trust in contexts such as finance, politics and religion, trust repair and the dark side of trust. Led by a well-respected editor team, the international array of contributors examine current knowledge and debates within each topic, offering a fresh perspective and suggestions for future research.

The Routledge Companion to Trust will be an essential addition to library collections in organizational behaviour, management studies, behavioural economics, psychology, cultural anthropology, political science and sociology.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-81759-3: £130.00 eBook: 978-1-315-74557-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138817593

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

The Corporatization of Business Education

The Values-Driven Organization

Minerva Meets the Market

Cultural Health and Employee Well-Being as a Pathway to Sustainable Performance

Edited by Tony Huzzard, Mats Benner and Dan Kärreman Business schools, and universities more generally, are becoming increasingly corporate and market-driven, and the outcomes of this are not necessarily positive. Using studies from leading scholars in a variety of disciplines and countries, this book delves into the experiences within today’s corporatized business schools. It targets the debates surrounding the commercialization of business schools and how these affect the daily practices and routines of academic life.

This book will be compelling reading for students and academics in critical management studies, organizational studies, public management and higher education, as well as for stakeholders in academia and educational policy.

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-138-19114-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19120-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64059-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138191143

Richard Barrett, Barrett Values Centre, USA This book provides a compelling narrative about why values-driven organizations are the most successful organizations on the planet. According to Barrett, understanding employee’s needs—what people value—is the key to creating a high performing organization. The text provides both a leadership approach and a language for organizational transformation and culture change that incorporates concepts such as cultural entropy, values alignment and whole system change.

Routledge Market: Business & Management June 2017: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-138-67915-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67916-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55853-0 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-81502-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138679153

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

96

ORGANIZATIONAL STUDIES Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

The Work of Communication

Women in Business

Constituting Materiality, Agency, and Organization in Contemporary Capitalism

Theory and Cases

Timothy Kuhn, Karen L Ashcraft and Francois Cooren Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society @text The Work of Communication: Constituting Materiality, Agency, and Organization in Contemporary Capitalism explores a set of approaches to how communication can be profitably foregrounded in studies of work and organization. Across these approaches, the book shows how novel visions of materiality, agency, and organization emerge from our commitments to seeing communication as a relational practice.

Routledge Market: Business & Management June 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-93015-5: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68070-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138930155

Martha Reeves, Duke University, USA This book combines theory, empirical research, and practical, international case studies to provide students with a comprehensive resource that demonstrates theories on gender alongside their operation in everyday workplace situations.

Routledge Market: Gender and business December 2016: 246x174: 460pp Hb: 978-1-138-94924-9: £130.00 Pb: 978-1-138-94925-6: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-66917-5 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-77802-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138949249

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Wisdom Learning

Women in Management

Perspectives on Wising-Up Business and Management Education

A Framework for Sustainable Work-Life Integration

Edited by Wendelin Küpers and Olen Gunnlaugson Series: The Practical Wisdom in Leadership and Organization Series In traditional business circles, wisdom is viewed with a certain scepticism, which is in part due to its historical associations with wisdom traditions and spiritual cultures. However, in business today, wisdom and practical wisdom in particular is emerging not only as a viable but also a necessary organizational and management practice. In response to the increasingly complex and uncertain conditions of our international business environment, the editors of this book are pushing the boundaries of traditional organizational and leadership thinking and acting, making inroads into processes and applications of practical wisdom and ways of wise leading and managing.

Gower Market: Business and Management December 2016: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-1-472-46393-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-54703-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315547039

Alan Belasen, SUNY Empire State College, USA This book presents a realistic perspective on the paradoxes employees face when navigating work and personal responsibilities for career success. The author answers the critical question of how to achieve sustainable and rewarding work-life integration from a perspective of "both/and" rather than "either/or."

Routledge Market: Women in management April 2017: 229 x 152: 334pp Hb: 978-1-138-20216-0: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20218-4: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-47457-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138202160

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Wisdom, Analytics and Wicked Problems Integral Decision-Making In and Beyond the Information Age Ali Intezari and David Pauleen Series: The Practical Wisdom in Leadership and Organization Series The challenges faced by twenty-first-century businesses and governments are characterized as being fundamentally different in nature, scope and level of impact from those of the past. The challenges are ’wicked’ in nature in a sense that ’they are both pernicious and problematic to address’ being tied to multiple stakeholder interests, gaps in knowledge, and scientific uncertainty and fragmentation. Based on a cross-disciplinary conceptualization of ’wisdom’, Intezari and Pauleen demystify the abstract and practical differentiation between data-, information-, knowledge-, and wisdom-based decision making and provide an integral and practical framework for incorporating wisdom into business and management practices in both the private and public sectors.

Gower Market: Business & Management September 2017: 246x174: 215pp Hb: 978-1-472-46378-4: £95.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472463784

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PUBLIC & NON-PROFIT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Arts and Business

Designing Mobility and Transport Services

Building a Common Ground for Understanding Society

Developing traveller experience tools

Edited by Elena Raviola and Peter Zackariasson, University of Gothenburg, Sweden Series: Routledge Research in Creative and Cultural Industries Management

Edited by Mike Tovey, Andree Woodcock and Jane Osmond European cities increasingly face problems caused by transport and traffic. For many people transport provision is unsatisfactory and current arrangements are leading to a deteriorating environment. A fundamental problem is that our currently fragmented approach makes it difficult to understand fully the circumstances and needs of transport users. In any overall approach public transport is a crucial component. Designing Mobility and Transport Services shows how these issues can be addressed and resolved.

This edited volume distinguishes itself from other writings aimed at closing the gap between art and business, as it does not have a firm standpoint in one of these fields, but treating them as symmetrical and equal. The belief that by giving art and business an equal weight, the editors also create the opportunity to communicate to a wider audience and construct a path forward for art and business to coexist.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2016: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-88744-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71411-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138887442

Routledge Market: Design November 2016: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-1-472-47846-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-58729-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315587295

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Business and Government Relations in Africa

Digital Government

Edited by Robert A. Dibie, Indiana University Kokomo, USA Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management

Managing Public Sector Reform in the Digital Era

This book looks at the regulatory regimes that have an impact on business and provides a number of case studies of the relationships between government and economic development around the African continent, highlighting different processes and practices.

It will be of interest both to students at an advanced level, academics and reflective practitioners. It addresses the topics with regard to business-government relations and will be of interest to researchers, academics, policymakers, and students in the fields of African politics, comparative politics, public policy, business and politics, sustainable development and sustainability, economic development, and managerial economics.

Routledge Market: Business & Management June 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-70009-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-20498-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138700093

Miriam Lips, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand Series: Routledge Masters in Public Management Digital Government presents a public management perspective on e-Government and ICT-enabled change in the public sector. It incorporates theoretical and empirical insights along with international case studies to provide students with a broader and deeper understanding of the complex and multidisciplinary nature of e-Government initiatives, impacts, and implications.

This textbook is ideal for postgraduate students on courses in public administration, public management, public policy, political science and international relations and e-government.

It is also suitable for Public Service managers who are experiencing the impact of ICTs in the public sector.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-65564-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65565-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62240-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138655645

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Design Against Crime

Ethics Management in the Public Service

A Human-Centred Approach to Designing for Safety and Security

A Sensory-based Strategy

Caroline L. Davey and Andrew B. Wootton Series: Design for Social Responsibility Design Against Crime will aid the design profession to meet the challenges presented by the competing needs and complex systems around crime and security. It proposes that designers should use their creative talents to develop innovative solutions to security problems that contribute to the ongoing fight against crime.

The book is aimed primarily at design professionals, educators and students interested in safety and security, from all design disciplines, including product design, architecture, service design and communication design. The book should also be read by crime prevention experts, planners, local authorities, managers of urban environments and policy makers.

Routledge Market: Business February 2017: 234x156: 154pp Hb: 978-0-754-64501-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-57656-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780754645016

97

Liza Ireni-Saban, Lauder School of Government, Israel and Galit Berdugo, Lauder School of Government, Israel Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management Ethics Management in the Public Service examines the role of sense-making, which entails what is termed "somatic work," highlights how the five senses intersect with ethical discourse, thus compelling reflexive forms of somatic work by which public servants can manage "real-world" context for discussing ethical dilemmas, professional standards, and principles of codes of ethics.

Routledge Market: Business & Management January 2017: 229 x 152: 146pp Hb: 978-1-138-11894-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-65252-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138118942

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

98

PUBLIC & NON-PROFIT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Global Governance Enterprises

Innovation in City Governments

Creating Multisector Collaborations

Structures, Networks, and Leadership

John J. Forrer Global Governance Enterprises focuses on a specific multi-sector alliance – the global governance enterprise – offering a detailed analysis of the context of their emergence, as well as how they are created, managed, and sustained. By establishing a coherent framework to define what global governance enterprises look like across a wide span of sectors, the book develops a strong theoretical foundation for this type of alliance. With several case studies to serve as introduction and offer practical insight, this book provides the reader with an understanding of the practical, operational realities of organizing, financing, and sustaining global governance enterprises.

Jenny Lewis, University of Melbourne, Australia, Lykke Margot Ricard, University of Copenhagen, Denmark, Erik Hans Klijn, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands and Tamyko Ysa Figueras, ESADE Business School Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management This book offers major new insights on how structures, networks and leadership in city governments shape the social innovation capacity of cities. It provides ground-breaking analyses of how governance structures and local socio-economic challenges, are related to the innovations introduced by these cities.

Routledge Market: Public–Private Partnership November 2016: 229 x 152: 274pp Hb: 978-1-138-81211-6: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-71289-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-74895-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138712898

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 229 x 152: 196pp Hb: 978-1-138-94231-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67320-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138942318

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Governing Hybrid Organizations

Marketing Management and Communications in the Public Sector

Jan-Erik Johanson, University of Tampere, Finland and Jarmo Vakkuri, University of Tampere, Finland In the past, organizations could easily be categorised as ‘public’ or ‘private’, but the lines between these two realms are increasingly blurred — giving rise to hybrid organizations such as public-private partnerships and co-operatives. This text examines the changing landscape of public service delivery and the nature and governance of these hybrid organizations. The authors put forward a clear analytical framework for understanding hybrid governance, looking at strategy and performance management. On top of this, they weave international examples and cases from different public service contexts throughout the book, and provide discussion questions at the end of each section. This text will be valuable for students of public management, public administration and organizational studies, and will also be illuminating for practising public managers.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-65581-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65582-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62229-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138655812

Martial Pasquier, University of Lausanne, Switzerland and Jean-Patrick Villeneuve, Università della Svizzera italiana, Switzerland Series: Routledge Masters in Public Management This new edition of Marketing Management and Communications in the Public Sector continues to provide a thorough overview of the major concepts in public sector marketing and communications, and extends its coverage to topics such as social marketing, co-branding and marketing in developing countries.

The book gives students a truly international outlook and highlights the importance of marketing and communications within the public sector. Additional features include exercises and discussion questions, an extended case study, and a new downloadable worksheet to help students draft a practical marketing plan.

Routledge Market: Marketing / Public Management and Administration June 2017: 234x156: 262pp Hb: 978-1-138-65579-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-65580-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-62230-9 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-44897-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138655799

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Governing through Regulation

Modernizing the Public Sector

Public Policy, Regulation and the Law

Scandinavian Perspectives

Windholz Eric, Monash University (AU) Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management @text This volume is a study of regulation in context: in the context of the public policy it is designed to deliver; the law that enables, shapes and holds it to account; and the evolving societal and institutional frameworks within which it takes place.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-93558-7: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67728-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935587

Edited by Irvine Lapsley, University of Edinburgh, UK and Hans Knutsson, Lund University, Sweden Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management As policy makers evaluate options in the reform and renewal of public services, this book offers an in-depth analysis of the development of the "Scandic" way of modernizing the public sector management. Organised into themes of management, governance and marketization, the contents revolve around empirical accounts, revealing distinctive Scandic characteristics of reform initiatives.

This book reveals a radical edginess, particularly in Sweden, which is a largely unrecognized. Without compromising the welfare state, it may be a bold frontrunner in the development of the New Public Management. Researchers, advanced students and policy makers will find this innovative collection invaluable.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 234x156: 262pp Hb: 978-1-138-67594-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56032-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138675940

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PUBLIC & NON-PROFIT MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Participatory Governance and Representative Democracy

Public Governance and Strategic Management Capabilities

Institutional Dilemmas in European Cities

Public Governance in the Gulf States

Edited by Nils Hertting, Uppsala University, Sweden and Clarissa Kugelberg Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management This edited volume addresses the matter of institutionalization, highlighting the difficulties associated with establishing stability and a shared understanding of the roles and rules among citizens, local politicians and administrators in participatory arrangements.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-20366-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-47117-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138203662

99

Paul Joyce, Birmingham City University, UK and Turki F. Al Rasheed, Chairman Golden Grass, Inc. Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management This is a book about public governance in the Gulf States. It presents research findings from interviews and a comparative analysis of the trends and developments of the six Gulf States.

The analysis explores the extent to which the Gulf States are following their own path to modernisation.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 229 x 152: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-92634-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68330-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138926349

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Philanthropy in Practice

Public Management in Times of Austerity

Pragmatism and the Impact of Philanthropic Activity

Edited by Hanne Foss Hansen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark, Mads Bøge Kristiansen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark and Eva Moll Sørensen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management

Ekkehard Thümler, University of Heidelberg, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations Philanthropy in Practice shows how philanthropic organizations can effectively address this predicament. Drawing on the public philosophy of Pragmatism, it argues that, to be effective, they need to go for the solution of social problems of middle range.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-21068-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-45473-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138210684

Public Management in Times of Austerity seeks to explore the austerity policies adopted by European governments and their consequences to public management. It asks how governments have implemented new rules leading to more stringency in public budgeting and financial management, and how they have cut back public expenditure.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-68053-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56391-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680531

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Public Administration in Korea

Public Policy, Governance and Polarization

Its evolution and challenges

Making Governance Work

Edited by Nam Koong Keun, Seoul National University of Science and Technology, South Korea Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies

Edited by David K. Jesuit, Central Michigan University, USA and Russell Alan Williams, Missionary University, Canada Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management

The present Korean public administration and policy system has shown very significant differences compared to the system in 1970s. This book provides a comprehensive and holistic view on the development of Korean public policy and administration. The book aims to explain who the key actors are during the post-democratization period, how the administrative systems reform, and what kinds of social problems are transformed into public policies.

Polarization is widely blamed for the decline of public engagement and evidence-based policy making, creating an environment of partisan viewpoints on major policy questions.

It inhibits resolutions to critical problems from growing income inequality, austerity, and cutbacks in the public sector, to increased immigration, financial regulation and climate change. By demonstrating how institutional design, corporatist interest systems and different pedagogical approaches can help, this book provides ways to work beyond policy polarization for researchers, students and future policymakers in public administration, management and policy.

Routledge Market: Business July 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78789-5: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-22567-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415787895

Routledge Market: Business & Management March 2017: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-138-67593-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56034-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138675933

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

100

PUBLIC & NON-PROFIT MANAGEMENT

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Public Procurement as Secondary Policy

The Classical Music Industry

Axioms and Perspectives

Chris Dromey and Julia Haferkorn, Middlesex University, UK Series: Routledge Research in Creative and Cultural Industries Management

Max Rolfstam, Aalborg University, Denmark Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management The aim of this excellent new work is to provide an extended analysis of public procurement used as an innovation policy instrument. It will be of interest to both academics and policy makers in the fields of public management, public administration and policy and related disciplines.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-21924-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-43589-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138219243

@text The first volume of its kind, The Classical Music Industry is a significant point of reference and piece of critical scholarship, written for the benefit of practitioners, music-lovers, students and scholars alike offering a balanced and rigorous account of the manifold ways in which the industry operates.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-20369-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-47109-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138203693

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Public Sector Revenue Principles, Policies and Management

The Myth of a Universal Model for Public Management

Alberto Asquer

Contextualization and public management reform in Hong Kong

Public Sector Revenue: Principles, Policies and Management provides the reader with the theoretical foundations and practical tools to understand the generation and management of revenues in the public sector. On top of this, the text boasts a wealth of examples and case studies from all over the world – looking at topics including: • congestion charges in Sweden • public-private partnerships in the United States • tax policy reform in China • the role of tax police in Russia • the administration of tax collection in Zambia Students will also benefit from a companion website containing videos, test questions, and answers to the end-of-chapter discussion questions.

This textbook will be essential reading for students, managers and policymakers within the areas of public financial management, public sector accounting and public administration.

Wilson Wong, Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies This book provides a systematic and comprehensive study for understanding the nature, causes, content, and consequences of public management reform in Hong Kong. As a comparative case study of public management reform, it should make a contribution to the literature of public management, public governance, public administration, and global studies by addressing many important questions.

Routledge Market: Business October 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-88559-2: £105.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138885592

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-21727-0: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21728-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-44100-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138217270

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Regulating Charities

The Routledge Handbook of Global Cultural Policy

The Inside Story

Edited by Victoria Durrer, Queen's University Belfast, UK, Toby Miller and Dave O'Brien, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge International Handbooks

Edited by Myles McGregor-Lowndes, Queensland University of Technology, Australia and Bob Wyatt Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations In this volume charity commissioners and leading charity policy reformers from across the world reflect on the aims and objectives of charity regulation and what it has achieved.

Regulating Charities represents an insider’s review of the last quarter century of charity law policy and an insight for its future development.

This topical collection brings together major charity regulation actors, and will be of great interest to anyone concerned with contemporary third sector policy-making, public administration and civil society.

Routledge Market: Business & Management May 2017: 229 x 152: 288pp Hb: 978-1-138-68054-8: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-56392-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138680548

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Consciously international, in terms of contents and contributors, this volume covers the key perspectives and sets out the contours of the field for the first time. Key ideas analysed in the book include development, communications, labour, and inequality.

With a cross-section of country-by-country case studies, this comprehensive volume is a map for students and academics who wish to excel as cultural policy scholars.

Routledge Market: Management; Cultural Studies; Sociology July 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-85782-7: £150.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71840-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138857827

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PUBLIC & NON-PROFIT MANAGEMENT

101

TEXTBOOK

Visual Arts Management Jeffrey Taylor, State University of New York, USA Series: Mastering Management in the Creative and Cultural Industries This textbook introduces the field of arts management with a focus on visual arts. With coverage of key arenas such as auctions, museums and art fairs, the author includes examples from for-profit and non-profit enterprises. Key topics introduced include curation, venue management, marketing, cultural heritage compliance, taxation, and conservation.

This unique textbook, authored by an experienced instructor, presents the art world from a global perspective and is thus suitable for arts management classes worldwide.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-1-138-68470-6: ÂŁ125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68471-3: ÂŁ34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54366-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138684706

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

102

RESEARCH METHODS

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Academic Practitioner Research Partnerships

Soft Skills for Employability

Developments, Complexities and Opportunities

A Practical Guide for Business Students

Edited by Jean M. Bartunek, Boston College, USA and Jane MacKenzie Series: Routledge Studies in Organizational Change & Development

Jon Hopwood, Southern Cross University, Melbourne, Australia.

Expertly compiled by Jean Bartunek and Jane MacKenzie, the book offers a concise and timely review of the essential thinking and action underlying scholarly engagement with the world of business. It discusses the capabilities academics need to collaborate effectively with practitioners given their conflicting expectations and constraints, and illustrates good practice through international case studies from acknowledged centres of excellence.

These show how to negotiate different constituencies with different priorities, values, and practices to work together to produce research of rigor and relevance. It will be a key reference and resource for all researchers who are engaged with practitioner-research.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-10069-5: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-65753-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138100695

This book is a practical guide for business undergradautes to harnessing ‘soft’ or ‘enterprise’ skills to boost their employability. There is scientific proof that such skills can be learned.

By embracing them, graduates can set themselves apart from the pack and succeed on the career path of their choosing.

Through a combination of useful theory and applied practical exercises this book helps students to navigate these skills, harnessing confidence, empathy, communication and commanding a room, and putting an action plan in place to put these skills into practice so that they can be improved through consistent practice.

This textbook is an ideal companion on undergraduate employability courses, particularly in business schools.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-68275-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68276-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54492-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138682757

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Applied Social Science Research in a Regional Knowledge System

Statistics for Business

Balancing validity, meaning and convenience

Statistics for Business explains the fundamentals of statistical analysis in a lucid, pragmatic way. This book is packed with features to aid understanding and help ensure that every aspect of your knowledge of statistics is applicable to practice.

New to this edition: Over 200 new, worked examples A brand new companion website including PowerPoint slides, instructor’s manual of case exercises and a test bank. New chapters on decision making and risk, six-sigma and statistical process control.

With a clear and accessible style this formula-driven, applied textbook it is ideal for business and management students that need to learn how to apply statistics to the real world.

Edited by Hans Christian Garmann Johnsen, Elisabet S. Hauge, May-Linda Magnussen and Richard Ennals With the changing economic environment, the Editors question what impact this will have on applied researchers around the world. What can we learn from their cases? What can one region learn from another? With increased pressure on researchers to achieve academic reputation, how does this fit with the demands for greater practical applicability? For them, applied research is seen as a vital part of the infrastructure for economic and social development, in the region and beyond.

Derek L. Waller, E.M. Lyon Business School, France

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 322pp Hb: 978-1-472-48782-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-41141-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315411415

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x189: 646pp Hb: 978-0-415-70375-8: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70371-0: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-89004-3 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-750-68660-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415703710

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Diagnostics for Strategic Decision-Making

Studying for your Future Employability

The Rapid Due Diligence Model

A business student’s guide

Joyce A. Thompsen, AchieveGlobal, USA This book helps readers develop a comprehensive understanding of diagnostics for strategic decision-making, with a focus on a method called rapid due diligence. This method presents a compelling solution to the need for effective diagnostics, drawing on academic rigor, critical thinking, systems dynamics, and advanced practicum to enable sound strategic decision-making.

Routledge Market: Organizational research November 2016: 229 x 152: 266pp Hb: 978-1-138-20220-7: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20222-1: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-47449-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138202207

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Sheila Tyler, The Open University, UK How employable will you be when you graduate from your business and management degree? How can you ensure that your time as a student is spent developing skills essential to the business world? Will you be poised to take on the job market with confidence and land your dream job?

This study guide bridges the gap between your degree and your future career by connecting your study skills to the professional ones you’ll need.

Studying for your Future Employability provides a range of scenarios and activities to demonstrate the links between study skills and professional skills, along with techniques familiar in the workplace. With IT skills embedded throughout, this is the perfect study skills textbook to accompany business and management students who want to make their time in education count.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2016: 246x174: 396pp Hb: 978-1-138-83353-1: £120.00 Pb: 978-1-138-83354-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-73545-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138833531

New in Paperback

Companion Website

RESEARCH METHODS

103

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

The Case Writing Workbook A Self-Guided Workshop Gina Vega, Salem State University, USA This book offers a modular set of chapters that focus specifically on the challenges related to case writing. Exercises, worksheets, and training activities help guide readers sequentially through the entire process of writing both a case and an instructor’s manual (teaching note).

Routledge February 2017: 229 x 152: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-21015-8: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-21016-5: £39.99 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-138-13888-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138210158

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

104

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT & INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

An Integral Approach to Development Economics

Chinese Organizations in Sub-Saharan Africa

Islamic Finance in an African Context

New Dynamics, New Synergies

Basheer A. Oshodi Series: Transformation and Innovation Despite economic growth in countries like the author’s native Nigeria, poverty and unemployment blight the lives of the majority of citizens. In An Integral Approach to Development Economics, Basheer Oshodi examines modernization theories, dependency theories, world system theories and emerging 21st century economic theories. The author argues and demonstrates that the principles of Islamic banking and finance can be applied in a way that integrates with other elements of that heritage, and meet the challenges of poverty and unemployment.

Routledge Market: Development Economics October 2016: 246x174: 282pp Hb: 978-1-472-41125-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24709-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56683-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138247093

Edited by Terence Jackson, Middlesex University, UK, Lynette Louw, Rhodes University, South Africa, Dev K Boojihawon, Open University, UK and Tony Fang, Stockhom University, Sweden Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy Although Chinese organizations are important in terms of employment, community development, and ultimately in their implications for Africa’s future development, little is known about their internal dynamics, how they are managed, the nature of employment, and how they interact with local communities and other stakeholders. This book seeks to provide theoretical frameworks for understanding Chinese organizations in Africa, and explore how their interventions are playing out at management, organizational and community level in sub-Saharan Africa. Primarily aimed at scholars of International and cross-cultural Management, this important book will also be of great interest to those working in the area of Development Studies, International Politics, and International Relations.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-138-69255-8: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-53209-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138692558

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Chinese Business

Chinese Youth in Transition

Landscapes and Strategies Hong Liu, University of Manchester, UK This book, authored by an academic expert on China moves beyond this narrative to provide a thorough and accessible introduction to Chinese business which goes beyond the simplistic and stereotyping accounts of cultural differences, making an effort to include Chinese traditions, culture, philosophy, and military stratagem. Broad-ranging and informative, Chinese Business can be used as a textbook for undergraduates and postgraduates at business schools, as well as a reference book for those on senior executive programmes and for consultation on particular aspects of business in China.

Routledge Market: Business and Management July 2017: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-138-91824-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91825-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68864-0 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-40308-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138918245

Jieying Xi and Yunxiao Sun Series: The Chinese Trade and Industry Series Featuring original research findings from a key Chinese national research centre, this book provides researchers with cutting-edge, reliable and comprehensive information about children and youth in modern China. The book employs a unique methodology to analyze China's youth in terms of human capital development in a transitional economy. Coverage spans a wide range of critical issues, including: children's physical and mental development, leisure and consumption choices, youth employment, pop culture, one-child families, internet use, and juvenile delinquency. Written specifically for undergraduate and graduate courses in Economics, China studies, and Development, the book will also be of interest to those wishing to understand Chinese consumer behaviour in this diverse and dynamic region.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 292pp Hb: 978-0-754-64369-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-25909-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26040-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138259096

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Chinese Investment in Africa

Conflict Management and Intercultural Communication

How African Countries Can Position Themselves to Benefit from China’s Foray into Africa David N. Abdulai, African Graduate School of Management and Leadership, Ghana China leads the world when it comes to investment and influence on the African continent. The extent of Chinese investment in Africa is well known and much has been written about China’s foray into Africa. However, most of the available material has approached this issue by looking at China as the ’New Colonialist', more interested in Africa’s vast natural resources than working in partnership for sustained development.

Professor Abdulai presents a refreshing perspective that this can produce win-win outcomes for China and Africa, if Africans know what they want from China. This book is a valuable read for policy-makers, think-tanks and students of Africa-China studies programmes.

Routledge Market: Business & Management November 2016: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-472-48021-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-57178-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315571782

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

The Art of Intercultural Harmony Edited by Xiaodong Dai, Shanghai Normal University, China and Guo-Ming Chen, University of Rhode Island, USA This book seeks to find possible answers for effective intercultural conflict management by bringing together a group of leading international scholars from different disciplines to tackle the problem. The book covers major theoretical perspectives of conflict management and harmony development in the first section. The second deals with the conflict management and harmony development in different cultural contexts. Conflict Management and Intercultural Communication takes on an interdisciplinary approach, diverse perspectives and a wide range of discussion — providing a useful resource for teachers, researchers, students and professionals.

Routledge Market: Business February 2017: 234x156: 318pp Hb: 978-1-138-96283-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-96284-2: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26691-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138962835

New in Paperback

Companion Website

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT & INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management

Economic Globalization in Asia

Paul Phillips, University of Kent, UK and Luiz Moutinho, University College Dublin, Ireland This textbook starts from the realities of top management strategic decision-making and provides an understanding of the strategic tools and techniques that can help in reaching desired outcomes. Moving beyond the short-sighted goal of profit-maximization, the book considers true competitive advantage from both market- and state-based economic systems. Important contemporary issues are used to frame the text including business models, open innovation and emerging markets.

With truly global coverage to move beyond the West-centred consensus, this textbook is essential reading for postgraduate students of strategic management around the world.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-1-138-93963-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-93964-6: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-67482-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138939639

Manas Chatterji and Partha Gangopadhyay This timely volume examines various economic, managerial, social and political aspects of globalization and its impact on local economies. State-of-the-art analytical models and original empirical research is used to understand four key and interrelated facets of globalization; ¢ To understand the prospects and the problems of international business and MNCs in the global economy. ¢ To analyze globalization as a process of change. ¢ To understand the new roles of nation states in light of the above. ¢ To articulate the uneasy idea that globalization has resulted in serious imbalances in the global economy. The collection hosts a list of internationally eminent scholars who explain the implications of globalization for progress, crises and conflicts in South and Southeast Asia.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-754-64114-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27644-4: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138276444

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Darwin's Medicine

Enterprising Women in Transition Economies

How Business Models in the Life Sciences Industry are Evolving Brian D. Smith Darwin’s Medicine is the sequel to the highly influential Future of Pharma (Gower, 2011). Whereas the earlier book predicted the evolution of the pharmaceutical market and the business models of pharmaceutical companies, Darwin’s Medicine examines how pharmaceutical, medical technology and other companies are adapting their strategies, structures, capabilities and other aspects of their business model. Hence, although it is (like Future of Pharma) strongly embedded in strategic management research, it does have a much stronger element of case examples and speaks to a broader audience, beyond pharma, that Future of Pharma only touched indirectly.

Routledge Market: Business October 2016: 246x174: 282pp Hb: 978-1-472-42071-8: £79.95 eBook: 978-1-315-57587-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315575872

David Smallbone and Friederike Welter Entrepreneurship is a key element in the development of market based economies and one of the potential drivers of change in countries that are in the process of transformation to market based systems. This book describes and critically assesses the nature and extent of female entrepreneurship in European economies that until 1990 were operating under central planning. At the core of the book are 7 country based chapters which provide an overview of the development of entrepreneurship and small firms since 1990, including a review of the institutional and policy context; an assessment of the role of women within the society during the socialist period; and any major changes afterwards. Each chapter also includes a thematic section (each one addressing a different issue) based on unique empirical data drawn from original research.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-754-64232-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26664-3: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138266643

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Delivering High Performance

Expatriate Managers

The Third Generation Organisation

The Paradoxes of Living and Working Abroad

Douglas G. Long Douglas Long is the author of Third Generation Leadership and the Locus of Control which focused on the new understanding of what influences individuals’ values, world views and the behaviours needed to facilitate leadership fit for the future. Here, in Delivering High Performance, he concentrates on individual, unit and organisational performance when an organisation is using a Third Generation Leadership approach. Leaders constantly seek high performance and high levels of staff engagement; but achieving either depends on the competence and commitment of individuals or groups. The relationships between these factors are complex. Many people are competent to do things - they have the ability - but are not prepared to do them. They lack the willingness, confidence or motivation and the readiness to perform. You can even have the most committed and capable people in the world, yet still miss performance targets if there are issues with other factors impacting on performance.

105

Anna Spiegel, Bielefeld University, Germany, Ursula Mense-Petermann, Bielefeld University, Germany and Bastian Bredenkötter, Bielefeld University, Gemany Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy @text Expatriate Managers and the Paradoxes of Working and Living Abroad examines the global elite from an everyday perspective, showing that understanding the dynamics of a global economy requires probing into the lifeworlds, agency and everyday arrangements of the social actors who are putting globalization into practice.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-19021-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64121-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138190214

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 182pp Hb: 978-1-472-41332-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27957-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57633-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138279575

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

106

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT & INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Dummy text to keep placeholder

TEXTBOOK

Facilitating Transition by Internationalization

Global Strategy in the Service Industries

Outward Direct Investment from Central European Economies in Transition

Dynamics, Analysis, Growth

Matija Rojec and Marjan Svetlicic Series: Transition and Development FDI has proved to be the most dynamic defensive and offensive response to globalization. This book provides an in-depth evaluation of the rationale as well as theoretical and empirical explanations of the outward internationalization of firms from the Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Poland and Slovenia. The authors present the first broader empirical evidence on transition economies' OFDI and internationalization, evaluate the role of transnational companies from transition economies and development implications of outward internationalization for home economies. They put the experience of firms from transition economies into the framework of existing theories, study to what extent are the experiences of Austria, Portugal and Finland applicable to transition economies & illustrate general macro economic trends of the international business practices of firms from transition economies by case studies.

Mario Glowik, Berlin School of Economics, Germany This textbook explores the strategy of new global businesses in the international service sector. Original case studies from a range of sectors such as healthcare and e-commerce, including Facebook and Google, provide practical insights into thriving with global business strategies. Written by a leading expert in the field, this text will be an interesting read for all scholars and students wishing to view the strategic relationship from a service industries focal point.

Routledge Market: Business & Management May 2017: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-92792-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-92793-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68216-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138927926

Routledge November 2016: 320pp Hb: 978-0-754-63133-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26417-5: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138264175

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Global Business

Indian Business

Managing Risk and Responsibility Across Borders

Understanding a rapidly emerging economy

Rob van Tulder, Erasmus University, The Netherlands

Edited by Pawan S. Budhwar, Aston University, UK, Rajesh Kumar, Menlo College, USA and Arup Varma

This new and thoroughly revised textbook starts with the basics of international business, before moving quickly on to discuss and analyze the dilemmas associated with international corporate responsibilities. In bridging the gap between globalization and corporate responsibility, this edition establishes its unique position in introducing and moving beyond the core concepts required for classes in international business.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2017: 246x189: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-60035-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60037-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-84835-8 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-34241-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415600354

The Indian economy is projected to become the world's fourth largest by 2020 and it is central to global economic performance. In a period of rapid change, understanding the business environment becomes challenging. This book brings together a wide range of experts to present a comprehensive insight into doing business in India.

With expert coverage of the emerging political, legal and social frameworks, the book provides a rounded picture of business in the region. It includes a range of case studies alongside robust scholarly research that delivers an understanding of successful operations and strategies in India.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-138-28649-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28650-4: £90.00 eBook: 978-1-315-26842-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138286498

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Global Strategic Responsiveness

Integral Operational Leadership

Exploiting Frontline Information in the Adaptive Multinational Enterprise

A relationally intelligent approach to sustained performance in the twenty-first century

Torben Juul Andersen and Carina Antonia Hallin Series: Strategy Matters

Greg Park

Drawing on ground-breaking research into adaptive strategy, this book introduces compelling tools to help design the responsive strategic organization by cultivating global strategic democracy. The authors provide models to inform strategic decisions via the aggregation of frontline information.

With illustrative case examples supplementing unique research, this text is required reading for students of strategic management and provides illuminating insights for the reflective practitioner.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-1-138-20462-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-20463-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-46905-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138204621

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

In his earlier book Collaborative Wisdom, Greg Park focused on the impact on business of changes in philosophical, political, economic, and social perspectives and priorities and their impact on the cognitive processes of organisational leadership.

In Integral Operational Leadership, Park acknowledges that the principles, perspectives and priorities highlighted in his first book and the dominant logic that he advocates, must be translated into practical and operational guidelines. These have to align with how operational leaders view their roles and responsibilities and assist them with resolution of real issues.

Routledge Market: Business and Management November 2016: 246x174: 348pp Hb: 978-1-472-43723-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-60382-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315603827

New in Paperback

Companion Website

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT & INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

107

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

International Business

International Trade, Capital Flows and Economic Development in East Asia

An Asian Perspective Mannsoo Shin, Korea University, South Korea, Jang Rho Lee, Korea University, South Korea and Lee-gwon Kim, Sogang University, South Korea Series: Routledge International Business in Asia Despite rapidly growing Asian business activities and its increasing significance in the world economy, the understanding by business students of Asian business still remains inadequate. The book meets the growing need for knowledge regarding the dynamics of Asian companies and their strategies in the global economy by reinterpreting or modifying traditional international business concepts and models mostly developed

by Western scholars to the Asian context.

Routledge Market: Business October 2017: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-69415-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-69416-2: £39.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415694155

The Challenge in the 21st Century Edited by Anthony Bende-Nabende The book provides an understanding of how international trade and capital flows have engineered the development process in East Asia, and examines the real and potential challenges that the region is expect to encounter in the twenty-first century. It integrates four topics (i.e. capital flows, East Asia, globalization and economic development) that are at the centre of the social, political and economic debate. The text highlights the region's growing strategic importance in the twenty-first century globalizing world, where transnational corporations are playing an increasingly decisive role in the global distribution of production and trade. It blends generalised regional analyses with country-specific case studies in the world's most dynamic region. It is so well designed that each of the seventeen countries that comprise the region gets some space for discussion.

Routledge November 2016: 240pp Hb: 978-0-754-63486-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27760-1: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138277601

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

International Business Law and the Legal Environment

Leadership and National Development

A Transactional Approach

David Hanson, Duquesne University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy

Larry A. DiMatteo, University of Florida, USA This book provides business students with a strong understanding of the legal principles that govern doing business internationally. Not merely about compliance, it emphasizes how to use the law to create value and competitive advantage.

Routledge Market: Business Law October 2016: 254 x 203: 654pp Hb: 978-1-138-85097-2: £99.50 Pb: 978-1-138-85098-9: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-72444-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138850972

In Latin America

@text The differences in the social backgrounds of governing elites during periods of rapid political development account for national differences in subsequent patterns of business regulation and development. Leadership, Status and Development in Latin America: A Comparative Historical Analysis extends these ideas to account for differences in the patterns of national development in Latin America.

Routledge Market: Business & Management September 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-93661-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67674-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138936614

TEXTBOOK

3rd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

International Strategy of Emerging Market Firms

Learning to Think Strategically

Absorbing Global Knowledge and Building Competitive Advantage Andrei Panibratov, St Petersburg State University, Russia In this textbook, Andrei Panibratov explains how emerging market firms accumulate and exploit market knowledge to develop competitive advantages whilst operating globally.

Chapters dedicated to the key emerging ecocomies - Brazil, Russia, India and China - are enhanced by detailed case studies of big firms activities.

Written by an established international business scholar, this book will be required reading for students of international strategy who are keen to understand the importance of the emerging economies.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x174: 422pp Hb: 978-1-138-90379-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-90380-7: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-69666-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138903791

Julia Sloan, Sloan Consulting Inc. USA This textbook delineates and defines strategic thinking as a conceptual cognitive capability. In this third edition of a popular text, the author provides an unconventional definition and model for strategic thinking based on critical theory. This research-based book introduces the concept as the foundation of business strategy that is distinct from strategic planning and strategic implementation.

Routledge Market: Business & Management October 2016: 246x174: 286pp Hb: 978-1-138-68476-8: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68475-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54364-2 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-415-82358-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138684751

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

108

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT & INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Management Consulting Today and Tomorrow

Neurobusiness

Perspectives and Advice from Leading World Experts

Management in the Neural Age

Edited by Flemming Poulfelt, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark

Stephen Rhys Thomas, University of Southampton, UK Series: Routledge Focus on Business and Management

This book gathers over twenty-five experts to outline the theory behind consulting, providing insight into change processes and management issues in the field. The business of consulting has grown faster than most other businesses, due not only to increased demand by clients, but also from the innovative capabilities of numerous consulting firms as they develop new services.

The book is an exploration of recent advances in neuroscience and their implications for the conduct and management of business. This means everything from ideation to selling, and understanding its context will necessitate a tour of many ‘neuro’ disciplines relevant to business.

Routledge Market: Business/Management April 2017: 229 x 152: 510pp Hb: 978-1-138-12427-1: £130.00 Pb: 978-1-138-12428-8: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64829-3 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-80359-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138124271

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 234x156: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-82947-2: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-36611-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780203366110

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Managing Culture and Interspace in Cross-border Investments

Nonmarket Strategic Management

Building a Global Company Edited by Martina Fuchs, University of Cologne, Sebastian Henn, Jena University, Martin Franz, University of Osnabrück and Ram Mudambi, Temple University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy @text This book focses on the dialectics between spatio-organisational gaps and local contexts that characterise cross-border investments. "Interspatial" investments – be it mergers & acquisitions (M&A) or greenfield investments – are usually characterised by what is referred to as "otherness", i.e. organisational and cultural distances of the firms involved in relation to their regional contexts.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 232pp Hb: 978-1-138-92946-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-68120-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138929463

Cosmina Lelia Voinea and Hans Van Kranenburg With case studies from a range of industries, this book introduces nonmarket strategic management, offering theories and managerial support for coping with complex business realities created by the intertwined market and nonmarket arenas. It also examines the nonmarket challenges from a global perspective, analysing emerging markets as well as those already well established.

This comprehensive work is an accessible and comprehensive diagnostic point of reference for both the academic and the practitioner world and those interested in looking beyond traditional market strategy.

Routledge Market: Business & Management May 2017: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-1-138-91828-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-91829-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-68863-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138918283

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Mergers and Acquisitions in Practice

Patterns of Strategy

Edited by Shlomo Y. Tarba, Sir Cary L. Cooper, Lancaster University, UK, Riikka M. Sarala and Mohammad F. Ahammad, Nottingham Trent University , UK Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) can provide companies with many benefits, including new capabilities, technologies, products, immediate entry into new markets, and lower operation costs through consolidation of resources. But in the optimism and excitement of the deal many of the challenges are often overlooked. This comprehensive collection brings together an international team of experts who use a hands-on, step-by-step approach to provide tools and strategies for managing and optimizing M&A performance.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-138-78778-0: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-76614-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315766140

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Patrick Hoverstadt and Lucy Loh Patterns of Strategy is a revolutionary approach to developing business strategy that shows how the fit between organisations drives strategic direction. The authors offer 80 'patterns’ of strategy which organizations can use to understand the relationship of their business and their strategy to the actors around it. These patterns provide a toolkit for designing different ways to collaborate, and also offer alternative types and approaches of competition.

It is essential reading for those who wish to know and understand how you can manoeuvre change to your organisation’s fit and play it to your advantage.

Routledge Market: Business and Management February 2017: 246x174: 352pp Hb: 978-1-138-24266-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24267-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27777-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138242661

New in Paperback

Companion Website

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT & INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Reframing Economic Policy towards Sustainability

Strategic Negotiation

Explored through a case study into aviation Peter McManners This book reports twin-track research which interweaves the intellectual argument over the future of the world economy intertwined with empirical research into the challenge of sustainability in aviation. Discussing the prime challenges of this century through the lens of the intractable policy stalemate in aviation, this book leads the reader to the identification of a new way forward. Whether the political will is forthcoming will continue to be subject to debate, but we now have a clear exposition of how to address the problem. The new paradigm presented in this book opens the way to considering radical transformations to make real progress with the sustainability agenda.

Gower Market: Environmental Economics October 2016: 234x156: 158pp Hb: 978-1-138-22285-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-40670-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138222854

109

Gavin Kennedy A first-rate organizational business plan demands an understanding of the dynamics behind remuneration, joint ventures, partnerships, alliances, major contracts; in fact, all of the commercial imperatives that will define success or failure over a five-year (or longer) period. And realizing this plan will involve complex and often multi-level or multi-party negotiations. The scale and context of these negotiations requires a level of strategic awareness because the interests of the parties are more complex, the options more numerous, and the outcomes more critical than at a tactical level. Strategic Negotiation is written for senior executives who provide input to or assessment of their organization's medium or long-term planning process, and who are engaged in implementing any aspects of their organization's plans.

Routledge November 2016: 246x174: 344pp Hb: 978-0-566-08797-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26328-4: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138263284

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Strategic Alliance Management

Strategies, Leadership and Complexity in Crisis and Emergency Operations

Brian Tjemkes, VU Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Pepijn Vos, TNO, the Netherlands and Koen Burgers Strategic alliances are an important management tool which can reduce costs, increase access to new technology, and improve research and development endeavours. This renewed and re-worked text connects theory to practice to help understand this important business practice. Updated to incorporate the latest academic literature and replete with case examples that show how firms develop and deploy their alliance capabilities, this book remains vital reading for business students and executives.

Routledge Market: Business & Management February 2017: 234x156: 354pp Hb: 978-1-138-68466-9: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68467-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-54367-3 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-68128-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138684669

Stig Johannessen Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies @text this book will bring together the main themes of strategy, operational leadership, organizational dynamics and complexity in the context of crisis and emergency operations; creating a book that is timely and relevant for research and leadership in emergency services, the police, military and other organizations involved in operations in highly dynamic and critical contexts.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-88922-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-71303-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138889224

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Strategic Analysis

The Future of Pharma

A Creative and Cultural Industries Perspective

Evolutionary Threats and Opportunities

Jonathan Gander, University of the Arts, London Series: Mastering Management in the Creative and Cultural Industries This book introduces strategic management and analysis with a focus on the creative sector. The author organizes sectors of the creative economy into different strategic groups to aid and simplify understanding. The book employs a range of scenarios to practically introduce the concepts and includes a range of case studies that reflect the diverse nature of the creative and cultural industries.

This concise, practical text focuses on application and employabilty, making it perfect reading for students and practitioners involved with the creative sector who require a good understanding of business thinking.

Routledge Market: Business & Management January 2017: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-1-138-18526-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-1-138-18527-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-1-315-64459-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138185265

Brian D. Smith By any standard, the pharmaceutical industry's history has been a successful one. In addition to its profits and shareholder dividends, it has been seen by investors as relatively low risk and, largely, counter-cyclical to stock market trends. However, that important contribution appears to be petering out, with significant global implications for employees, shareholders, governments and patients. This is not just caused by the economic crisis. Long before this, several distinct but related streams of evidence emerged that now point to the stalling of the pharmaceutical industry. The Future of Pharma examines the causes of the industry's potential decline and offers a convincing and rigorous analysis of the options open to it. What emerges is a landscape defined, on the one hand, by the changing marketplace of mass-market consumers, institutional healthcare systems and wealthy individuals; and on the other by the alternate sources of commercial value.

Routledge October 2016: 246x174: 214pp Hb: 978-1-409-43031-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-24749-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55792-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138247499

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

110

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT & INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The International Business Environment and National Identity

The Routledge Companion to Global Strategy

Tatiana Gladkikh, University of WInchester, UK Series: Routledge Studies in International Business and the World Economy The International Business Environment and National Identity is based on interviews with Russian and British business travellers whose views on their national identity and the role of global business in shaping it offer a new insight on our understanding of the impact of global forces on contemporary society.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 184pp Hb: 978-1-138-66726-6: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-61899-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138667266

Edited by Björn Ambos, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland, Tina Ambos, University of Sussex, UK and Stephen Tallman, University of Richmond, USA Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Management and Accounting Led by world-recognized scholars, this companion offers insights from a range of disciplines and helps researchers and students to map out the field of global business strategy. An international team of expert business scholars cover the research terrain in an accessible style that renders the material suitable for students, academics and practitioners interested in international business strategy.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-1-138-93412-2: £165.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67816-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138934122

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Pornography Business

The Seven Inconvenient Truths of Business Strategy

Frederick S. Lane

Paul Hunter

This tells the story of how the online adult industry has plummeted from its lofty heights of the late 1990s, when a savvy Web entrepreneur could charge premium prices to thousands of eager subscribers. It is also the story of how the law has completely failed to keep up with the technological innovations that boosted and then savaged the online adult industry. It concludes by analysing the social impact of virtually unlimited pornography, available to all ages, at the click of a button. Useful reading for the general reader and for students and researchers involved with business strategy, the history of technology, cultural studies, sexuality, and media studies.

The most damning charge frequently levelled at strategic planning is that of irrelevance. Paul Hunter’s The Seven Inconvenient Truths of Business Strategy is an antidote to conventional methods of strategic management that are renowned for being sporadic, biased, poorly articulated and rarely implemented with total success. Drawing on a framework that encapsulates a collection of definitive principles, the author offers a structure to strategy, as a system, and in a format that is representative of a literal reinvention of strategic planning overall; an indicator and explanation of the strategic tools that you already know, but in a more comprehensive format.

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 216x138: 274pp Hb: 978-0-415-71908-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-71909-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-86762-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415719087

Routledge December 2016: 244 x 172 Hb: 978-1-472-41247-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78841-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55297-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415788410

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

The Risk Mitigation Handbook

The Strategic Manager

Practical steps for reducing your business risks

Harry Sminia

Kit Sadgrove Disruption, over-regulation and cyber threats are typical of the major risks that management has to cope with. But until now there hasn’t been a formula to contain them. In The Risk Mitigation Handbook, Kit Sadgrove provides practical and actionable steps you can take to minimise the threats to your business. With over 160 checklists and a wealth of revealing case studies, this is the first book to recommend detailed action plans.

Routledge Market: Business November 2016: 246x174: 248pp Hb: 978-1-472-46277-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-1-315-59901-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781315599014

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Managers talk about strategy all the time but the term is often misused and misunderstood.

This textbook puts managers at the heart of strategic theory.

Focusing on how strategy works in practice, the author provides six models for strategic management to help generate practical insights. A range of real life case studies bridge theory and practice, as the author inludes stakeholders, organizational politics and culture, to open a window into the real world of strategic management.

Primarily aimed at postgraduate students and those in executive education, this textbook will also be useful as a handbook for managers looking to get their heads around this easily confused subject.

Routledge Market: Business & Management August 2017: 246x174: 196pp Hb: 978-0-415-78584-6: £120.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78587-7: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-22807-5 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-138-77881-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415785846

New in Paperback

Companion Website

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT & INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Strategic Planning Process

Urban Transformation in China Gordon G. Liu and Aimin Chen Series: The Chinese Trade and Industry Series

Understanding Strategy in Global Markets Marios I. Katsioloudes and with Arpi K. Abouhanian

This book provides a general description and evaluation of the process of urbanization in China and the urgent challenges facing the Chinese government. Urban Transformation in China examines the changing pattern of China's urban population and the determinants of these changes, including an analysis of the spatial structures of China's cities and industry and an assessment of urban productivity growth and the role of mega cities in national development. The book's coverage encompasses both academic and policy perspectives. With its sister volume Urbanization and Social Welfare in China it provides a comprehensive and multidisciplinary overview of the country’s

Strategic Management is a field that has diversity in approach and scope, but relative homogeneity in pedagogy. This textbook offers something different in concisely introducing the field with a focus on doing business in the Middle East and North Africa.

Supplemented by online case studies and other resources, the reader is exposed to a plethora of concepts, theories, practical implications, and experiential exercises in the strategic management process. Key regional issues explored in the book include the "Arab Spring", economic recession, corporate social responsibility and the rise of emerging economies.

Routledge Market: Business & Management December 2016: 246x174: 392pp Hb: 978-1-138-80255-1: £125.00 Pb: 978-1-138-80256-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-315-75412-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138802551

111

urbanization process.

Routledge November 2016: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-754-63312-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27756-4: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138277564

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Third Lens Multi-ontology Sense-making and Strategic Decision-making Edited by Mika Aaltonen Advancing new sense-making tools for organizational strategy, this book demonstrates how to deal with asymmetric threats and opportunities. Written for 21st century strategists, it will benefit people and organizations who struggle daily with multiple co-existing ontological, epistemological and methodological discourses.

Routledge October 2016: 234x156: 178pp Hb: 978-0-754-64798-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-26261-4: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138262614

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Turnaround Management and Bankruptcy Edited by Jan Adriaanse, Leiden University, Netherlands and Jean-Pierre van der Rest, Hotelschool The Hague, Netherlands Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies Written by leading experts in the field of business, finance, law and economics, this edited volume brings together the latest thoughts and developments on turnaround management and business rescue from an academic, judiciary and turnaround/insolvency practitioner perspective.

Routledge Market: Business and Management January 2017: 229 x 152: 440pp Hb: 978-1-138-82874-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-315-73811-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138828742

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

112

TECHNOLOGY & INNOVATION MANAGEMENT

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Big Data and Cloud Computing for Development

Cyber Security Culture

Lessons from Key Industries and Economies in the Global South

Counteracting Cyber Threats through Organizational Learning and Training

Nir Kshetri, Torbjorn Fredriksson and Diana Carolina Rojas Torres This book provides a framework for evaluating big data and cloud computing based on how they evolve to fit users’ needs in developing countries in key areas, such as agriculture and education. The authors discuss how this framework can be utilized by businesses, governments, and consumers to accelerate economic growth and overcome information and communication barriers.

Routledge Market: E-commerce March 2017: 229 x 152: 266pp Hb: 978-1-138-68904-6: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-68905-3: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-53792-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138689046

Peter Trim and David Upton Focusing on countermeasures against orchestrated cyber-attacks, Cyber Security Culture is research-based and reinforced with insights from experts who do not normally release information into the public arena. It will enable managers of organizations across different industrial sectors and government agencies to better understand how organizational learning and training can be utilized to develop a culture that ultimately protects an organization from attacks. Peter Trim and David Upton believe that the speed and complexity of cyber-attacks demand a different approach to security management, including scenario-based planning and training, to supplement security policies and technical protection systems. The authors provide in-depth understanding of how organizational learning can produce cultural change addressing the behaviour of individuals, as well as machines.

Routledge November 2016: 244 x 172: 234pp Hb: 978-1-409-45694-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-27664-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-57568-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138276642

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Co-design and Social Innovation

Digital Business and Sustainable Development

Connections, Tensions and Opportunities

Asian Perspectives

Garth Britton, University of Queensland, Australia Co-Design and Social Innovation: Connections, Tensions and Opportunities explores the potential of co-design as a social innovation process. It reviews the diverse theoretical and disciplinary foundations on which co-design is based. It proposes a framework for understanding co-design as a cohesive practice across the extremely broad scope of its potential applications.

Routledge Market: Business & Management May 2017: 229 x 152: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-18846-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-64230-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138188464

Yongrok Choi, Inha University, South Korea Series: Routledge Frontiers of Business Management Within a generation, we have experienced the turmoil of the paradigm shift in our society and economic system.

Internet-driven IT revolution and the global warming-driven sustainability science are two areas of study that have provided platforms for multi-disciplinary research. Digital Business and Sustainable Development integrates the platforms from these two fields of study based on the comparative analysis of Asian and other developing countries.

Routledge Market: Business March 2017: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-18954-6: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-20059-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138189546

2nd Edition • TEXTBOOK • NEW EDITION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Creativity and Strategic Innovation Management

Innovative ICT-enabled Services and Social Inclusion

Directions for Future Value in Changing Times

Edited by Jyoti Choudrie, University of Hertfordshire, UK, Sherah Kurnia and Panayiota Tsatsou, University of Leicester (UK) Series: Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Organizations

Malcolm Goodman, Durham University, UK Revised and updated for a second edition, Creativity and Strategic Innovation Management integrates innovation management with both change management and creativity to form a guide to innovation as a tool for survival.

This groundbreaking book now includes: * A new section on contemporary themes in innovation management, such as the use of social media. * More coverage of entrepreneurship, ethics, diversity issues and the legal aspects of technology and innovation management.

The book is also supported by a range of new tutor support materials. This textbook is an ideal accompaniment to postgraduate courses on innovation management and creativity management.

@text Social Inclusion and Usability of Innovative ICT-enabled Services is a cutting-edge research book written for researchers, students, academics, technology experts, activists and policy makers. The book explores a wide range of issues concerning innovative ICT-enabled digital services, their usability and their consequent role in social inclusion.

Routledge Market: Business & Management July 2017: 229 x 152: 272pp Hb: 978-1-138-93555-6: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-67731-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138935556

Routledge Market: Business & Management April 2017: 246x174: 344pp Hb: 978-1-138-67509-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-138-67510-0: £39.99 eBook: 978-1-315-56084-7 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-0-415-66354-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138675094

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

TECHNOLOGY & INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Integral Innovation

The Platform of Agile Management

New Worldviews

And the programme to install it Odeh Al-Jayyousi Series: Transformation and Innovation Integral Innovation: New Worldviews presents a conceptual framework for the evolution of Technology and Innovation from a historical and cultural perspective. It provides an analysis of the role of innovation and technology in sustainable development and introduces a number of international case studies, which shed light on the social learning processes for knowledge co-creation and innovation culture. It is essential reading for those interested in Innovation and Technology Management.

Routledge Market: Innovation and Technology Management May 2017: 246x174: 168pp Hb: 978-1-472-48106-1: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-315-58895-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472481061

113

Willy Sussland The children of the Internet Revolution – the likes of Google, Facebook, Alibaba, Robo-advisors - are revolutionizing swaths of business sectors. They were born with a fundamentally different mindset, which makes them agile and ambidextrous. To adapt to the new business environment, an increasing number of CEOs are launching programs of management innovation. The agile management platform which Willy Sussland shows nine key principles, paradigms and practices associated with encouraging innovation across your workforce. Leading Agile Organizations provides you with a coherent and cogent structure for changing the way your organization works to enable, rather than constrain, agility.

Routledge Market: Business and Management July 2017: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-1-138-28982-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-138-28984-0: £30.99 eBook: 978-1-315-26687-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138289826

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Platform Strategy How to Unlock the Power of Communities and Networks to Grow Your Business Laure Claire Reillier and Benoit Reillier Platform Strategy translates the complex management and economic models behind commercial platforms such as Uber, airbnb, Etsy and eBay into a practical guide for business.

Platform-powered businesses have grown exponentially in the last ten years and replaced many traditional firms. Developing a platform-based business involves learning new management rules and learning a new basis for competing with other platforms and with traditional businesses. The text combines rigorous management and financial models with pragmatic tips, stories from practitioners and uses a number of case studies to illustrate the ideas in practice.

Routledge Market: eCommerce April 2017: 246x174: 168pp Hb: 978-1-472-48024-8: £28.50 eBook: 978-1-315-59894-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781472480248

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The New Natural Resource Knowledge Development, Society and Economics Hans Christian Garmann Johnsen Increasingly in the public discourse there are references to the knowledge economy, knowledge society, knowledge workers and knowledge organisations. The argument is that knowledge is becoming the main economic resource, replacing the natural resources that drove the industrial revolution. The new knowledge economy is driven by knowledge development, innovation and highly skilled employees. Increasing investment in higher education and in universities is in line with this strategy and understanding. In an earlier book, Creating Collaborative Advantage edited with Richard Ennals, Professor Hans Christian Garmann Johnsen argued that it is knowledge that links social and economic processes. He believes that what is missing in the current discussion on innovation is a conceptualisation of exactly what knowledge is. In The New Natural Resource, he digs deeper into what it is and how it develops and subsequently leads to widespread change.

Routledge Market: Business November 2016: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-1-472-42343-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-1-138-22808-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-1-315-55514-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781138228085

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

114

LEAN BASICS

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Implementing Standardized Work Process Analysis Alain Patchong Process analysis is the first tool needed to capture the initial situation before any improvement. Process analysis helps collect the "facts and data" that gives the overall production capacity of the process, shows all opportunities for improvement their amount and source. It is therefore possible to establish the target picture of the process condition and prioritize the needed actions to get there. This book uses numerous examples, charts and drawings to explain the deployment of process analysis and to convey the knowledge effectively.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management June 2017: 235 x 156: 100pp Pb: 978-1-466-56343-8: £13.99 eBook: 978-1-466-56345-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466563438

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Production Management Advanced Tools, Models, and Applications for Pull Systems Yacob Khojasteh Since the introduction of Toyota’s just-in-time philosophy, pull control strategies have been adopted by numerous companies worldwide both in the manufacturing and service sectors.

This book provides some recent developments in production management and presents modeling and analysis tools for pull production control systems.

Productivity Press Market: Business June 2017: 254 x 178: 250pp Pb: 978-1-138-03221-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-39438-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138032217

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Shop Floor Management for Supervisors and Managers How to Improve Your Profitability by Embedding a Lean Management System into Your Organization Michael Meyers, Consultant, W3Group, Latham, New York, USA, Charles W. Protzman III, Business Improvement Group, LLC., Towson, Maryland, USA and Daniel Protzman, Business Improvement Group, LLC, Perry Hall, Maryland, USA Shop floor management is the most effective form of leadership on the plant floor. It supports the consistent development of processes and procedures where they happen.

It also safeguards Lean success and with it a new corporate structure. Collaboration is characterized by simple management tools, improved communication and an increased level of competence and responsibility on the shop floor. This book outlines the Lean tools needed on the front lines including visual management tools, Gemba walks, standard work, time analysis, kanban, 5S and more. The authors use engaging stories and case studies to demonstrate the effectiveness of shop floor management.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management November 2017: 254 x 178 Pb: 978-1-498-78095-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-498-78096-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498780957

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

LEAN METHODS & IMPLEMENTATION Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Discovering Excellence

Simple

An Overview of the Shingo Model and Its Principles

Killing Complexity for a Lean and Agile Organization

Gerhard J. Plenert, MainStream GS, LLC, Carmichael, California, USA Series: The Shingo Model Series

Barry L. Cross, Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario, Canada

This book introduces the 10 foundational principles behind the Shingo Model (as curated by the Shingo Institute) and teaches how these principles can influence enterprise excellence in organizations. The Shingo Model is not an additional program or another initiative to implement; rather, it introduces Shingo Guiding Principles on which to anchor your current initiatives and to fill the gaps in your efforts towards ideal results and enterprise excellence.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management August 2017: 235 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-62616-4: £31.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138626164

115

This book is about agility and simplicity, where achieving simplicity comes from a focus on the customer. By understanding who those customers are, and what they want, we enable the organization to focus our innovation strategy and projects in ways that deliver sustainable value. Even in not-for-profit and government agencies, executing in an aligned organization can become a way of life.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management May 2017: 235 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-71343-7: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-19875-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138713437

Dummy text to keep placeholder

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Lean Accounting Case Studies

The Basics of Benchmarking, Second Edition

Brian H. Maskell, Brian Maskell Associates, Inc., Cherry Hill, New Jersey

Robert Damelio, President, The Bottom Line Group, Dallas, Texas, USA

Emphasizing the concept that the most successful lean implementations are those that incorporate lean principle throughout an entire organization, this volume features 13 case studies of companies that have implemented lean accounting methods. These companies range from large multinationals to small family firms, spanning diverse industries. Authored by a pioneer in lean accounting, this unique resource examines both the logistical and cultural challenges that these companies resolved. As inspirational as it is instructive, this volume speaks directly to financial officers and managers, answering their legitimate concerns with real-world answers.

This second edition of a bestseller supplies provides selected tools to help strengthen critical skills and accomplish key steps throughout the benchmarking process. The first part of provides a guide to the language of benchmarking and answers commonly asked questions. The second part walks readers through the three phases of the benchmarking process -- Analysis, Discovery, and Implementation -- and provides charts and checklists on what questions should be answered at each phase, and what outputs should be produced. The book closes with a complete process map and outlines the entire site visit process.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management April 2017: 235 x 156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-420-08491-7: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781420084917

Productivity Press Market: Business Management October 2017: 235 x 156: 150pp Pb: 978-1-466-56930-0: £12.99 eBook: 978-1-466-56931-7 Prev. Ed Pb: 978-0-527-76301-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466569300

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Shingo on Shingo

The Foundations of Lean Management

How the Insights, Principles, and Practices of the Shingo Prize Model Are Based on the Words of Shigeo Shingo

A History of the Civil Communication Section and Japanese Management

Gerhard J. Plenert, MainStream GS, LLC, Carmichael, California, USA

Kenneth Hopper, William Hopper, Charles W. Protzman III, Business Improvement Group, LLC., Towson, Maryland, USA and Daniel Protzman, Business Improvement Group, LLC, Perry Hall, Maryland, USA

Shigeo Shingo was the foremost Lean methods authority and documenter. His books were the first analyses of the Toyota Production System.The Shingo Prize, administered by the Shingo Institute, was established in 1988 and endorsed by Dr. Shingo.The Shingo Prize is a global program that acknowledges enterprises that excel in Lean culture, systems, and results. The model upon which the Shingo Prize is based, as well as its guiding principle and identification of related insights of enterprise excellence (namely that ideal results require ideal behavior, beliefs and systems drive behavior, and principles inform ideal behaviors) have evolved from Shingo's texts and anlyses of excellence.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management May 2017: 235 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-62617-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-22973-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138626171

This book documents the genesis of the CCS and how three engineers helped get the Japanese economy by teaching American management and placing an emphasis on shop-floor leadership.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management September 2017: 235 x 156: 175pp Hb: 978-1-138-03544-7: £31.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138035447

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

116

LEAN METHODS & IMPLEMENTATION

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Theory and Context Behind the Shingo Model A Complex Systems-Based Framework for Enterprise Excellence Gerhard J. Plenert, MainStream GS, LLC, Carmichael, California, USA Series: The Shingo Model Series The Shingo Enterprise Excellence Prize Model has exerted global influence over the ways that exceptional organizations formulate/deploy strategy with its focus on processes, Lean thinking, continuous improvement, innovation, workforce development, and supplier strategies. This book details the SEEM, which lies at the heart of the Shingo Prize. It will link the theoretical underpinnings of the SEEM and their implications for practice. Case studies illustrate important points. Selected tools that support practical implementation of the model are discussed and their use illustrated. This book will deepen understanding of why the model works and how implementation can be accomplished.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management June 2017: 235 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-62622-5: ÂŁ31.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138626225

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

OFFICE & ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESSES

117

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Building a Lean Service Enterprise Reflections of a Lean Management Practitioner Debashis Sarkar, Global Head of Reengineering Standard Chartered Bank, India This book provides an assorted set of reflections/lessons from the "trenches" of Lean service and brings to fore leadership challenges, new tools, and the known-unknowns (insights that very few know but many in journey of Lean transformation need to know). Lean has the ability to address a wide range of problems faced by service companies, such as: complexity reduction, sales force productivity enhancement, operations risk control, cost leadership, combining scale with flexibility, service excellence and improving employee morale and involvement.

Many of the principles discussed in the book are based on the author's first-hand experience in Lean implementation.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management December 2016: 235 x 156: 260pp Hb: 978-1-498-77959-3: ÂŁ31.99 eBook: 978-1-498-77961-6 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498779593

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Manufacturing Intelligence The Art of Making Factory Data Talk Michel Baudin, MMTI, Palo Alto, California, USA Written as an aid in obtaining information to solve factory problems, this text explains how to work with the information systems staff to retrieve factory data from the multiple and often incompatible legacy systems they typically reside in. The author examines the three sources of information: direct observation of the situation; interviews with knowledgeable managers, engineers, or operators; and existing data. By presenting solutions for acquiring information, ways to analyze the information, and systems of presentations, the book offers tricks to make the tangle of obsolete and inconsistent legacy systems produce timely answers.

CRC Press July 2017: 229 x 152: 250pp Hb: 978-1-439-82773-4: ÂŁ38.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781439827734

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

118

ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Continuous Improvement By Improving Continuously (CIBIC)

The Lean Practitioner's Field Book Study Guide

Addressing the Human Factors During the Pursuit of Process Excellence Frank A. Davis This book explains how the frustrating reoccurrence of operating failures are the result of flawed or fragmented business philosophies and principles. This book addresses this systemic problem by highlighting an incredibly comprehensive system that promotes continuous improvement and the pursuit of excellence. By highlighting key inner drivers, essential outer qualities, and supporting models and frameworks, the book makes the pursuit of excellence an easily sustainable logical endeavor.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management November 2017: 235 x 156: 225pp Hb: 978-1-138-74515-5: £46.99 eBook: 978-1-315-18072-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138745155

Charles W. Protzman, Business Improvement Group, LLC., Towson, Maryland, USA and Fred Whiton, DRS Technical Services, Towson, Maryland, USA Corresponding to chapters in The Lean Practitioner's Field Book, this study guide offers a complete review of the concept of the Lean Practitioner. It offers a wide range of exercises to help readers understand key Lean concepts. Each chapter includes a list of important concepts, chapter highlights, problem sets, and a self-test quiz. Worked-out answers and solutions are also provided for all exercise problem sets and self-test questions.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management August 2017: 254 x 178: 300pp Pb: 978-1-482-25284-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-482-25285-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482252842

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Leadersights Creating Great Leaders Who Create Great Workplaces David Veech This book focuses on how organizations of all types can create a leader development system that defines critical leader behaviors, gives simple techniques for building and improving the skills that drive those behaviors, and gives a mechanism for monitoring and enforcing those behaviors. It spells out how leaders can do the same for their employees; defining and promoting behaviors required for sustaining continuous change.

The book synthesizes current research on change, servant leadership, group and team dynamics, job satisfaction, intrinsic motivation, psychological flow, and individual self-efficacy.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management February 2017: 235 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-466-55800-7: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-466-55801-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466558007

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Reinventing Your Lean DNA Overcoming Obstacles to Breakthrough Change Gregory William MacDougall This book adds new material to the Cogent Power ‘road to sustainable lean story’ with a singular focus and company perspective that chronicles the valuable lessons learned in the evolution of its Burlington, Ontario, Canada facility, today a sought after benchmark leader in lean enterprise thinking. The book teaches on how to succeed as a sustainable lean organization, commit to the unconventional, and stay the informed course of transformational change, no matter its unforeseen and perilous obstacles.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management July 2017: 254 x 178: 250pp Pb: 978-1-482-25252-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-482-25253-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482252521

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

119

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Assuring Product Development Success Before Design The Real Message from the Wright Brothers and Toyota Michael N. Kennedy, Targeted Convergence Corp.

This book presents new thinking and methodologies to convert the chaotic front end of product development into a convergent process of set-based learning and continuously innovating – a game changer for Engineering.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management July 2017: 235 x 156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-138-62657-7: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-22676-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138626577

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Discovering the Intersections of Innovation and Quality David R. Arvonio, I&P Consulting Group Innovation and quality are two misconceived terms in business. Typically overused, they fill the void that leaders have in understanding the needs of their organizations. Both innovation and quality are fragile in that they are sporadic and unpredictable, even in the best companies. However, the research provided in this book will prove that there is a complimentary relationship between innovation and quality. From successful fortune 500 companiesand big government to small but successful entrepreneurial ventures, and non-profits, this book examines innovation through a number of different lenses.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management April 2017: 235 x 156: 175pp Hb: 978-1-482-21667-7: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-482-21668-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482216677

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Out of the Lab and On the Market How Sony Computer Science Labs (SonyCSL) Turn Research into Profits Tetsu Natsume and Mario Tokoro This book is an eye-opening primer for anyone interested in realising and optimising the commercial value of basic research.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management November 2017: 235 x 156: 200pp Pb: 978-1-138-73590-3: £30.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138735903

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

120

PRODUCTIVITY IMPROVEMENT

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Early Equipment Management (EEM) Continuous Improvement for Projects

Reliability Centered Maintenance - Reengineered (RCM-R)

Dennis McCarthy

Practical Optimization of the RCM Process

Capital projects often fail not for technical reasons but due to poor design, specification, and project management processes. The book explains how Early Equipment Management provides countermeasures to these weaknesses through: Processes that define clear accountabilities for each step of the concept-to-project-delivery process (Design and Performance Management, Specification and Life Cycle Cost Management, and Project and Risk Management); Use of progressive design goals for the delivery of low life-cycle costs; Processes to distil tacit knowledge, reveal latent design weaknesses, and build high performance cross-functional team collaboration.

Jesus Sifonte, President - PdMtech and James V. Reyes-Picknell, President -Conscious Asset Management This book provides an optimized approach to a successful method used for determining failure management policies for physical assets. It makes the original method more useful in a broad range of industries where asset criticality ranges from high to low. It addresses the RCM method and shortfalls in its application. It modifies the method to consider asset and failure mode criticality so that rigor is applied only where it is truly needed.

Productivity Press Market: Business May 2017: 235 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-138-21789-8: £30.99 eBook: 978-1-138-40016-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138217898

Productivity Press Market: Business Improvement April 2017: 235 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-498-78517-4: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-498-78519-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498785174

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Lean Maintenance

Stewart's Guide to Floor Management

A Practical, Step-By-Step Guide for Increasing Efficiency

The Floor Managers Guide to the Leadership and Improvement

Javier Girón Blanco and Torsten Dederichs

John Stewart, Stewart Advisor Group, LLC, Midway, Kentucky, USA

The book is about applying Lean manufacturing principles to industrial maintenance in order to improve the efficiency and be able to do more with the same (or less) resources.

By industrial maintenance we mean the maintenance that takes place in factories and industrial facilities. The book is the result of multiple improvement projects carried out by the authors in various industrial settings and sectors in the past 10 years.The approach works and can be applied in any industry.

Based on the author’s experience successfully managing floor operations at a Toyota plant for many years, this book documents a process, or "roadmap," to facilitate success for anyone tasked with this job. It presents an actionable methodology and gives readers insights into proven techniques that can be used to establish and maintain operational excellence. The author outlines the role of the shop floor manager as the member of the management team most closely involved with the process for creating value for the customer.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management November 2017: 279 x 216: 175pp Pb: 978-1-138-73237-7: £30.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138732377

Productivity Press Market: Management April 2017: 254 x 178: 180pp Pb: 978-1-466-55979-0: £25.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466559790

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Problem Solving for New Engineers

Visual Workplace Visual Thinking, Second Edtiion

What Every Engineering Manager Wants You to Know

Gwendolyn D. Galsworth

Melisa Buie, Coherent, Inc.

Visual Workplace/Visual Thinking (VWVT) was written by the acknowledged leading expert in workplace visuality. Though other books touch upon visual workplace tools and practices, no other author has addressed the topic with the clarity and depth presented here. This is a seminal book, considered by many the definition of the field itself. Also unique to this book are the hundreds of photographic examples of actual visual solutions, in full color.

This book brings a fresh new approach to practical problem solving in engineering. It covers the critical concepts and ideas that engineers must understand to solve engineering problems. The book focuses on developing a strategy for minimizing, eliminating, and finally controlling variation such that the intentional variation is truly is representative of the variables of interest.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management July 2017: 235 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-19778-7: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27646-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138197787

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management August 2017: 235 x 156: 250pp Pb: 978-1-138-68468-3: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-315-20494-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138684683

New in Paperback

Companion Website

QUALITY & SIX SIGMA Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Laser-Based Additive Manufacturing of Metal Parts

The Fundamentals of Quality Assurance in the Textile Industry

Modeling, Optimization, and Control of Mechanical Properties Edited by Linkan Bian, Mississippi State University, USA, John Usher, Mississippi State University, USA and Nima Shamsaei, Mississippi State University, USA Series: Advanced and Additive Manufacturing Series Laser-Based Additive Manufacturing (LBAM) technologies, hailed by some as the "third industrial revolution," can increase product performance, while reducing time-to-market and manufacturing costs. This book is a comprehensive look at new technologies in LBAM of metal parts, covering topics such as mechanical properties, microstructural features, thermal behavior and solidification, process parameters, optimization and control, uncertainty quantification, and more. The book is aimed at addressing the needs of a diverse cross-section of engineers and professionals.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management March 2017: 235 x 156: 584pp Hb: 978-1-498-73998-6: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-498-73999-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498739986

121

Stanley Bernard Brahams The book describes the role of a quality professional in the apparel industry with the emphasis on working with overseas factories and how to ensure products delivered are to the agreed specification. It explains what tools are required and how to manage products from style conception to finished production and the methods used to track and evaluate samples and production at each stage of the critical path. Most importantly, the book explains how the partnership between quality, purchasing, and the vendor plays a key role in business success.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management November 2016: 235 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-498-77788-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-40250-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498777889

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Lean Culture for the Construction Industry Building Responsible and Committed Project Teams, Second Edition Gary Santorella, Interactive Consulting, Fountain Hills, Arizona, USA Lean tools alone don't lead to successful Lean initiatives: The missing piece is culture. The author will revise all chapters based on new insights and will expand the chapter on relationships between owners and architects as Kaizan events on culture/vulnerability-based trust improved processes and eliminated work stoppages. The importance of aligning under one goal across organizations will be detailed as well as the pitfalls of giving different functions different goals. Value stream mapping is primary to resolve conflicts. Future state maps will fail if leaders work in silos, protect their territories, and don't see that their success is directly tied to the success of their co-leaders.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management May 2017: 235 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-1-498-78724-6: £46.99 eBook: 978-1-498-78731-4 Prev. Ed Hb: 978-1-439-83508-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498787246

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Lean Six Sigma Renewed and Regenerated for the Modern Global Economy with FUSE Kyle Toppazzini, T& L Consulting Lean Sigma initiatives often plateau and fail because the philosophy on which they should be built to ensure sustainability is missing. Business conducted in China is different than in the West. "Change management" is nonexistent as relationships are key when suppliers work with clients and when management/employees interact. This book presents the FUSE (Formulate, Understand, Synthesize, Execute) approach which maximizes performance improvement. It embodies three core Chinese values that achieve these objectives: trust (shin), relationships (guanxi) and reflective thinking (zhi).

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management April 2017: 235 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-498-73598-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-498-73600-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498735988

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

122

VALUE STREAM MANAGEMENT

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Value Stream Maps from the Customer Perspective Don Johnston This book supplies practical guidance on how to develop Customer Viewpoint Maps. It provides examples of customer viewpoint maps, offers guidelines for working with customers to develop the map, and shows how the results interface with the traditional value stream map for the process. Helping readers leverage the investment their companies have already made in their value stream maps, the text presents a fresh perspective on improving process efficiencies. The author illustrates the connections between the various processes that, until now, have been managed separately.

Productivity Press March 2017: 279 x 216: 125pp Pb: 978-1-439-88055-5: ÂŁ25.99 eBook: 978-1-439-88056-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781439880555

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

MANUFACTURING & INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

An Introduction to the Mathematics of Planning and Scheduling

Integrated Process and Fixture Planning

123

Theory and Practice

Geza Paul Bottlik, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, USA

Awais Ahmad Khan, Emad Abouel Nasr and Abdulrahman Al-Ahmari Series: Advanced and Additive Manufacturing Series

This book introduces readers to the many variables and constraints involved in planning and scheduling complex systems, such as airline flights and university courses. Students will become acquainted with the necessity for scheduling activities under conditions of limited resources in industrial and service environments, and become familiar with methods of problem-solving.

Fixtures are used in manufacturing to secure working devices. They help insure conformity, accuracy, efficiency, and interchangeability; their reliability is crucial. This book introduces and implements a new methodology for more flexible fixture design and manufacturing processes, and develops the supporting technologies for automation and fixture planning using object oriented platforms. It also presents an integrated solution with Computer Aided Design (CAD) applications.

Routledge February 2017: 254 x 178: 232pp Hb: 978-1-482-25921-6: £115.00 Pb: 978-1-138-19729-9: £34.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781482259216

CRC Press Market: Business & Manangement August 2017: 235 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-498-76373-8: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-498-76374-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498763738

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Computer-Aided Inspection Planning

Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) and Methods Design Concept (MDC)

Theory and Practice Abdulrahman Al-Ahmari, Emad Abouel Nasr and Osama Abdulhameed Series: Advanced and Additive Manufacturing Series The inspection process is one of the most important steps in manufacturing industries because it safeguards high quality products and customer satisfaction. Manual inspection may not provide the desired accuracy. This book introduces and implements a new methodology and develops the supporting technologies for automated inspection planning based on Computer Aided Design (CAD) models. It also provides and implements an efficient link for automated operation based on Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM). The link’s output is a DMIS code programming file based on the inspection planning table that is executed on CMM. CRC Press Market: Business & Management November 2016: 235 x 156: 350pp Hb: 978-1-498-73624-4: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-498-73627-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498736244

The Path to Competitiveness Alin Posteuca, Managing Partner - Exegens Management Consultants and Shigeyasu Sakamoto, CEO - Productivity Partner Inc This book contains two new approaches to improving the productivity and profitability of production systems that continuously increase competitiveness: Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) and Methods Design Concept (MDC).

MCPD is a manufacturing cost policy aimed at cost improvement through a systemic and systematic approach. MCPD is a methodology that improves the production flow driven by the need for manufacturing cost improvement for both existing and future products. MDC offers true productivity analysis and is a tool for improving effectiveness of manufacturing methods. The results of practical application of MCPD and MDC obtained by several companies will be fully detailed.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management March 2017: 235 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-498-78557-0: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-498-78558-7 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498785570

TEXTBOOK

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Fundamentals of Performance Evaluation of Computer-Based Systems

Simplified TRIZ

Discrete Event Simulation Using Excel/VBA

New Problem Solving Application for Technical and Business Professionals, 3rd Edition

David Elizandro, Tennessee Tech University, Cookeville, USA and Hamdy Taha, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA

Kalevi Rantanem, Ellen R. Domb and David W. Conley, The PQR Group and Innomation Corp.

This book presents fundamental modeling tools, queueing theory, and discrete event simulation for evaluating computer-based systems. Assuming some familiarity with modeling concepts and Excel, it is an ideal resource for those who need to learn the basics of discrete simulation and for those who wish to use discrete event simulation to model computer-based systems. The authors focus on practical applications, but also provide an overview of the required background theory.

This book gives a streamlined and updated toolkit, containing many easy-to and easy-to-learn use tools for everyday problem solving and step-by-step improvements of work, in the spirit of kaizen. At the same time, it gives basis for thorough study of advanced tools. It is the ABC or the "arithmetic" of problems solving. It works for both immediate use and longtime study.

CRC Press May 2017: 235 x 156: 550pp Hb: 978-1-439-87193-5: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-439-87194-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781439871935

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management August 2017: 254 x 178: 300pp Hb: 978-1-138-70015-4: £53.99 eBook: 978-1-315-20490-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138700154

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

124

MANUFACTURING & INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Business of Humanity Strategic Management in the Era of Globalization, Innovation, and Shared Value John Camillus, The Donald R. Beall Professor of Strategic Management Katz Graduate School of Business University of Pittsburgh, Bopaya Bidanda, Ernest Roth Professor and Chair of Industrial Engineering Swanson School of Engineering University of Pittsburgh and N. Chandra Mohan, Economics and Business Commentator This book is based on the lessons drawn from case studies and offfers a commonsense rationale for the power of the BoH proposition. The framework is pragmatic -- a framework and a process -- and enables companies to develop and confidently implement value-adding strategies based on the BoH proposition.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management May 2017: 235 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-138-19746-6: ÂŁ31.99 eBook: 978-1-315-27762-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138197466

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT/LOGISTICS Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Air Cargo Management

Excellence in Managing Worldwide Customer Relationships

Yoon Seok Chang, Korea Aerospace University, Goyang-City Air transportation is a key component of the global economy. Airport authorities are struggling to meet the increasing demand due to facility limitations, cost concerns, training and education, and the complexities of elasticity in demand. This book discusses next generation cargo management based on recent multi-million dollar research and development cases. It includes discussions of conventional cargo management, cargo process software and hardware/facilities, key performance indicators (KPI), the latest state of the art technologies (including advanced facilities) and process innovation.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management February 2017: 235 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-466-58680-2: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-466-58681-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466586802

125

Thomas A. Cook, Managing Director, Blue Tiger International Series: The Global Warrior Series Every company is recognizing the critical importance of protecting its customer base by raising the bar of its customer service prowess. This book will first look at the obstacles in customer service management and provide a 10-step process for developing a best-practices approach that offers the best opportunity for excellence, world class initiatives, and high client satisfaction and retention levels. In addition, the book will focus on how technology can be used in customer service relationships that will enhance customers’ loyalty.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management November 2016: 235 x 156: 364pp Hb: 978-1-482-22619-5: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-482-22620-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482226195

Dummy text to keep placeholder

4th Edition • NEW EDITION

An Introduction to Managing International Sales Associates

Inventory and Production Management in Supply Chains, Fourth Edition

Thomas A. Cook, Managing Director, Blue Tiger International Series: The Global Warrior Series This book focuses on the importance of companies and executives recognizing that their organization is sales driven, and that there is a definite pronounced connection between sales and all other aspects of how a company operates. It details the sales manager's role in developing sales personnel, delivering new business to the organization, and otherwise becoming a driving force for the overall prosperity of the company. The book differentiates itself by providing the essence of international sales management.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management May 2017: 235 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-482-22623-2: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-482-22624-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482226232

Edward A. Silver, University of Calgary, Alberta, Canada, David F. Pyke, University of San Diego, California, USA and Douglas J. Thomas, Pennsylvania State University Authored by a team of experts, the new edition of this bestseller presents practical techniques for managing inventory and production throughout supply chains. It covers the current context of inventory and production management, replenishment systems for managing individual inventories within a firm, managing inventory in multiple locations and firms, and production management. The book presents sophisticated concepts and solutions with an eye towards today’s economy of global demand, cost-saving, and rapid cycles. It explains how to decrease working capital and how to deal with coordinating chains across boundaries.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management December 2016: 254 x 178: 782pp Hb: 978-1-466-55861-8: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-466-55862-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466558618

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Developing Masterful Management Skills for International Business

Mastering International Negotiation Skill Sets

Thomas A. Cook, Managing Director, Blue Tiger International Series: The Global Warrior Series This book focuses on the new challenges created for managers by the recent recession.

Executives need to learn new skills and run companies delivering results under an entirely new set of conditions and working environments. This book analyzes these issues and provides step-by-step guidance on how to improve decision making. It provides readers with management tools that enhance the opportunity for positive growth and better results. The book maintains a focus on the changes in the new economy and how to manage successfully in this new environment.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management August 2017: 235 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-482-22610-2: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-482-22611-9 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482226102

Thomas A. Cook, Managing Director, Blue Tiger International Series: The Global Warrior Series Never has the ability to negotiate globally been more important . The companies and individuals with better than average negotiation skill sets are the ones that have prospered recently. This book supplies a comprehensive overview of practical negotiation tips, strategies, and action steps. It is different from other books on the subject as it provides an outline of various corporate disciplines, including sales, purchasing, contract management, customer service, and supply chain, with specific analysis of the issues relevant to these areas.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management May 2017: 235 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-482-22615-7: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-482-22617-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482226157

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

126

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT/LOGISTICS

Dummy text to keep placeholder

On Time, In Full Achieving Perfect Delivery with Lean Thinking in Purchasing, Supply Chain, and Production Planning Timothy McLean This book is a practical guide for manufacturers on how to meet a fundamental requirement – how to deliver to the customer the right product in the right quantity at the right time.

While the concept of on-time delivery seems deceptively simple, achieving it can be incredibly complex. This book unravels this complexity and provides simple, practical solutions that will enable every manufacturer to delight customers with reliable, consistent on-time supply at a competitive cost. It covers the end-to-end process of delivering an order to the customer, from understanding customer demand and forecasting, through production scheduling, supply of materials and delivery of finished goods.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management March 2017: 254 x 178: 192pp Hb: 978-1-138-63218-9: £99.00 Pb: 978-1-498-76864-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-498-76867-2 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138632189

2nd Edition • NEW EDITION

Retail Supply Chain Management, Second Edition James B. Ayers and Mary Ann Odegaard Retail supply chain consists of multiple segments from sales to distribution to finance. Retail manufacturers rely on a complicated web of suppliers. Customer demand and market competition today requires extreme efficiency from end to end. This book offers the retail supply chain executive with the tools needed for full strategic advantage. The new edition gives special attention to recent challenges, such as vast technological change, higher levels of customer personalization, and more global supply chains.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management June 2017: 235 x 156: 424pp Hb: 978-1-498-73914-6: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-498-73915-3 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498739146

Dummy text to keep placeholder

The Global Lean Supply Chain Creating End-to-End Value Jeffrey Slater, Sonoco Products, Hartsville, South Carolina, USA This book provides the understanding needed to enhance overall performance by creating a culture of execution. It explains how to establish goals for the planning, sourcing, developing, delivery, and reliability stages of the supply chain. Focusing on execution of daily activities it details how to align and cascade your supply chain metrics to develop leadership support. Complete with linked metrics and a CD with helpful tools, this book provides the tools needed to transform your Supply Chain through voice of the customer, kanban, and other tools that can deliver bottom-line value to your organization.

Productivity Press Market: Supply Chain Management November 2017: 254 x 178: 175pp Pb: 978-1-439-86235-3: £25.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781439862353

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

GENERAL Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Accessible Public Transportation

Applied Biostatistical Principles and Concepts

Designing Service for Riders with Disabilities

Clinicians' Guide to Data Analysis and Interpretation

Aaron Steinfeld, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA, Jordana L. Maisel, University at Buffalo, New York, USA and Edward Steinfeld, University at Buffalo, New York, USA

Laurens Holmes, Jr., Nemours Healthcare System, Wilmington, Delaware, USA

127

The United States is home to more than 54 million people with disabilities. This book looks at public transit and transportation systems with a focus on new and emerging needs for individuals with disabilities, including the elderly. The book covers federal law and public policy as well as the various technologies and programs that transportation agencies are exploring or putting into place to accommodate this population in their facilities, vehicles and communities.

This book provides practical knowledge to biomedical researchers using biological and biochemical specimen/samples in order to understand health and disease processes at cellular, clinical, and population levels. Concepts and techniques provided will help researchers design and conduct studies, then translate data from bench to clinics in attempt to improve the health of patients and populations. This book presents the extreme complexity of epidemiologic research in a concise manner that will address the issue of confounders, thus allowing for more valid inferences and yielding results that are more reliable and accurate.

CRC Press Market: Public Administration & Public Policy February 2017: 235 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-482-23410-7: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-482-23411-4 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781482234107

CRC Press Market: Healthcare April 2017: 235 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-498-74119-4: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-498-74120-0 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498741194

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Advanced ICD-10 for Physicians Including Worker’s Compensation and Personal Injury

Biostatistics for Clinical and Public Health Research

Eugene Fukumoto, Health Claim Services, Inc. This book focuses on Worker’s Compensation and Personal Injury, a very large segment of the healthcare industry and is a new area to ICD-10. The diagnosis coding for injuries is much different than for Medicare or group insurance and unless the physicians and their staff learn how to use it properly, they risk losing income for themselves and worse, they risk losing the case for the patient.

Productivity Press Market: Business & Management March 2017: 279 x 216: 226pp Pb: 978-1-138-03290-3: £82.00 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781138032903

Melody S. Goodman, Washington University School of Medicine, Division of Public Health Sciences, St. Louis, Missouri, USA This book provides a concise overview of statistical analysis methods for the clinical and public health practitioner. The book teaches statistical models without all the theory. Use of SAS software is illustrated in full, including how to interpret results. The book is complete with exercises, case studies, take-away points, and data sets. Readers will be able to maximize their statistical abilities in testing, data interpretation, and application; they will also learn when and how to consult a biostatistician.

CRC Press Market: Healthcare November 2017: 235 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-498-78480-1: £110.00 eBook: 978-1-498-78481-8 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498784801

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Advances in Crisis and Emergency Management

Population Health

Theory and Practice

Assessment, Meaningful Action, and Collaboration

Ali Farazmand, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, USA

Jay Bhatt, Illinois Health & Hospital Association, Naperville, USA and Dru Bhattacharya

As the world becomes more populated and globally connected, issues in security, systems viability, and the future must be addressed and managed. This book navigates the increasingly complicated advances in theory and practice in the twin fields of crisis and emergency management. It focuses on globalization, its causes, consequences (both positive and negative), and implications for crisis and emergency management worldwide.

This book explores how practitioners can advance public health objectives in the three main areas of law, technology, and multisectoral collaboration. For example, there must be clear compliance with new Affordable Care Act and Patient Protection laws. All the while, strides must be taken to advance data registry reporting and other IT networks. And, as the overarching theme must adhere to understanding and operationalizing social determinants of health, collaborative partnerships between health departments and hospitals and other community programs will take the forefront. This book is written with myriad stakeholders in mind.

CRC Press Market: Business & Management February 2017: 235 x 156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-466-57948-4: £38.99 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781466579484

CRC Press Market: Healthcare August 2017: 235 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-498-78476-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-1-498-78477-1 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498784764

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

128

GENERAL

Dummy text to keep placeholder

Public Health Research Methods for Partnerships and Practice Edited by Melody S. Goodman, Washington University School of Medicine, Division of Public Health Sciences, St. Louis, Missouri, USA and Vetta Sanders Thompson, Washington University in St. Louis, Brown School, Missouri, USA Translating research into practice involves creating interventions that are relevant to improving the lives of a target population. Community engaged research (CER) has emerged as an evidence-based approach to better address the complex issues that affect the health of marginalized populations. This book presents chapters written by leading community-engaged researchers across disciplines. It provides a training curriculum that supports a common vision among stakeholders. The content provides a survey of methods based on core MPH curriculum. Each chapter covers a different topic with comprehensive guides for start-to-finish planning and execution.

CRC Press Market: Healthcare August 2017: 235 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-498-78506-8: ÂŁ105.00 eBook: 978-1-498-78507-5 * For full contents and more information, visit: www.crcpress.com/9781498785068

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

INDEX BY TITLE 10 Step MBA for Health and Safety Practitioners, The ............................................................................................ 39

A Academic Practitioner Research Partnerships ....................................................................... 103 Accessible Public Transportation .............................. 128 Accounting and Social Theory ........................................ 2 Accounting Education ....................................................... 2 Accounting for Financial Instruments ......................... 2 Accounting, Technology and Society .......................... 2 Advanced ICD-10 for Physicians Including Worker’s Compensation and Personal Injury ......................... 128 Advances in Aviation Psychology, Volume 2 ............ 8 Advances in Crisis and Emergency Management .................................................................... 128 Advancing Organizational Theory in a Complex World ....................................................................................... 92 Agile Project Management ............................................ 79 Air Cargo Management ............................................... 126 Air Cargo Management ............................................... 126 Air Rage ..................................................................................... 8 Air Traffic Control: Human Performance Factors ....................................................................................... 8 Air Transport Management ............................................. 8 Aircraft Surveillance Systems ........................................... 8 Aircrew Security ..................................................................... 8 Airline Choices for the Future ........................................... 9 Airline Industry and the Impact of Deregulation, The ............................................................................................ 16 Airline Operations ................................................................. 9 Airline Operations and Management ......................... 9 Airport Finance and Investment in the Global Economy .................................................................................. 9 Airport Marketing ................................................................. 9 American Pragmatism and Organization .............. 92 Analysing Financial Statements for Non-Specialists ...................................................................... 2 Applied Biostatistical Principles and Concepts ............................................................................. 128 Applied Social Science Research in a Regional Knowledge System .......................................................... 103 Arts and Business ............................................................... 98 Assessment and Diagnosis for Organization Development ....................................................................... 27 Assuring Product Development Success Before Design .................................................................................. 120 Attitude or Latitude? ............................................................ 9 Auditing .................................................................................... 3 Auditing Teams ..................................................................... 3 Aviation Human Factors and SMS ............................. 10 Aviation Information Management .......................... 10 Aviation Investment .......................................................... 10 Aviation Marketing ........................................................... 10 Aviation Resource Management ................................ 10 Aviation Social Science: Research Methods in Practice ................................................................................... 10 Aviation Training ............................................................... 11

B Bank Regulation .................................................................... 3 Bare Neccessities Guide to Benefits, The ................... 87 Basics of Benchmarking, Second Edition, The ......................................................................................... 116 Basics of Change Management for Lean Six Sigma Black Belts, The .................................................................... 87 Big Book of Emergency Department Psychiatry .............................................................................. 49 Big Data and Cloud Computing for Development ..................................................................... 113

Biostatistics for Clinical and Public Health Research .............................................................................. 128 Blogging and Other Social Media ............................... 68 Blowback in Business ....................................................... 60 Boomerang Principle, The .............................................. 36 Building a Lean Service Enterprise ............................ 118 Building an Entrepreneurial Organisation .............. 29 Building Anti-Fragile Organisations .......................... 60 Building Brands in Asia .................................................... 68 Business Analytics .............................................................. 18 Business and Government Relations in Africa ....................................................................................... 98 Business Architecture ........................................................ 79 Business Bullshit .................................................................. 92 Business Ethics in the Middle East ............................... 21 Business Leader's Guide to the Low-carbon Economy, The ............................................................................................ 25 Business of Gamification, The ....................................... 77 Business of Humanity, The .......................................... 125 Business Success Through Service Excellence .............................................................................. 68 Business to Business Marketing Management ....................................................................... 68 Buying the Big Jets ............................................................. 11

C Canonical Authors in Consumption Theory ........... 68 Capital Flows, Financial Markets and Banking Crises .......................................................................................... 3 Case Writing Workbook, The ...................................... 104 Cementing Customer Relationships .......................... 60 Challenging Perspectives on Organizational Change in Health Care ...................................................................... 92 Change Rx for Healthcare .............................................. 43 Chief Talent Officer ............................................................ 52 Chinese Business .............................................................. 105 Chinese Investment in Africa ...................................... 105 Chinese Organizations in Sub-Saharan Africa ..................................................................................... 105 Chinese Youth in Transition ........................................ 105 Classical Music Industry, The ...................................... 101 Cleared for Take-Off .......................................................... 11 Clipped Wings ..................................................................... 11 Co-design and Social Innovation ............................. 113 Coaching and Mentoring in the Asia Pacific .......... 52 Cockpit Displays: Test and Evaluation ...................... 11 Cognition and Safety ....................................................... 11 Collaborating for Results ................................................ 79 Commercial Project Management ............................. 79 Communicating Statehood .......................................... 69 Complex Adaptive Leadership ..................................... 60 Computer-Aided Inspection Planning ................... 124 Conflict Management and Intercultural Communication .............................................................. 105 Connected Health .............................................................. 49 Contemporary Consumer Culture Theory ............... 69 Contemporary Issues in Marketing and Consumer Behaviour .............................................................................. 69 Contemporary Issues in Social Media Marketing .............................................................................. 69 Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management .................................................................... 106 Continuous Flow for Healthcare ................................. 49 Continuous Improvement By Improving Continuously (CIBIC) ................................................................................... 119 Continuous Improvement Strategies for Healthcare Leaders ................................................................................... 52 Corporate Behavior and Sustainability ....................... 3 Corporate Entrepreneurship .......................................... 29 Corporate Foresight .......................................................... 21

Corporate Fraud ................................................................. 21 Corporate Governance .................................................... 21 Corporate Governance in Developing and Emerging Markets ................................................................................... 21 Corporate Governance Regulation ............................ 22 Corporate Social Responsibility and the Global Food Supply Chain ........................................................................ 22 Corporatization of Business Education, The ........... 96 Cosmopolitan Business Ethics ...................................... 22 Cost Accounting in Government ................................... 3 Cost Engineering Health Check ................................... 80 CPHIMS Review Guide, Third Edition, The ................ 46 Crafting an Integral Enterprise ..................................... 35 Creating Innovative Products and Services ............ 29 Creative Arts Marketing ................................................... 69 Creative Thinking for Business Leaders ..................... 60 Creative Working in the Knowledge Economy ................................................................................ 52 Creativity and Strategic Innovation Management .................................................................... 113 Creativity for Innovation Management ................... 80 Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship ................................................................ 60 Crisis Management Cycle, The ..................................... 40 Critical Perspectives on Entrepreneurship ............... 29 Cross-Cultural Management ........................................ 52 CSR, Sustainability, and Leadership ........................... 22 Cultural Entrepreneurship .............................................. 29 Culture Matters ................................................................... 80 Customer Loyalty Programmes and Clubs ............. 69 Customer Relationship Management ...................... 70 Cyber Security Culture ................................................... 113

D Dance and Organization ............................................... 93 Darwin's Medicine ........................................................... 106 Data Integrity in Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Regulation Operations .................................................... 43 Definitive Guide to Behavioural Safety, A ................ 38 Definitive Guide to Emergency Department Operational Improvement, The ................................... 47 Delivering Excellent Service Quality in Aviation .................................................................................. 12 Delivering High Performance ..................................... 106 Demystifying Big Data and Machine Learning for Healthcare ............................................................................ 43 Demystifying Communications Risk ......................... 22 Design Against Crime ....................................................... 98 Design for Behaviour Change ...................................... 52 Design for Healthcare ...................................................... 43 Design for Personalisation ............................................. 70 Design for Sport .................................................................. 93 Design Leadership ............................................................. 61 Design Management: ...................................................... 70 Design Psychology and Nationality ........................... 70 Designing Mobility and Transport Services ............ 98 Developing Masterful Management Skills for International Business ................................................... 126 Developing the Future Aviation System ................... 12 Diagnostics for Strategic Decision-Making .......... 103 Diffusion of Information and Communication Technologies, The .............................................................. 87 Digital and Social Media Marketing .......................... 70 Digital Business and Sustainable Development ..................................................................... 113 Digital Government .......................................................... 98 Digital Identity Management ....................................... 22

129

Digital Marketing Excellence ......................................... 70 Digital Social Responsibility .......................................... 23 Digitalizing Consumption .............................................. 71 Direct Marketing in Practice .......................................... 71 Discovering Excellence .................................................. 116 Discovering the Intersections of Innovation and Quality .................................................................................. 120 Dismantling Diversity Management ......................... 53 Diversity in Multinational Corporations .................. 53 Diversity in the Workplace .............................................. 53 Diversity Quotas, Diverse Perspectives ...................... 53 DNA of Kaizen, The ............................................................ 65 Do More with Less .............................................................. 80 Drafting Directors' Service Agreements .................... 23 Drones ..................................................................................... 12 Drones in Society ................................................................ 12 Dubai - The Epicenter of Modern Innovation ............................................................................ 27

E Early Equipment Management (EEM) .................... 121 Economic Globalization in Asia ................................ 106 Economics and Political Economy of African Air Transport, The ...................................................................... 16 Economics for Fisheries Management ..................... 35 Economics of Prevailing Wage Laws, The ............... 57 Economics of Rural Land-Use Change ..................... 35 Effective Document and Data Management ....................................................................... 80 Effective Multi-Unit Leadership .................................... 80 Electrical Safety and the Law ........................................ 38 Electronic Performance Support ................................. 53 Elements of Diagramming ............................................ 81 Emerging Risks .................................................................... 23 Employer’s Guide to Medical Tourism Benefit Design ..................................................................................... 41 Employment Relations and Global Governance .......................................................................... 53 Employment Relations and Public Sector Reform .................................................................................... 54 Empowering SME Managers in Palestine ................ 29 End of Heaven, The ............................................................ 40 End of Shops, The ............................................................... 77 Enterprising Women in Transition Economies .......................................................................... 106 Entrepreneurial Hospital, The ....................................... 51 Entrepreneurial Journey, The ........................................ 33 Entrepreneurial Marketing ............................................. 71 Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Regional Development ....................................................................... 30 Environment, Health and Safety Governance and Leadership ............................................................................. 38 Environmental Management Revision Guide ....................................................................................... 38 Equality, Diversity and Opportunity Management ....................................................................... 23 Essentials of Consumer Behavior ................................ 71 Essentials of Managing Programmes, The ............. 87 Essentials of Managing Quality for Projects and Programmes, The ............................................................... 87 Essentials of Managing Risks for Projects and Programmes, The ............................................................... 88 Estimating Risk .................................................................... 23 Ethical Issues in Aviation ................................................. 12 Ethical Kaleidoscope, The ............................................... 65 Ethics and Professional Practice in Marketing .............................................................................. 71 Ethics in Advertising .......................................................... 71 Ethics in Marketing ............................................................ 72 Ethics Management in the Public Service ............... 98 Ethics of Neoliberalism, The ........................................... 26 European Air Traffic Management ............................. 12 European Born Globals .................................................... 30 Evaluating Organization Development ................... 54 Evolution of Japanese Business, The .......................... 19

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

130

INDEX BY TITLE

Excellence in Managing Worldwide Customer Relationships ..................................................................... 126 Expatriate Managers ..................................................... 106

F Facilitating Transition by Internationalization ....................................................... 107 Family Business ................................................................... 30 Family Capitalism .............................................................. 30 Fashion Entrepreneurship .............................................. 30 Fashion Supply Chain and Logistics Management ....................................................................... 81 Field Guide for Organisation Development, A ................................................................................................. 92 Film Marketing .................................................................... 72 Financial Accounting ......................................................... 4 Financial Services Marketing ........................................ 72 Fire Safety and Risk Management Revision Guide ....................................................................................... 38 Flying in the Face of Criminalization ......................... 13 Flying Too Close to the Sun ............................................ 13 Focused Organization, The ............................................ 88 Fostering Local Entrepreneurship in a Multinational Enterprise ............................................................................... 30 Foucault and Managerial Governmentality ........... 93 Foundations of Corporate Heritage ........................... 72 Foundations of Information Systems, The .............. 88 Foundations of Lean Management, The .............. 116 Foundations of Lean Management, The .............. 116 Foundations of Scenario Planning ............................ 18 Frameworks for Market Strategy ................................. 72 From Business Strategy to Information Technology Roadmap ............................................................................... 43 From Great to Gone .......................................................... 35 Fundamentals and Practice of Marketing .............. 72 Fundamentals of Performance Evaluation of Computer-Based Systems ............................................ 124 Fundamentals of Quality Assurance in the Textile Industry, The ...................................................................... 122 Further Advances in Project Management ............. 81 Future of Health Economics, The ................................ 47 Future of Pharma, The ................................................... 110

G Game Theory in Management ..................................... 35 Gender and Corporate Boards ..................................... 93 Gender and the Professions ........................................... 93 Gender Equality in a Global Perspective .................. 93 Global Advertising Practice in a Borderless World ....................................................................................... 73 Global Business ................................................................. 107 Global Governance Enterprises .................................... 99 Global Human Resource Management Casebook ............................................................................... 54 Global Lean .......................................................................... 61 Global Lean Supply Chain, The ................................. 127 Global Marketing ............................................................... 73 Global Navigation Satellite System, The .................. 16 Global Outsourcing Strategies ..................................... 81 Global Strategic Responsiveness .............................. 107 Global Strategy in the Service Industries ............... 107 Gold and International Finance ..................................... 4 Governing Hybrid Organizations ................................ 99 Governing through Regulation ................................... 99 Gower Handbook of Extreme Risk, The ..................... 26 Group Leadership ............................................................... 61

H

Handbook of Continuing Professional Development for the Health IT Professional, The .............................. 47 Harvesting External Innovation ................................... 81 Heads or Tails ....................................................................... 23 Health and Safety at Work: Key Terms ...................... 38 Health and Safety Communication .......................... 39 Health and Safety in a Changing World .................. 39 Health and Safety: Risk Management ...................... 39 Health Care in the Next Curve ...................................... 49 Health Information Technology Evaluation Handbook ............................................................................. 44 Healthcare IT Transformation ...................................... 44 Healthcare Solution, A ..................................................... 49 Healthcare Solution, A ..................................................... 49 HIMSS Dictionary of Health Information Technology Terms, Acronyms, and Organizations, Fourth Edition ..................................................................................... 44 Hispanic Marketing ........................................................... 73 History and Tradition of Accounting in Italy, The .............................................................................................. 5 History of American Consumption, A ........................ 68 History of Management Thought, A .......................... 18 History of Marketing in India ......................................... 73 Hoshin Kanri for Healthcare .......................................... 50 Hoshin Kanri Forest, The ................................................. 65 How to Engage, Involve, and Motivate Employees ............................................................................. 54 HR Guide to European Mergers and Acquisitions, The ............................................................................................ 57 Human Development and Working Life .................. 54 Human Factors for Civil Flight Deck Design ........... 13 Human Factors Impacts in Air Traffic Management ....................................................................... 13 Human Nature .................................................................... 54 Human Performance in General Aviation ............... 13 Human Resources or Human Capital? ..................... 55 Human Turn in Management Thought, The .......... 19 Humour in Management and Communication ................................................................. 35

I Identity as a Foundation for Human Resource Development ....................................................................... 55 Images of Projects .............................................................. 81 Impact Analytics ................................................................. 27 Impact of EU Law on the Regulation of International Air Transportation, The .................................................... 16 Impact of the First World War on International Business, The ........................................................................ 19 Implementing a Balanced Lean Operating System within a Healthcare Organization ............................. 50 Implementing Standardized Work .......................... 115 Indian Business ................................................................. 107 Industrial Development, Technology Transfer, and Global Competition .......................................................... 18 Industrial Poverty .................................................................. 4 Industries and Global Competition ............................ 18 Influencing Organizational Effectiveness ................ 55 Informal Learning .............................................................. 55 Information Design ........................................................... 82 Information Privacy in the Evolving Healthcare Environment, 2nd Edition .............................................. 44 Innovating at the Edge .................................................... 82 Innovation in City Governments ................................. 99 Innovation Tools Handbook, Volume 3, The ........... 88 Innovative ICT-enabled Services and Social Inclusion .............................................................................. 113 Integral Approach to Development Economics, An ........................................................................................... 105

Habitual Entrepreneur, The ........................................... 33 Handbook for Facilitating Process Improvements in Healthcare, A ....................................................................... 49

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

Integral Innovation ......................................................... 114 Integral Operational Leadership ............................... 107 Integrated Healthcare Design 2.0 ............................... 50 Integrated Process and Fixture Planning .............. 124 Integrity in Business and Management ................... 24 Integrity of the Servant Leader, The ............................ 66 Inter-Organizational Collaboration by Design ..................................................................................... 31 Intercultural Communication for Global Business .................................................................................. 94 Internal Marketing ............................................................. 73 International Air Carrier Liability ................................. 13 International Business ................................................... 108 International Business Environment and National Identity, The ........................................................................ 111 International Business Law and the Legal Environment ...................................................................... 108 International Corporate Governance ....................... 24 International Entrepreneurship in the Arts ............. 31 International Organizational Behavior .................... 94 International Strategy of Emerging Market Firms ..................................................................................... 108 International Trade, Capital Flows and Economic Development in East Asia ............................................ 108 Internet of Things and Business, The ......................... 77 Internet Retailing and Future Perspectives .............. 73 Introduction to Air Transport Economics ................ 15 Introduction to Industrial Service Design, An .............................................................................................. 79 Introduction to Managing International Sales Associates, An ................................................................... 126 Introduction to Organisational Behaviour for Managers and Engineers, An ........................................ 92 Introduction to the Mathematics of Planning and Scheduling, An .................................................................. 124 Inventory and Production Management in Supply Chains, Fourth Edition ................................................... 126 Islam and Sustainable Development .......................... 4 ISO 9000 Quality Systems Handbook-updated for the ISO 2001: 2015 standard ................................................. 82 It Should Never Happen Again ..................................... 61

J Jainism and Ethical Finance ......................................... 24 Japanese Management .................................................. 18 Just-in-Time for Healthcare ........................................... 50

K Kanban for Lean Healthcare .........................................

Kennedy on Negotiation .................................................

Kindness in Leadership ....................................................

Knowledge Management in Healthcare .................

Knowledge Spillover-based Strategic Entrepreneurship ................................................................

50 36 61 44 31

L Laser-Based Additive Manufacturing of Metal Parts ...................................................................................... 122 Leadership and Change Management .................... 61 Leadership and Diversity Management ................... 62 Leadership and National Development ................ 108 Leadership Development ............................................... 62 Leadership Explained ....................................................... 62 Leadership Resilience ........................................................ 62 Leadership Strategies in the Age of Big Data, Algorithms, and Analytics .............................................. 62 Leadersights ....................................................................... 119 Leading Complex Projects .............................................. 82 Leading Extreme Projects ............................................... 82

New in Paperback

Leading Healthcare IT ...................................................... 44 Leading Reliable Healthcare ......................................... 45 Lean Accounting Case Studies .................................. 116 Lean and Agile Project Management ....................... 82 Lean and Digitize ............................................................... 83 Lean Culture for the Construction Industry ........... 122 Lean Design Handbook for Healthcare Facilities .................................................................................. 51 Lean Maintenance .......................................................... 121 Lean Misconceptions ....................................................... 66 Lean Practitioner's Field Book Study Guide, The ......................................................................................... 119 Lean Six Sigma ................................................................. 122 Lean Transformations for Small and Medium Enterprises ............................................................................. 62 Lean TRIZ ............................................................................... 83 Learning and Performance ............................................ 55 Learning to Think Strategically .................................. 108 Learning with Trade Unions .......................................... 55 Living in Digital Worlds ................................................... 36 Logic of Health Service Production, The ................... 50 Low Cost Carrier Worldwide, The ................................ 16

M Magnetic Leader, The ....................................................... 37 Make Your Business a Lean Business ......................... 63 Making Better Business Decisions ............................... 83 Making Big Decisions Better .......................................... 63 Making of Women Trade Unionists, The .................. 19 Management Accounting Research in Practice ..................................................................................... 4 Management and Employee Development Review, The ............................................................................................ 57 Management and the Sustainability Paradox .................................................................................. 24 Management Consultancy Insights and Real Consultancy Projects ........................................................ 63 Management Consulting Today and Tomorrow ........................................................................... 109 Management Control Systems in Japan ................. 94 Management for Health Practitioners ...................... 42 Management in Networks ............................................. 94 Management Research ................................................... 94 Managing as a Mission ................................................... 27 Managing Cultural Differences ................................... 63 Managing Culture and Interspace in Cross-border Investments ........................................................................ 109 Managing Diversity in Organizations ....................... 94 Managing Financial Institutions ................................... 4 Managing Global Supply Chains ................................ 83 Managing Innovation and Operations in the 21st Century ................................................................................... 83 Managing Intellectual Capital in Practice .............. 83 Managing Knowledge in Project Environments ...................................................................... 84 Managing Modern Healthcare .................................... 45 Managing Organizations in the Creative Economy ................................................................................ 95 Managing Service Innovation ...................................... 84 Managing Strategic Airline Alliances ........................ 15 Managing Value in Organisations ............................. 56 Managing Your Project Management Career ...................................................................................... 84 Manufacturing Cost Policy Deployment (MCPD) and Methods Design Concept (MDC) .............................. 124 Manufacturing Intelligence ........................................ 118 Market Research for Biotechnology ........................... 27 Market-Led Strategic Change ....................................... 74 Marketing and Supply Chain Management ........... 84 Marketing Graffiti ............................................................... 74 Marketing in the Boardroom ........................................ 74 Marketing in the International Aerospace Industry ................................................................................... 15

Companion Website

INDEX BY TITLE

Marketing Management and Communications in the Public Sector ......................................................................... 99 Marketing Organization Development .................... 27 Marketing Training Services .......................................... 74 Mastering International Negotiation Skill Sets ......................................................................................... 126 Mastering Physician Engagement ............................. 45 Measuring and Controlling Sustainability .............. 24 Mechanical Design and Manufacture of Hydraulic Machinery ............................................................................. 84 Mechanism Design and International Risk Regulation Institutions ............................................................................ 24 Mediation Handbook, The ............................................. 57 Medical Leadership ........................................................... 45 Mentor's Way, The ............................................................. 66 Mentoring Executives and Directors .......................... 56 Mergers and Acquisitions in Practice ...................... 109 Mismanagement, “Jumpers,” and Morality ............ 63 Modernizing the Public Sector ..................................... 99 MoneyBall Medicine ......................................................... 51 Motivating SMEs to Cooperate and Internationalize .................................................................. 31 Multidisciplinarity .............................................................. 31 Multinational Enterprise and Transnational Regions ................................................................................... 19 Music Distribution and the Internet ........................... 84 Muslim Minorities, Workplace Diversity and Reflexive HRM ......................................................................................... 56 Myth of a Universal Model for Public Management, The ......................................................................................... 101

N Neurobusiness .................................................................. 109 New Giants Rising .............................................................. 42 New Natural Resource, The ......................................... 114 New Normal, Radical Shift ............................................. 63 New Venture Coursebook, The ..................................... 33 Nonmarket Strategic Management ........................ 109

O Object-Connected ICT ...................................................... 85 Obstructive Marketing ..................................................... 74 Older Workforces ................................................................ 56 On Time, In Full ................................................................. 127 Organisational Space and Beyond ............................ 95 Organization of the Expert Society, The ................... 96 Organizational Change for Corporate Sustainability ....................................................................... 25 Organizational Change in Practice ........................... 95 Organizational Identity and Memory ....................... 95 Organizing Christmas ...................................................... 95 Out of the Lab and On the Market ........................... 120 Outsourcing Energy Management ............................ 85

P Participatory Governance and Representative Democracy ......................................................................... 100 Partners for Good ............................................................... 25 Patient Safety ....................................................................... 45 Patient's Health-Care Portfolio ..................................... 45 Patterns of Strategy ........................................................ 109 Performing Arts Center Management ...................... 64 Perils of Un-Coordinated Healthcare, The ............... 47 Personality, Design and Marketing ............................ 74 Pharmaceutical Process Design and Management ....................................................................... 46 Philanthropy in Practice ............................................... 100 Philosophy of Management Accounting, A .............. 2

Phoenix Leadership ........................................................... 42 Pilot Judgment and Crew Resource Management ....................................................................... 15 Pilot Mental Health Assessment and Support ................................................................................... 15 Pioneering African-American Women in the Advertising Business .......................................................... 75 Planning and Designing Healthcare Facilities .................................................................................. 46 Platform of Agile Management, The ....................... 114 Platform Strategy ............................................................ 114 Population Health ........................................................... 128 Pornography Business, The ......................................... 111 Post-Capitalist Entrepreneurship ................................ 28 Postfeminism and Organization ................................. 95 Preventing Corporate Accidents .................................. 39 Price Management in Financial Services ................... 5 Pricing Guys, The ................................................................... 5 Problem Solving for New Engineers ........................ 121 Process Redesign for Health Care Using Lean Thinking ................................................................................. 51 Production Management ............................................ 115 Program Management ................................................... 85 Project Cost Recording and Reporting ...................... 85 Project Management for Engineering, Business and Technology ........................................................................... 85 Project Management for the Pharmaceutical Industry ................................................................................... 46 Project Management, Review, and Assessment ........................................................................... 64 Project Manager’s Guide to Health Information Technology Implementation, 2nd Edition, The ............................................................................................ 51 Project Portfolio Management .................................... 85 Project Risk Governance .................................................. 86 Project Workout, The ........................................................ 88 Project-Oriented Human Resource Management ....................................................................... 86 Propaganda and Nation Building .............................. 75 Public Administration in Korea .................................. 100 Public Governance and Strategic Management Capabilities ........................................................................ 100 Public Health Research Methods for Partnerships and Practice ................................................................................ 129 Public Management in Times of Austerity ............ 100 Public Policy, Governance and Polarization ......... 100 Public Procurement as Secondary Policy .............. 101 Public Relations and the Corporate Persona .......... 75 Public Relations and Whistleblowing ....................... 75 Public Relations History ................................................... 75 Public Relations, Cooperation, and Justice ............. 75 Public Sector Revenue ................................................... 101

Q Qualitative Research in Digital Environments ...................................................................... 76 Quality .................................................................................... 86

R Readings and Cases in International Human Resource Management ....................................................................... 56 Recreating Information Technology ......................... 64 Reframing Economic Policy towards Sustainability ..................................................................... 110 Reframing the Leadership Landscape ...................... 64 Regulating Charities ....................................................... 101 Reinventing Communication ....................................... 86 Reinventing Your Lean DNA ....................................... 119 Reliability Centered Maintenance - Reengineered (RCM-R) ................................................................................ 121

Researching Entrepreneurship ..................................... 31 Resilience, Risk and Reason ............................................ 64 Resilient Leadership ........................................................... 64 Resource Security and Corporate Governance .......................................................................... 25 Retail Design ........................................................................ 76 Retail Supply Chain Management, Second Edition .................................................................................. 127 Rethinking Culture ............................................................. 96 Rethinking Patient Safety ............................................... 46 Revitalising Leadership .................................................... 65 Rewarding Performance Globally ............................... 56 Rise and Fall of the Italian Film Industry, The ............................................................................................ 19 Risk and Earned Value ...................................................... 86 Risk Mitigation Handbook, The ................................. 111 Role of the Management Accountant, The ............... 5 Routines for Results ........................................................... 28 Routledge Companion to Accounting and Risk, The .............................................................................................. 5 Routledge Companion to Air Transport Management, The ............................................................................................ 89 Routledge Companion to Behavioral Research in Accounting, The .................................................................... 5 Routledge Companion to Business Ethics, The ............................................................................................ 26 Routledge Companion to Business History, The ............................................................................................ 20 Routledge Companion to Critical Accounting, The .............................................................................................. 6 Routledge Companion to Employment Relations, The ............................................................................................ 58 Routledge Companion to Family Business, The ............................................................................................ 33 Routledge Companion to Global Female Entrepreneurship, The ...................................................... 34 Routledge Companion to Global Strategy, The ......................................................................................... 111 Routledge Companion to Intellectual Capital, The .............................................................................................. 6 Routledge Companion to Leadership, The ............. 66 Routledge Companion to Lean Management, The ............................................................................................ 89 Routledge Companion to Management Information Systems, The ......................................................................... 89 Routledge Companion to Performance Management and Control, The ................................................................... 6 Routledge Companion to Production and Operations Management, The ............................................................. 89 Routledge Companion to Qualitative Accounting Research Methods, The ...................................................... 6 Routledge Companion to Tax Avoidance Research, The .............................................................................................. 6 Routledge Companion to Trust, The .......................... 96 Routledge Companion to Wellbeing at Work, The ............................................................................................ 58 Routledge Handbook of Global Cultural Policy, The ......................................................................................... 101 Routledge Handbook of Global Public Policy and Administration, The .......................................................... 26 Rules of the Road for Entrepreneurs ........................... 65

S Safety-II in Practice ............................................................ 39 Search for Entrepreneurship, The ................................ 34 Selecting and Validating Successful Innovation Projects for the Asian Marketplace ............................. 28 Seven Inconvenient Truths of Business Strategy, The ......................................................................................... 111 Shingo on Shingo ............................................................ 116 Shop Floor Management for Supervisors and Managers ............................................................................ 115

131

Shopping 3.0 ........................................................................ 76 Simple ................................................................................... 116 Simplified TRIZ .................................................................. 124 Six Sigma in Transactional and Service Environments ...................................................................... 86 Small Business, Sustainability and New Product Development ....................................................................... 32 Smart Leadership - Wise Leadership .......................... 65 Social and Solidarity Economy .................................... 25 Social Critique of Corporate Reporting, A ................ 21 Social Enterprise and Special Events .......................... 32 Social Entrepreneurship .................................................. 32 Social Entrepreneurship for Development .............. 32 Social Function of Accountancy, The .......................... 6 Social Marketing ................................................................ 76 Soft Skills for Employability ......................................... 103 Sovereign Credit Rating ................................................... 25 Speech-Acting, Organization and Power ................ 96 Sport Entrepreneurship and Innovation .................. 32 Sports Finance and Management ............................. 28 Stadium Status ................................................................... 36 Staffing the ATM System ................................................. 15 Statistics for Business ..................................................... 103 Stewart's Guide to Floor Management .................. 121 Strategic Alliance Management ............................... 110 Strategic Analysis ............................................................ 110 Strategic Human Resource Management in China ....................................................................................... 57 Strategic Manager, The ................................................ 111 Strategic Marketing Management ............................. 76 Strategic Marketing Planning ...................................... 76 Strategic Negotiation .................................................... 110 Strategic Planning Process, The ................................ 112 Strategic Silence ................................................................. 77 Strategies, Leadership and Complexity in Crisis and Emergency Operations ................................................. 110 Studying for your Future Employability ................. 103 Successful Communication Through NLP .............. 36 Surviving Work in Healthcare ....................................... 57 Sustainability of Air Transportation, The ................. 17 Sustainable Entrepreneurship ...................................... 32 Sustainable Healthcare Management ..................... 46 Sustaining Cultural Development .............................. 33 Systems Cost Engineering .............................................. 87

T Tapping Diverse Talent in Aviation ............................ 16 Teach to Work ..................................................................... 36 Territorial Development and Action Research ................................................................................. 33 Theoretical Perspectives of Strategic Followership ......................................................................... 66 Theory and Context Behind the Shingo Model, The ......................................................................................... 117 Third Lens, The .................................................................. 112 Total Quality Management and Operational Excellence .............................................................................. 89 Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development ....................................................................... 34 Towards Organizational Fitness ................................. 58 Trade Unions and Arab Revolutions .......................... 58 Training Design in Aviation ........................................... 17 Transforming Public Services by Design .................. 90 Triple Helix, The ................................................................... 89 Trust, Power and Public Relations in Financial Markets ................................................................................... 77 Truth from the Trenches .................................................. 37 Turnaround Management and Bankruptcy ......... 112

U

Browse and order online: www.taylorandfrancis.com

132

INDEX BY TITLE

Underlying Standards that Support Population Health Improvement ....................................................................... 47 Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts ............................................................................... 90 Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts, Volume 1 ................................................................................ 90 Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts, Volume 2 ................................................................................ 90 Understanding and Recognizing Dysfunctional Leadership ............................................................................. 66 Understanding Creative Business ............................... 34 Understanding the Born Global Firm ........................ 34 Understanding, Defining and Eliminating Workplace Bullying ................................................................................... 58 Unlocking Intellectual Capital ........................................ 7 Urban Transformation in China ............................... 112 Using Earned Value ........................................................... 90

V Value First then Price ........................................................ 77 Value Stream Maps from the Customer Perspective .......................................................................... 123 Values-Driven Organization, The ................................ 96 VA’s Lean Healthcare Transformation ...................... 51 VA’s Lean Healthcare Transformation ...................... 51 Vibration and Oscillation of Hydraulic Machinery ............................................................................. 90 Video Game Marketing ................................................... 78 Visual Analytics for Management .............................. 91 Visual Arts Management ............................................. 102 Visual Workplace Visual Thinking, Second Edtiion .................................................................................. 121 Voices of Innovation ......................................................... 48 Volatility Surface and Term Structure .......................... 7

W Welfare, Inequality, and Resource Depletion ............ 7 What the New Breed of CMOs Know That You Don't ........................................................................................ 78 Why Simple Wins Toolkit ................................................ 37 Why Women Should Be Taken More Seriously in the Boardroom ........................................................................... 58 Winning Your Rebid .......................................................... 91 Wisdom Learning .............................................................. 97 Wisdom, Analytics and Wicked Problems ............... 97 Women in Business ........................................................... 97 Women in Management ................................................ 97 Women Leadership in Emerging Markets ............... 67 Women, Religion and Leadership ............................... 67 Work of Communication, The ...................................... 97 Working at a Distance ..................................................... 67 Workplace Bullying and Harassment ....................... 59 Workplace Clinics and Employer Managed Healthcare ............................................................................ 41 World Market Transformation ..................................... 20 Writing a Business Plan ................................................... 34

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback

Companion Website

Taylor & Francis Group 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon. Oxon. OX14 4RN Tel: 02070176000 • Fax: 02071076699 ISBN: 9781138041455